Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 19, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NIELSEN FINANCE LLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7374   20-5172894

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

(646) 654-5000

 

 

NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7374   20-5172975

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

(646) 654-5000

GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A HERETO

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants’ principal executive offices)

 

 

James W. Cuminale, Esq.

The Nielsen Company B.V.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

(646) 654-5000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service of process)

 

 

With a copy to:

Joseph H. Kaufman, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017-3954

(212) 455-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box:   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨     Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-I(d) (Cross Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered
 

Proposed Maximum
Offering Price

Per Note

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

4.50% Senior Notes due 2020

  $800,000,000   100%   $800,000,000   $109,120

Guarantees of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020

  —     —     —     (2)

 

 

(1) The registration fee has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The proposed maximum offering price is estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no additional registration fee is payable with respect to the guarantees.

 

 

The registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registration shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE A

 

Guarantor

  State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization
  Address of Registrants’ Principal
Executive Offices
  I.R.S. Employer
Identification  Number

A. C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.

  Delaware   150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  36-2722599

A. C. Nielsen Company, LLC

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  36-1549320

ACN Holdings Inc.

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  52-2294969

ACNielsen Corporation

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  06-1454128

ACNielsen eRatings.com

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  06-1561730

AGB Nielsen Media Research B.V.

  The Netherlands   Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

  None

ART Holding, L.L.C.

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  None

Athenian Leasing Corporation

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  94-3156553

The Cambridge Group, Inc.

  Illinois   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  36-2836077

CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.

  Delaware   150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

  None

G4 Analytics, Inc.

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  52-2322670

Marketing Analytics, Inc.

  Illinois   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  36-3810861

NetRatings, LLC

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  77-0461990

Neurofocus, Inc.

  California   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  65-1279908

The Nielsen Company B.V.

  The Netherlands   Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

  None


Table of Contents

Guarantor

  State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization
  Address of Registrants’ Principal
Executive Offices
  I.R.S. Employer
Identification  Number

The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.

  Luxembourg   65 Boulevard
Grande Duchesse
Charlotte
L-1331 Luxembourg
Grand-Duchy of
Luxembourg
  None

The Nielsen Company Finance (Ireland) Limited

  Ireland   14 Riverwalk

National Digital Park
Citywest Business
Campus Dublin 24,
Ireland

  None

The Nielsen Company (US), LLC

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  04-3721439

Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V.

  The Netherlands   Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

  None

Nielsen Mobile, LLC

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  91-1911335

Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.

  California   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  95-3194285

NMR Investing I, Inc.

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  06-1463097

NMR Licensing Associates, L.P.

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  51-0380964

The Perishables Group, Inc.

  Illinois   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  36-4357762

TNC (US) Holdings, Inc.

  New York   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  22-2145575

Vizu Corporation

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  20-2469250

VNU Intermediate Holding B.V.

  The Netherlands   Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

  None

VNU International B.V.

  The Netherlands   Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

  None

VNU Marketing Information, Inc.

  Delaware   85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

  13-3836156


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete the exchange offer and issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated June 19, 2013

PROSPECTUS

Nielsen Finance LLC

Nielsen Finance Co.

Offer to Exchange

 

 

$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.50% senior notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for $800,000,000 of our outstanding 4.50% senior notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof.

We hereby offer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus (which constitute the “exchange offer”), to exchange up to $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.50% senior notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which we refer to as the “exchange notes,” for a like principal amount of our outstanding 4.50% senior notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof, which we issued on October 2, 2012, which we refer to as the “old notes.” We refer to the old notes and the exchange notes collectively as the “notes.” The terms of the exchange notes are identical to the terms of the old notes in all material respects, except for the elimination of some transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the old notes. Each of the notes is irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by The Nielsen Company B.V. and certain of its subsidiaries which guarantee its obligations under the senior secured credit facility.

We will exchange any and all old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2013, unless extended.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it shall deliver a prospectus in connection with any such resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer shall not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We and the guarantors of the notes have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we shall make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in this exchange offer.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

     1   

R ISK F ACTORS

     11   

C AUTIONARY S TATEMENT R EGARDING F ORWARD L OOKING S TATEMENTS

     24   

M ARKET AND I NDUSTRY D ATA AND F ORECASTS

     25   

T HE E XCHANGE O FFER

     26   

U SE OF P ROCEEDS

     35   

C APITALIZATION

     36   

S ELECTED H ISTORICAL C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL I NFORMATION

     37   

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

     39   

B USINESS

     74   

M ANAGEMENT

     86   

S ECURITY O WNERSHIP OF C ERTAIN B ENEFICIAL O WNERS AND M ANAGEMENT

     118   

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

     119   

D ESCRIPTION OF N OTES

     123   

U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME T AX C ONSEQUENCES OF THE E XCHANGE O FFER

     180   

P LAN OF D ISTRIBUTION

     180   

L EGAL M ATTERS

     181   

E XPERTS

     181   

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE I NFORMATION

     181   

S ERVICE OF P ROCESS AND E NFORCEABILITY OF C IVIL L IABILITIES

     181   

I NDEX TO C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about us or the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. If you are given any information or representations about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law. The delivery of this prospectus does not, under any circumstances, mean that there has not been a change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus. Subject to our obligation to amend or supplement this prospectus as required by law and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the information contained in this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each Initial Purchaser has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of notes which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the Issuers for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

i


Table of Contents

provided that no such offer of notes shall require the Issuers or any Initial Purchaser to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of notes to the public” in relation to any notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

This document and the offering are only addressed to and directed at persons in member states of the European Economic Area who are “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (Directive 2003/71/EC) (“ Qualified Investors ”). In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, Qualified Investors (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “ Order ”) and Qualified Investors falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, and (ii) to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on (i) in the United Kingdom, by persons who are not relevant persons, and (ii) in any member state of the European Economic Area other than the United Kingdom, by persons who are not Qualified Investors. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to (i) in the United Kingdom, relevant persons, and (ii) in any Member State of the European Economic Area other than the United Kingdom, Qualified Investors, and will be engaged in only with such persons. This document and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person.

In France, the notes may not be directly or indirectly offered or sold to the public, and offers and sales of the notes will only be made in France to providers of investment services relating to portfolio management for the account of third parties and/or to qualified investors acting for their own account, in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2 and D.411-1 of the Code Monétaire et Financier . Accordingly, this prospectus has not been submitted to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers . Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material may be distributed to the public or used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the notes to the public in France or offered to any investors other than those (if any) to whom offers and sales of the notes in France may be made as described above and no prospectus shall be prepared and submitted for approval (visa) to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers .

Les titres ne peuvent être offerts ni vendus directement ou indirectement au public en France et ni l’offre ni la vente des titres ne pourra être proposée qu’ à des personnes fournissant le service d’investissement de gestion de portefeuille pour compte de tiers et/ou à des investisseurs qualifiés agissant pour compte propre conformément aux Articles L.411-1, L.411-2 et D411 1 du Code Monétaire et Financier. Par conséquent, ce prospectus n’a pas été soumis au visa de l’Autorité des Marchés Financiers et aucun prospectus ne sera preparé ou soumis au visa de l’Autorité des Marchés Financiers. Ni ce prospectus ni aucun autre document promotionnel ne pourra être communiqué en France au public ou utilisé en relation avec l’offre de souscription ou la vente ou l’offre de titres au public ou à toute personne autre que les investisseurs (le cas échéant) décrits ci-dessus auxquels les titres peuvent être offerts et vendus en France.

The notes may be offered and sold in Germany only in compliance with the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ) as amended, the Commission Regulation (EC) No 809/2004 of April 29, 2004 as amended, or any other laws applicable in Germany governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. The prospectus has not been approved under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ) or the Directive 2003/71/EC.

 

ii


Table of Contents

The notes have not been and will not be qualified under the securities laws of any province or territory of Canada. The notes are not being offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Canada or to or for the account of any resident of Canada in contravention of the securities laws of any province or territory thereof.

Until                     , 2013 (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information about Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Nielsen Finance LLC”) and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of The Nielsen Company B.V., formerly known as VNU Group B.V. and prior to that as VNU N.V. (“Nielsen” or “Parent”) and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (“Nielsen Finance Co.”) and a wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen Finance LLC, and the notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should carefully read the entire prospectus before making an investment decision, especially the information presented under the heading “Risk Factors.” In this prospectus, except as otherwise indicated herein, or as the context may otherwise require, references to the “Issuers” refer to Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., and references to “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company” refer to Parent and each of its consolidated subsidiaries, including the Issuers.

Overview

We are a leading global information and measurement company that provides clients with a comprehensive understanding of consumers and consumer behavior. We deliver critical media and marketing information, analytics and industry expertise about what consumers buy and what consumers watch (consumer interaction with television, online and mobile) on a global and local basis. Our information, insights and solutions help our clients maintain and strengthen their market positions and identify opportunities for profitable growth. We have a presence in approximately 100 countries, including many developing and emerging markets, and hold leading market positions in many of our services and geographies. Based on the strength of the Nielsen brand, our scale and the breadth and depth of our solutions, we believe we are the global leader in measuring and analyzing consumer behavior in the segments in which we operate.

We help our clients enhance their interactions with consumers and make critical business decisions that we believe positively affect our clients’ sales. Our data and analytics solutions, which have been developed through substantial investment over many decades, are deeply embedded into our clients’ workflow as demonstrated by our long-term client relationships, multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates. The average length of relationship with our top ten clients, which include The Coca-Cola Company, NBC Universal, Nestle S.A., News Corp., The Procter & Gamble Company and the Unilever Group, is more than 30 years. Typically, before the start of each year, nearly 70% of our annual revenue has been committed under contracts in our combined Buy and Watch segments.

We align our business into three reporting segments, the principal two of which are what consumers buy (consumer purchasing measurement and analytics herein referred to as “Buy”) and what consumers watch (media audience measurement and analytics herein referred to as “Watch”). Our Buy and Watch segments, which together generated approximately 97% of our revenues in 2012, are built on an extensive foundation of proprietary data assets designed to yield essential insights for our clients to successfully measure, analyze and grow their businesses. The information from our Buy and Watch segments, when brought together, can deliver powerful insights into the effectiveness of advertising by linking media consumption trends with consumer purchasing data to better understand how media exposure drives purchase behavior. We believe these integrated insights will better enable our clients to enhance the return on investment of their advertising and marketing spending.

In January 2011, our indirect parent company, Nielsen Holdings N.V. (“Holdings”), consummated an initial public offering of its common stock and its shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NLSN.”

Parent is a Netherlands besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid , or private company with limited liability. Parent’s registered office is located at Diemerhof 2, 1112 XL Diemen, the Netherlands and it is registered at the Commercial Register for Amsterdam under file number 3403 6267. The phone number of

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Parent in the Netherlands is +31 20 39 88777, and in the United States is +1 (646) 654-5000. We maintain a website at www.nielsen.com where general information about our business is available. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

Corporate structure

The following chart summarizes our corporate structure as of March 31, 2013 (with debt amounts as of March 31, 2013):

 

LOGO

 

 

2


Table of Contents

 

(1) Each of Parent, VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., VNU International B.V., TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., VNU Marketing Information, Inc., ACN Holdings, Inc., The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.ar.l., The Nielsen Company Finance (Ireland) Limited and the wholly owned subsidiaries thereof, including the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc., in each case that guarantee our senior secured credit facilities, guarantee the notes. Neither Parent nor VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. is subject to any of the covenants contained in the indenture that are not payment covenants.
(2) The non-U.S. subsidiary of Nielsen Business Media Holding Company and the non-U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. do not guarantee the notes. In addition, subsidiaries that are not directly or indirectly wholly owned by Parent or that are not otherwise required to guarantee our senior secured credit facilities do not guarantee the notes. Certain of our less than wholly owned subsidiaries are also not subject to the restrictive covenants in the indenture. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $2,767 million, or 49%, of our total revenue and total operating income of $434 million as compared to our total operating income of $964 million for 2012, $662 million, or 48%, of our total revenue and total operating income of $64 million as compared to our total operating income of $171 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, and approximately $5,463 million, or 38%, of our total assets, and approximately $1,802 million, or 20%, of our total liabilities, in each case as of March 31, 2013.
(3) Comprised of a five-year amortizing term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $1,161 million maturing in 2017, and two tranches of $2,526 million and €289 million maturing in 2016. Also includes our revolving credit facility, which provides for availability of $635 million. As of March 31, 2013, we had $55 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility, not including $13 million of outstanding letters of credit.
(4) $215 million face amount.
(5) $1,080 million face amount.
(6) Excludes $15 million of other miscellaneous debt.

Recent Developments

On May 4, 2013, we signed a definitive agreement to sell Nielsen Business Media Holding Company, our indirect subsidiary, to Expo Event Transco Inc., an affiliate of Onex Corporation, for cash consideration. The transaction closed on June 17, 2013, for a purchase price of $950 million in cash consideration.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer

In connection with the issuance of the old notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes. Under this agreement, we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and to consummate the exchange offer for the old notes by September 27, 2013. If we do not consummate the exchange offer for the old notes by September 27, 2013, we will incur additional interest expense pursuant to the registration rights agreement. You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offer your old notes for exchange notes which are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that:

 

   

the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and will be freely tradable by persons who are not affiliated with us;

 

   

the exchange notes are not entitled to registration rights which are applicable to the old notes under the registration rights agreement; and

 

   

our obligation to pay additional interest on the old notes due to the failure to consummate the exchange offer by a prior date does not apply to the exchange notes.

 

The exchange offer

We are offering to exchange up to $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our registered notes and the guarantees thereof for a like principal amount of our 4.50% senior notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof, which were issued on October 2, 2012; and

 

  Old notes may be exchanged only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

 

Resales

Based on an interpretation by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless you are an “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that you:

 

   

are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of business; and

 

   

have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes.

 

  In addition, each participating broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it shall deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. For more information, see “Plan of Distribution.”

 

  Any holder of old notes, including any broker-dealer, who

 

   

is our affiliate,

 

   

does not acquire the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business, or

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

tenders in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of exchange notes,

 

  cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission expressed in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with the resale of the exchange notes.

 

Expiration date; Withdrawal of tenders

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2013, or such later date and time to which we extend it. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date. A tender of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date. Any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Conditions to the exchange offer

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, some of which we may waive. For more information, see “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

 

Procedures for tendering old note

If you hold old notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC.

 

  By accepting the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

   

any exchange notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of the exchange notes; and

 

   

you are not our “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if you are an affiliate, you will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

Effect on holders of old notes

As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered old notes pursuant to the terms of, the exchange offer, we will have fulfilled covenants contained in the registration

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

rights agreement and, accordingly, we will not be obligated to pay additional interest as described in the registration rights agreement. If you are a holder of old notes and do not tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to hold such old notes and you will be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the old notes in the indenture, except for any rights under the registration rights agreement that by their terms terminate upon the consummation of the exchange offer.

 

Consequences of failure to exchange

All untendered old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided for in the old notes and in the indenture. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the old notes under the Securities Act.

 

U.S. federal income tax consequences

The exchange of old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For more information, see “U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer.

 

Registration rights agreement

We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes on October 2, 2012. The registration rights agreement requires us to file this exchange offer registration statement and contain customary provisions with respect to registration procedures, indemnity and contribution rights. In addition, the registration rights agreement provides that if we do not consummate the exchange offer for the old notes by September 27, 2013, we are required to pay additional interest at an initial rate of 0.25% per annum. The additional interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each 90-day period until the exchange offer is consummated, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum.

 

Exchange agent

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is the exchange agent with regard to the exchange offer. The address and telephone number of the exchange agent is set forth in the section captioned “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes

The following summary highlights all material information contained elsewhere in this prospectus but does not contain all the information that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer. We urge you to read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section and the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

The offering

The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus contains more detailed descriptions of the terms and conditions of the exchange notes.

 

Issuers

Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co.

 

Exchange notes offered

$800,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020.

 

Maturity date

The exchange notes will mature on October 1, 2020.

 

Interest

The exchange notes will bear interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum. Interest on the notes is payable semiannually on April 1 and October 1 of each year commencing on April 1, 2013. Interest on the exchange notes will accrue from October 2, 2012.

 

Ranking

The exchange notes will be the Issuers’ senior unsecured obligations and will:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to our existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes, including including any old notes not exchanged, our senior secured credit facilities and our currently outstanding 11.625% Senior Notes due 2014 and our 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 (collectively, the “Existing Senior Notes”); and

 

   

be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future secured debt (including obligations under our senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and are structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the notes.

 

  Similarly, the exchange note guarantees will be the senior unsecured obligations of the guarantors and will:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

rank equally in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes, including the guarantees of any old notes exchanged, the senior secured credit facilities and the Existing Senior Notes; and

 

   

be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future secured debt (including such guarantor’s guarantee under our senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of any subsidiary of a guarantor if that subsidiary is not also a guarantor of the Notes.

 

  As of March 31, 2013, (i) the notes and related guarantees would have ranked effectively junior to approximately $4,113 million of senior secured indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities (we would have had $580 million of unutilized capacity under our revolving credit facility, not including $13 million of outstanding letters of credit) and $106 million of capital lease obligations, and (ii) Parent had guarantees of each Guarantor that would have been structurally subordinated for the Notes except Parent and would have been pari passu to Parent’s guarantee of the notes. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $2,767 million, or 49%, of our total revenue and had total operating income of $434 million as compared to our total operating income of $964 million for 2012, $662 million, or 48%, of our total revenue and had total operating income of $64 million as compared to our total operating income of $171 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, and approximately $5,463 million, or 38%, of our total assets, and approximately $1,802 million, or 20%, of our total liabilities, in each case as of March 31, 2013.

 

Guarantees

The exchange notes will be jointly and severally guaranteed by each of Parent, VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. (f/k/a VNU Holding and Finance B.V.) and, subject to certain exceptions, each of their direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries other than the Issuers, in each case to the extent that such entity provides a guarantee under our senior secured credit facilities.

 

Optional redemption

Prior to October 1, 2016, we will have the option to redeem some or all of the notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus an applicable make-whole premium (as described in “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption”) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. Beginning on October 1, 2016, we may redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption” plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Optional redemption after certain equity offerings and certain asset sales

At any time (which may be more than once) before October 1, 2015, we may choose to redeem up to 35% of the notes at a redemption price equal to 104.50% of the face amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and additional interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, with the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings and/or one or more sales of a business unit of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., in each case to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. or a restricted subsidiary of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and so long as at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding afterwards. See “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Change of control

If we experience a change of control (as defined in the indenture governing the notes), we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See “Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

 

Certain covenants

The indenture governing the notes will contain covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;

 

   

pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

   

create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

   

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

  Parent and certain of its less than wholly owned subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the foregoing covenants.

 

  The covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. See “Description of Notes.” Certain covenants will not apply to a series of notes for so long as the applicable series of notes have investment grade ratings from both Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

No Prior Market

The exchange notes will be new securities for which there is currently no market. Although the initial purchasers of the old notes have informed us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, they are not obligated to do so and they may discontinue market making activities at any time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market for the exchange notes will develop or be maintained.

 

Risk Factors

Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks. See “Risk Factors” for a description of some of the risks you should consider before investing in the exchange notes.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such a case, you may lose all or a part of your original investment.

Risks Related to an Investment in the Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We have now and, after the offering, will continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2013, we had total indebtedness and other financing arrangements of $6,314 million (excluding bank overdrafts and other short-term debt of $14 million), of which $800 million consisted of the old notes, and the balance consisted of $1,294 million of Existing Senior Notes, $4,113 million under our senior secured credit facilities, $107 million of existing capital lease obligations and other loans and financing arrangements and $580 million of unutilized capacity under our revolving credit facility, not including $13 million of outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;

 

   

restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

   

limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;

 

   

limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions; and

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

In addition, our indentures and our senior secured credit facilities contain financial and other restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our best interests long-term. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of our indentures do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. The revolving credit facility under our senior secured credit facilities permitted additional borrowing of up to $580 million as of March 31, 2013, not

 

11


Table of Contents

including $13 million of outstanding letters of credit, and all of those borrowings would rank effectively senior to the notes and the subsidiary guarantees. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify.

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures and product development efforts will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized on schedule or that future borrowings will be available to us under our senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our cash interest expense for 2012 was $366 million. At March 31, 2013, we had $4,113 million of debt under the senior secured credit facilities (which bear interest at floating rates), of which $2,285 million was subject to effective floating-fixed interest rate swaps. A one percent increase in our floating rate indebtedness would increase annual interest expense by approximately $18 million ($41 million without giving effect to any of our interest rate swaps). We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the notes, on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facilities and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Your right to receive payments on the notes will be effectively subordinated to those lenders who have a security interest in our assets.

Our obligations under the notes and our guarantors’ obligations under their guarantees of the notes are unsecured, but our obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and each guarantor’s obligations under their guarantees of the senior secured credit facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our domestic tangible and intangible assets, including the stock of most of our wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries, and the assets and a portion of the stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under our senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to the exclusion of holders of the notes, even if an event of default exists under the indenture governing the notes at such time.

Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose and sell the pledged equity interests in any subsidiary guarantor under the notes, then that guarantor will be released from its guarantee of the notes automatically and immediately upon such sale. In any such event, because the notes are not secured by any of our assets or the equity interests in subsidiary guarantors, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy your claims fully.

As of March 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of our secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries was approximately $4,113 million, and approximately $580 million was available for additional borrowing under the senior secured credit facilities, not including $13 million of outstanding letters of credit. The indenture governing the notes permits us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including senior secured indebtedness.

The Issuers of the notes are entities with no independent operations. The Issuers’ ability to repay their debt, including the notes, depends upon the performance of Parent and its other subsidiaries.

The Issuers of the notes are entities with no independent operations. All of our operations are conducted by Parent and its other subsidiaries, and the Issuers have no significant assets other than Nielsen Finance LLC,

 

12


Table of Contents

which will own all the shares of Nielsen Finance Co. As a result, the Issuers’ cash flow and their ability to service their indebtedness, including their ability to pay the interest and principal amount of the notes when due, will depend on the performance of Parent and its other subsidiaries and the ability of those entities to distribute funds to the Issuers.

Your right to receive payments on the notes could be adversely affected if any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries or less than wholly owned subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate, or reorganize.

Some but not all of our wholly owned subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries or less than wholly owned subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us.

On March 31, 2013, the notes were structurally junior to $1,802 million of indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our non-guarantor subsidiaries and our less than wholly owned subsidiaries. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $2,767 million, or 49%, of our total revenue and had total operating income of $434 million as compared to our total operating income of $964 million for 2012, $662 million, or 48%, of our total revenue and had total operating income of $64 million as compared to our total operating income of $171 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, and approximately $5,463 million, or 38%, of our total assets as of March 31, 2013.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indenture.

Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of notes or that restrictions in our senior secured credit facility will not allow such repurchases. In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a “Change of Control” under the indentures. See “Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders.”

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void notes and guarantees and require note holders to return payments received.

If we or any guarantor becomes a debtor in a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or encounters other financial difficulty, under federal or state fraudulent transfer law a court may void or otherwise decline to enforce the notes or the guarantees. A court might do so if it found that when we issued the notes or the guarantor entered into its guarantee, or in some states when payments became due under the notes or the guarantees, we could be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor or we received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration and either:

 

   

was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or

 

   

was left with inadequate capital to conduct its business; or

 

   

believed or reasonably should have believed that it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay.

The court might also void an issuance of notes or a guarantee, without regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued the notes or the applicable guarantor entered into its guarantee with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors.

 

13


Table of Contents

A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or its guarantee, if an Issuer or a guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes. If a court were to void the issuance of the notes or any guarantee you would no longer have any claim against an Issuer or the applicable guarantor. Sufficient funds to repay the notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining obligors, if any. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from an Issuer or a guarantor.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets; or

 

   

if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we believe that each guarantor, after giving effect to its guarantee of the notes, will not be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged and will not have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. We cannot assure you, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making these determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard.

Although each guarantee entered into by a subsidiary will contain a provision intended to limit that guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may not be effective to protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce that guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless. In a recent Florida bankruptcy case, this kind of provision was found to be ineffective to prohibit the guarantees.

Dutch insolvency laws to which we are subject may not be as favorable to you as U.S. or other insolvency laws.

The Dutch guarantors are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and have their registered offices in the Netherlands. Therefore and subject to applicable EU insolvency regulations, any insolvency proceedings in relation to Dutch guarantors would likely be based on Dutch insolvency law. Dutch insolvency proceedings differ significantly from insolvency proceedings in the U.S. and may make it more difficult for holders of notes to recover the amount they would normally expect to recover in a liquidation or bankruptcy proceeding in the U.S.

In addition, a guarantee granted by a Dutch legal entity may, under certain circumstances, be nullified by any of its creditors, if (i) the creditor concerned was prejudiced as a consequence of the guarantee and (ii) at the time the guarantee was granted both the legal entity and, unless the guarantee was granted for no consideration, the beneficiary of the guarantee knew or should have known that one or more of the entities’ creditors (existing or future) would be prejudiced. Also to the extent that Dutch insolvency law applies, a guarantee or security may be nullified by the receiver on behalf of and for the benefit of all creditors of the insolvent entity. The foregoing requirements apply mutatis mutandis for such actions.

Enforcement of guarantees by Dutch guarantors under the notes may be subject to certain limitations and will require satisfaction of certain conditions.

Under Dutch law, enforcement of guarantees may, in whole or in part, be limited to the extent that the undertakings of each Dutch guarantor under its guarantee are deemed to be in conflict with its objects ( ultra vires ). The issuing of such guarantee may conflict with such Dutch guarantor’s objects if (i) the text of the

 

14


Table of Contents

objects clause in it articles of association ( statuten ) does not include a reference to the issuance of guarantees to secure the obligations of affiliated companies, and (ii) such Dutch guarantor does not, irrespective of the wording of the objects clause, derive certain direct or indirect commercial benefit from the offering in respect of which such guarantee is issued.

Judgments obtained in the U.S. may not be enforceable in the Netherlands against Dutch guarantors under the notes.

The U.S. and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for the recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, any final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the U.S. based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically enforceable in the Netherlands and new proceedings on the merits would have to be initiated before a Dutch court. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in the Netherlands such a party may submit to a Dutch court the final judgment that has been rendered in the U.S. and such court will have the discretion to attach such weight to that judgment as it deems appropriate. To the extent that a Dutch court finds that the judgment rendered by a federal or state court in the U.S. (a) results from proceedings compatible with Dutch concepts of due process, and (b) does not contravene public policy (openbare orde) of the Netherlands, the Dutch court will, under current practice, in principle, give binding effect to such judgment.

If you do not properly tender your old notes, you will continue to hold unregistered old notes and be subject to the same limitations on your ability to transfer old notes.

We will only issue exchange notes in exchange for old notes that are timely received by the exchange agent together with all required documents. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the old notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender your old notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent are required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of the old notes. If you are eligible to participate in the exchange offer and do not tender your old notes or if we do not accept your old notes because you did not tender your old notes properly, then, after we consummate the exchange offer, you will continue to hold old notes that are subject to the existing transfer restrictions and will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to any additional interest with respect to the old notes. In addition:

 

   

if you tender your old notes for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes; and

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or any other trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those exchange notes.

We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resales of the exchange notes.

After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.

An active trading market may not develop for the exchange notes, in which case the trading market liquidity and the market price quoted for the exchange notes could be adversely affected.

The exchange notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. The liquidity of the trading market in the exchange notes, and the market price quoted for the exchange notes, may be adversely

 

15


Table of Contents

affected by changes in the overall market for high yield securities and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry generally. As a result, you cannot be sure that an active trading market will develop for the exchange notes. In addition, if a large amount of old notes are not tendered or are tendered improperly, the limited amount of exchange notes that would be issued and outstanding after we consummate the exchange offer would reduce liquidity and could lower the market price of those exchange notes.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may be unable to adapt to significant technological change which could adversely affect our business.

We operate in businesses that require sophisticated data collection, processing systems, software and other technology. Some of the technologies supporting the industries we serve are changing rapidly. We will be required to adapt to changing technologies, either by developing and marketing new services or by enhancing our existing services, to meet client demand.

Moreover, the introduction of new services embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards could render existing services obsolete. Our continued success will depend on our ability to adapt to changing technologies, manage and process ever-increasing amounts of data and information and improve the performance, features and reliability of our existing services in response to changing client and industry demands. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful design, development, testing, introduction or marketing of our services. New services, or enhancements to existing services, may not adequately meet the requirements of current and prospective clients or achieve any degree of significant market acceptance.

Traditional methods of television viewing are changing as a result of fragmentation of channels and digital and other new television technologies and devices such as video-on-demand, digital video recorders, game consoles, tablets, other mobile devices and internet viewing. If we are unable to continue to successfully adapt our media measurement systems to new viewing habits, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Consolidation in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment, telecommunications and technology industries could put pressure on the pricing of our services, thereby leading to decreased earnings.

Consolidation in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment, telecommunications and technology industries could reduce aggregate demand for our services in the future and could limit the amounts we earn for our services. When companies merge, the services they previously purchased separately are often purchased by the combined entity in the aggregate in a lesser quantity than before, leading to volume compression and loss of revenue. While we attempt to mitigate the revenue impact of any consolidation by expanding our range of services, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so as industry consolidation continues, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

Client procurement strategies could put additional pressure on the pricing of our information services, thereby leading to decreased earnings.

Certain of our clients may continue to seek further price concessions from us. This puts pressure on the pricing of our information services, which could limit the amounts we earn. While we attempt to mitigate the revenue impact of any pricing pressure through effective negotiations and by providing services to individual businesses within particular groups, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

Continued adverse market conditions, particularly in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment, telecommunications or technology industries could adversely impact our revenue.

A number of adverse financial developments continue to impact the U.S. and global financial markets. These developments include a significant economic deterioration both in the United States and globally, volatility and deterioration in the equity markets, and deterioration and tightening of liquidity in the credit markets. In addition, issues related to sovereign debt in Europe recently have negatively affected the global financial markets. The current economic environment has witnessed a significant reduction in consumer confidence and demand, impacting the demand for our customers’ products and services. Those reductions could adversely affect the ability of some of our customers to meet their current obligations to us and hinder their ability to incur new obligations until the economy and their businesses strengthen. The inability of our customers to pay us for our services and/or decisions by current or future customers to forego or defer purchases may adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, profitability and cash flows and may continue to present risks for an extended period of time. We cannot predict the impact of economic slowdowns on our future financial performance.

We expect that revenues generated from our information and insights services will continue to represent a substantial portion of our overall revenue for the foreseeable future. To the extent the businesses we service, especially our clients in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment, telecommunications and technology industries, are subject to the financial pressures of, for example, increased costs or reduced demand for their products, the demand for our services, or the prices our clients are willing to pay for those services, may decline.

During challenging economic times, clients, typically advertisers, within our Buy segment may reduce their discretionary advertising expenditures and may be less likely to purchase our analytical services, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue.

Clients within our Watch segment derive a significant amount of their revenue from the sale or purchase of advertising. During challenging economic times, advertisers may reduce advertising expenditures and advertising agencies and other media may be less likely to purchase our media information services, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue.

Revenues within our Expositions segment are primarily derived from business-to-business trade shows and events. During challenging economic times exhibitors may cut back on attending our events, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue.

We have suffered losses due to goodwill impairment charges in the past and could do so again in the future.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are subject to annual review for impairment (or more frequently should indications of impairment arise). In addition, other intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. As of December 31, 2012, we had goodwill and intangible assets of $11,907 million. Any downward revisions in the fair value of our reporting units or our intangible assets could result in impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets that could materially affect our financial performance.

The success of our business depends on our ability to recruit sample participants to participate in our research samples.

Our business uses scanners and diaries to gather consumer data from sample households as well as Set Meters, People Meters, Active/Passive Meters and diaries to gather television audience measurement data from sample households. It is increasingly difficult and costly to obtain consent from households to participate in the surveys. In addition, it is increasingly difficult and costly to ensure that the selected sample of households

 

17


Table of Contents

mirrors the behaviors and characteristics of the entire population and covers all of the demographic segments requested by our clients. Additionally, as consumers adopt modes of telecommunication other than traditional telephone service, such as mobile, cable and internet calling, it may become more difficult for our services to reach and recruit participants for consumer purchasing and audience measurement services. If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to recruit appropriate participants and maintain adequate participation levels, our clients may lose confidence in our ratings services and we could lose the support of the relevant industry groups. If this were to happen, our consumer purchasing and audience measurement services may be materially and adversely affected.

Data protection laws may restrict our activities and increase our costs.

Various statutes and rules regulate conduct in areas such as privacy and data protection which may affect our collection, use, storage and transfer of personally identifiable information both abroad and in the United States. Compliance with these laws may require us to make certain investments or may dictate that we not offer certain types of services or only offer such services after making necessary modifications. Failure to comply with these laws may result in, among other things, civil and criminal liability, negative publicity, data being blocked from use and liability under contractual warranties. In addition, there is an increasing public concern regarding data and consumer protection issues, and the number of jurisdictions with data protection laws has been slowly increasing. There is also the possibility that the scope of existing privacy laws may be expanded. For example, several countries, including the United States, have regulations that restrict telemarketing to individuals who request to be included on a do-not-call list. Typically, these regulations target sales activity and do not apply to survey research. If the laws were extended to include survey research, our ability to recruit research participants could be adversely affected. These or future initiatives may adversely affect our ability to generate or assemble data or to develop or market current or future services, which could negatively impact our business.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our business could be adversely affected.

The success of our business will depend, in part, on:

 

   

obtaining patent protection for our technology and services;

 

   

defending our patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property;

 

   

preserving our trade secrets and maintaining the security of our know-how and data; and

 

   

operating our business without infringing upon intellectual property rights held by third parties.

We rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and the patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws of the United States and other countries to protect our intellectual property. These legal measures afford only limited protection and may not provide sufficient protection to prevent the infringement, misuse or misappropriation of our intellectual property. Intellectual property law in several foreign jurisdictions is subject to considerable uncertainty. There can be no assurances that the protections we have available for our proprietary technology in the United States and other countries will be available to us in all of the places we sell our services. Any infringement or misappropriation of our technology can have a negative impact on our business. The patents we own could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others and may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with meaningful protection or commercial advantage. The expiration of our patents may lead to increased competition. Although our employees, consultants, clients and collaborators enter into confidentiality agreements with us, our trade secrets, data and know-how could be subject to unauthorized use, misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure. The growing need for global data, along with increased competition and technological advances, puts increasing pressure on us to share our intellectual property for client applications with others, which could result in infringement. Competitors may gain access to our intellectual property and proprietary information. Our trademarks could be challenged, which could force us to rebrand our services, result in a loss of brand recognition and require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Furthermore, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets and to determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights.

 

18


Table of Contents

Given the importance of our intellectual property, we will enforce our rights whenever it is necessary and prudent to do so. Any future litigation, regardless of the outcome, could result in substantial expense and diversion of time and attention of management, may not be resolved in our favor and could adversely affect our business.

If third parties claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights, our operating profits could be adversely affected.

We cannot be certain that we do not and will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others in operating our business. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, including claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any such claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could:

 

   

be expensive and time-consuming to defend;

 

   

result in our being required to pay possibly significant damages;

 

   

cause us to cease providing our services that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

   

require us to redesign or rebrand our services;

 

   

divert management’s attention and resources; or

 

   

require us to enter into potentially costly royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property, although royalty or licensing agreements may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Any of the above could have a negative impact on our operating profits and harm our future prospects and financial condition.

We generate revenues throughout the world which are subject to exchange rate fluctuations, and our revenue and net income may suffer due to currency translations and repatriation of earnings to the U.S.

We operate globally, deriving approximately 48% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 in currencies other than U.S. dollars, with approximately 12% of revenues deriving in Euros. Our U.S. operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in U.S. dollars, while our European operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in Euros, which have recently been subject to significant volatility. Outside the United States and the European Union, we generate revenue and expenses predominantly in local currencies. Because of fluctuations (including possible devaluations) in currency exchange rates, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to economic exposure. In certain instances, we may not be able to freely convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars due to limitations placed on such conversions. Certain of the countries in which we operate, such as Venezuela, have currencies which are considered to be hyperinflationary. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Of the $287 million in cash and cash equivalents, approximately $264 million was held in jurisdictions outside the U.S. and as a result there may be tax consequences if such amounts were moved out of these jurisdictions or repatriated to the U.S. We regularly review the amount of cash and cash equivalents held outside of the U.S. to determine the amounts necessary to fund the current operations of our foreign operations and their growth initiatives and amounts needed to service our U.S. indebtedness and related obligations.

Our international operations are exposed to risks which could impede growth in the future.

We continue to explore opportunities in major international markets around the world, including China, Russia, India and Brazil. International operations expose us to various additional risks, which could adversely affect our business, including:

 

   

costs of customizing services for clients outside of the United States;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws;

 

   

difficulties in managing international operations;

 

   

longer sales and payment cycles;

 

   

exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation;

 

   

exposure to local economic conditions;

 

   

limitations on the repatriation of funds from foreign operations;

 

   

exposure to local political conditions, including adverse tax policies, civil unrest and seizure of assets by a foreign government; and

 

   

the risks of an outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

In countries where there has not been a historical practice of using consumer packaged goods retail information or audience measurement information in the buying and selling of advertising time, it may be difficult for us to maintain subscribers.

Criticism of our audience measurement service by various industry groups and market segments could adversely affect our business.

Due to the high-profile nature of our services in the media, internet and entertainment information industries, we could become the target of criticism by various industry groups and market segments. We strive to be fair, transparent and impartial in the production of audience measurement services, and the quality of our U.S. ratings services are voluntarily subject to review and accreditation by the Media Rating Council, a voluntary trade organization, whose members include many of our key client constituencies. However, criticism of our business by special interests, and by clients with competing and often conflicting demands on our measurement service, could result in government regulation. While we believe that government regulation is unnecessary, no assurance can be given that legislation will not be enacted in the future that would subject our business to regulation, which could adversely affect our business.

A loss of one of our largest clients could adversely impact our results of operations.

Our top ten clients accounted for approximately 25% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. We cannot assure you that any of our clients will continue to use our services to the same extent, or at all, in the future. A loss of one or more of our largest clients, if not replaced by a new client or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect our prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services in connection with the provision of our current services.

We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services for use in connection with the provision of our current services. For example, our Buy segment enters into agreements with third parties (primarily retailers of fast-moving consumer goods) to obtain the raw data on retail product sales it processes and edits and from which it creates products and services. These suppliers of data may increase restrictions on our use of such data, fail to adhere to our quality control standards, increase the price they charge us for this data or refuse altogether to license the data to us. In addition, we may need to enter into agreements with third parties to assist with the marketing, technical and financial aspects of expanding our services for other types of media. In the event we are unable to use such third party data and services or if we are unable to enter into agreements with third parties, when necessary, our business and/or our potential growth could be adversely affected. In the event that such data and services are unavailable for our use or the cost of acquiring such data and services increases, our business could be adversely affected.

 

20


Table of Contents

We rely on a third party for the performance of a significant portion of our worldwide information technology and operations functions, various services and assistance in certain integration projects. A failure to provide these functions, services or assistance in a satisfactory manner could have an adverse effect on our business.

We are dependent upon Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited (collectively, “TCS”) for the performance of a significant portion of our information technology and operations functions worldwide, the provision of a broad suite of information technology and business process services, including general and process consulting, product engineering, program management, application development and maintenance, coding, data management, finance and accounting services and human resource services, as well as assistance in integrating and centralizing multiple systems, technologies and processes on a global scale. The success of our business depends in part on maintaining our relationships with TCS and their continuing ability to perform these functions and services in a timely and satisfactory manner. If we experience a loss or disruption in the provision of any of these functions or services, or they are not performed in a satisfactory manner, we may have difficulty in finding alternate providers on terms favorable to us, or at all, and our business could be adversely affected.

Long-term disruptions in the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and/or air service could adversely affect our business.

Our business is dependent on the use of the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and air service. Long-term disruptions in one or more of these services, which could be caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, civil unrest and/or acts of terrorism, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Hardware and software failures, delays in the operation of our computer and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements may harm our business.

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems. A failure of our network or data gathering procedures could impede the processing of data, delivery of databases and services, client orders and day-to-day management of our business and could result in the corruption or loss of data. While many of our services have appropriate disaster recovery plans in place, we currently do not have full backup facilities everywhere in the world to provide redundant network capacity in the event of a system failure. Despite any precautions we may take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins and similar events at our various computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, any failure by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a delay in the delivery of data, we could be required to transfer our data collection operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in significant delays in our ability to deliver our services to our clients and could be costly to implement. Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements and improvements, or inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed, could damage our reputation and harm our business. Finally, long-term disruptions in infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, civil unrest and/or acts of terrorism (particularly involving cities in which we have offices) could adversely affect our services. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance, our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

The presence of our Global Technology and Information Center in Florida heightens our exposure to hurricanes and tropical storms, which could disrupt our business.

The technological data processing functions for certain of our U.S. operations are concentrated at our Global Technology and Information Center (“GTIC”) at a single location in Florida. Our geographic concentration in Florida heightens our exposure to a hurricane or tropical storm. These weather events could cause severe damage

 

21


Table of Contents

to our property and technology and could cause major disruptions to our operations. Although our GTIC was built in anticipation of severe weather events and we have insurance coverage, if we were to experience a catastrophic loss, we may exceed our policy limits and/or we may have difficulty obtaining similar insurance coverage in the future. As such, a hurricane or tropical storm could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our services involve the storage and transmission of proprietary information. If our security measures are breached and unauthorized access is obtained, our services may be perceived as not being secure and panelists and survey respondents may hold us liable for disclosure of personal data, and clients and venture partners may hold us liable or reduce their use of our services.

We store and transmit large volumes of proprietary information and data that contains personally identifiable information about individuals. Security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation and possible liability and our reputation could be damaged. For example, hackers or individuals who attempt to breach our network security could, if successful, misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our services. If we experience any breaches of our network security or sabotage, we might be required to expend significant capital and resources to protect against or to alleviate problems. We may not be able to remedy any problems caused by hackers or saboteurs in a timely manner, or at all. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target and, as a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose current and potential clients.

If we are unable to attract, retain and motivate employees, we may not be able to compete effectively and will not be able to expand our business.

Our success and ability to grow are dependent, in part, on our ability to hire, retain and motivate sufficient numbers of talented people, with the increasingly diverse skills needed to serve clients and expand our business, in many locations around the world. Competition for highly qualified, specialized technical and managerial, and particularly consulting personnel is intense. Recruiting, training and retention costs and benefits place significant demands on our resources. The inability to attract qualified employees in sufficient numbers to meet particular demands or the loss of a significant number of our employees could have an adverse effect on us, including our ability to obtain and successfully complete important client engagements and thus maintain or increase our revenues.

Changes in tax laws may adversely affect our reported results.

Changes in tax laws, regulations, related interpretations and tax accounting standards in the United States, the Netherlands and other countries in which we operate may adversely affect our financial results. For example, recent legislative proposals to reform U.S. taxation of non-U.S. earnings could have a material adverse effect on our financial results by subjecting a significant portion of our non-U.S. earnings to incremental U.S. taxation and/or by delaying or permanently deferring certain deductions otherwise allowed in calculating our U.S. tax liabilities. In addition, governments are increasingly considering tax law changes as a means to cover budgetary shortfalls resulting from the current economic environment.

We face competition, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

We are faced with a number of competitors in the markets in which we operate. Some of our competitors in each market may have substantially greater financial marketing and other resources than we do and may in the future engage in aggressive pricing action to compete with us. Although we believe we are currently able to compete effectively in each of the various markets in which we participate, we may not be able to do so in the future or be capable of maintaining or further increasing our current market share. Our failure to compete successfully in our various markets could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

22


Table of Contents

We may be subject to antitrust litigation or government investigation in the future, which may result in an award of money damages or force us to change the way we do business.

In the past, certain of our business practices have been investigated by government antitrust or competition agencies, and we have on several occasions been sued by private parties for alleged violations of the antitrust and competition laws of various jurisdictions. Following some of these actions, we have changed certain of our business practices to reduce the likelihood of future litigation. Although each of these material prior legal actions have been resolved, there is a risk based upon the leading position of certain of our business operations that we could, in the future, be the target of investigations by government entities or actions by private parties challenging the legality of our business practices. Also, in markets where the retail trade is concentrated, regulatory authorities may perceive certain of our retail services as potential vehicles for collusive behavior by retailers or manufacturers. There can be no assurance that any such investigation or challenge will not result in an award of money damages, penalties or some form of order that might require a change in the way that we do business, any of which could adversely affect our revenue stream and/or profitability.

The use of joint ventures, over which we do not have full control, could prevent us from achieving our objectives.

We have conducted and will continue to conduct a number of business initiatives through joint ventures, some of which are or may be controlled by others. Our joint venture partners might have economic or business objectives that are inconsistent with our objectives. Our joint venture partners could go bankrupt, leaving us liable for their share of joint venture liabilities. Although we generally will seek to maintain sufficient control of any joint venture to permit our objectives to be achieved, we might not be able to take action without the approval of our joint venture partners. Also, our joint venture partners could take appropriate actions binding on the joint venture without our consent. In addition, the terms of our joint venture agreements may limit our business opportunities. Accordingly, the use of joint ventures could prevent us from achieving our intended objectives.

Failure to successfully complete or integrate acquisitions into our existing operations could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We regularly evaluate opportunities for strategic growth through tuck-in acquisitions. Potential issues associated with these acquisitions could include, among other things, our ability to realize the full extent of the benefits or cost savings that we expect to realize as a result of the completion of the acquisition within the anticipated time frame, or at all; receipt of necessary consents, clearances and approvals in connection with the acquisition; diversion of management’s attention from base strategies and objectives; and, with respect to acquisitions, our ability to successfully combine our businesses with the business of the acquired company in a manner that permits cost savings to be realized, including sales and administrative support activities and information technology systems among our company and the acquired company, motivating, recruiting and retaining executives and key employees, conforming standards, controls, procedures and policies, business cultures and compensation structures among our company and the acquired company, consolidating and streamlining corporate and administrative infrastructures, consolidating sales and marketing operations, retaining existing customers and attracting new customers, identifying and eliminating redundant and underperforming operations and assets, coordinating geographically dispersed organizations, and managing tax costs or inefficiencies associated with integrating our operations following completion of the acquisitions. In addition, acquisitions outside of the United States increase our exposure to risks associated with foreign operations, including fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and compliance with foreign laws and regulations. If an acquisition is not successfully completed or integrated into our existing operations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

 

23


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward looking statements”. These forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “plan,” “could,” “may,” “will,” “believe,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project” and other words of similar meaning. Such statements are not guarantees of future performance, events or results and involve potential risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are based on our current plans and expectations and are subject to a number of known and unknown uncertainties and risks, many of which are beyond our control, which could significantly affect current plans and expectations and our future financial position and results of operations. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the timing and scope of technological advances;

 

   

consolidation in our customers’ industries that may reduce the aggregate demand for our services and put pricing pressure on us;

 

   

customer procurement strategies that could put additional pricing pressure on us;

 

   

general economic conditions, including the effects of the current economic environment on advertising spending levels, the costs of, and demand for, consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment and technology products and any interest rate or exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

goodwill and other intangible asset impairments;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness;

 

   

certain covenants in our debt documents and our ability to comply with such covenants;

 

   

regulatory review by governmental agencies that oversee information gathering and changes in data protection laws;

 

   

the ability to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information gathering processes and intellectual property;

 

   

intellectual property infringement claims by third parties;

 

   

risks to which our international operations are exposed, including local political and economic conditions, the effects of foreign currency fluctuations and the ability to comply with local laws and the ability to comply with applicable anti-bribery and economic sanctions laws;

 

   

criticism of our audience measurement services;

 

   

the ability to attract and retain customers, key personnel and sample participants;

 

   

the effect of disruptions to our information processing systems;

 

   

the effect of disruptions in the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and/or air services;

 

   

the impact of tax planning initiatives and resolution of audits of prior tax years;

 

   

future litigation or government investigations;

 

   

the possibility that the Sponsors’ (defined herein) interests will conflict with ours or yours;

 

   

the impact of competition;

 

   

the financial statement impact of changes in generally accepted accounting principles; and

 

   

the ability to successfully integrate our Company in accordance with our strategy and success of our joint ventures.

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur or may prove to be materially different from the expectations expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

24


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS

The data included in this prospectus regarding market share, market position and industry data pertaining to our business are based on reports of published industry sources and estimates based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. These estimates have been based on information obtained from our trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. We believe these estimates to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus.

Although we believe that the third party sources are reliable, we have not independently verified market industry data provided by third parties or by industry or general publications. Similarly, while we believe our internal estimates with respect to our industry are reliable, our estimates have not been verified by any independent sources, and we cannot assure you that they are accurate. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates, in particular as they relate to market share and our general expectations concerning the global marketing and media research and the business information industries, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

25


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with initial purchasers of the old notes, in which we agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC relating to an offer to exchange the old notes for exchange notes. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part was filed in compliance with this obligation. We also agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act. In addition, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the exchange offer to be consummated on or before September 27, 2013. However, if the exchange offer is not consummated on or before September 27, 2013, we will incur additional interest expense. The exchange notes will have terms substantially identical to the old notes except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and registration rights and additional interest payable for the failure to consummate the exchange offer by September 27, 2013. Old notes in an aggregate principal amount of $800,000,000 were issued on October 2, 2012.

Under the circumstances set forth below, we will cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the old notes and we will use our reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective for up to two years after the effective date of the shelf registration statement. These circumstances include:

 

   

if we determine, upon the advice of outside counsel, that, the exchange offer is not permitted due to a change in applicable law or SEC policy;

 

   

if for any reason the registered exchange offer is not consummated by September 27, 2013;

 

   

if the initial purchasers so request after consummation of the registered exchange offer with respect to the old notes not eligible to be exchanged for the exchange notes and held by it following the consummation of the exchange offer;

 

   

if any holder (other than the initial purchasers) is not eligible to participate in the exchange offer; or

 

   

if the initial purchasers participate in the exchange offer and do not receive freely tradeable exchange notes in exchange for tendered old notes.

Each holder of old notes that wishes to exchange such old notes for transferable exchange notes in the exchange offer will be required to make the following representations:

 

   

any exchange notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

 

   

it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of Securities Act) of the exchange notes;

 

   

it is not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if it is an affiliate, that it will comply with applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

   

if such holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and such holder will acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

In addition, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it shall deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

26


Table of Contents

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based on interpretations of the SEC staff set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that exchange notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any exchange note holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:

 

   

such holder is not an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

such exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business; and

 

   

the holder does not intend to participate in the distribution of such exchange notes.

Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the exchange notes:

 

   

cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

If, as stated above, a holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters, any effective registration statement used in connection with a secondary resale transaction must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, for the resale or for other retransfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please read the section captioned “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding these procedures for the transfer of exchange notes. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange any old notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. We will issue $2,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $2,000 principal amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 integral multiple amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 integral multiple amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer. Old notes may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

The form and terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical to the form and terms of the old notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement to file, and cause to become effective, a registration statement. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding old notes. Consequently, both series of notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the indenture.

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.

 

27


Table of Contents

As of the date of this prospectus, $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of old notes are outstanding. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Old notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to the old notes.

We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered old notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to such holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under the caption “—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

Holders who tender old notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees, or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than those transfer taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read the section labeled “—Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The exchange offer for the old notes will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2013, unless we extend it in our sole discretion.

In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We will notify in writing or by public announcement the registered holders of old notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

 

   

to delay accepting for exchange any old notes in connection with the extension of the exchange offer;

 

   

to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept old notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; or

 

   

subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change.

Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable written notice or public announcement thereof to the registered holders of old notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of old notes of such amendment, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will

 

28


Table of Contents

extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change. If we terminate this exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange or if we amend the terms of this exchange offer in a manner that constitutes a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will promptly file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, we will in all events comply with our obligation to make prompt payment for all old notes properly tendered and accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by issuing a timely press release to a financial news service.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any exchange notes for, any old notes, and we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange if in our reasonable judgment:

 

   

the exchange notes to be received will not be tradable by the holder without restriction under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of substantially all of the states of the United States;

 

   

the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or

 

   

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the old notes of any holder that has not made:

 

   

the representations described under “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer,” “—Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution;” and

 

   

such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any old notes by giving written notice of such extension to the registered holders of the old notes. During any such extensions, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange unless they have been previously withdrawn. We will return any old notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. We will give written notice or public announcement of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the registered holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

 

29


Table of Contents

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may, in our sole discretion, assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times except that all conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived by us prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, that failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Any waiver by us will be made by written notice or public announcement to the registered holders of the notes and any such waiver shall apply to all the registered holders of the notes.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes

Only a holder of old notes may tender such old notes in the exchange offer. If you are a DTC participant that has old notes which are credited to your DTC account by book-entry and which are held of record by DTC’s nominee, as applicable, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer as if you were the record holder. Because of this, references herein to registered or record holders include DTC.

If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant, as the case may be.

To tender old notes in the exchange offer:

 

   

You must comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) procedures described below;

 

   

The exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the old notes into its account at DTC through ATOP pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, along with a properly transmitted agent’s message, before the expiration date.

Participants in DTC’s ATOP program must electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the old notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. With respect to the exchange of the old notes, the term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:

 

   

DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its ATOP that is tendering old notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

 

   

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus; and

 

   

the Company may enforce the agreement against such participant. Delivery of an agent’s message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations described below in this prospectus are true and correct.

In addition, each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

30


Table of Contents

Book-Entry Transfer

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus; and any financial institution participating in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer.

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of old notes in any exchange offer, the applicable exchange agent must receive a letter or facsimile notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” before the time indicated above. Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

   

specify the name of the person who deposited the old notes to be withdrawn,

 

   

identify the old notes to be withdrawn including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of old notes to be withdrawn or, in the case of old notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited and otherwise comply with the procedures of the relevant book-entry transfer facility, and

 

   

specify the name in which the old notes being withdrawn are to be registered, if different from that of the person who deposited the notes.

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes withdrawn in this manner will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. We will not issue exchange notes for such withdrawn old notes unless the old notes are validly retendered. We will return to you any old notes that you have tendered but that we have not accepted for exchange without cost as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described above at any time before the expiration date.

Exchange Agent

We have appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as exchange agent for the exchange offer of old notes.

You should direct questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attention: Reorg. Department

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

DB.Reorg@db.com

Fax: 615-866-3889

Information: 877-843-9767

 

31


Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail, however, we may make additional solicitations by telegraph, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

Our expenses in connection with the exchange offer include:

 

   

SEC registration fees;

 

   

fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;

 

   

accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and

 

   

related fees and expenses.

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

   

certificates representing old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of old notes tendered; or

 

   

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, including as a result of failing to timely deliver old notes to the exchange agent, together with all required documentation, will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such old notes:

 

   

as set forth in the legend printed on the old notes as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

 

   

otherwise as set forth in the prospectus distributed in connection with the private offering of the old notes.

In addition, you will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to additional interest with respect to the old notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except

 

32


Table of Contents

as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the old notes under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations of the SEC staff, exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by their holders, other than any such holder that is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holders acquired the exchange notes in the ordinary course of the holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired in the exchange offer. Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes:

 

   

could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the SEC; and

 

   

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.

Transfer and Exchange

The exchange notes will initially be issued in the form of several registered notes in global form without interest coupons (the “Global Exchange Notes”). The Global Exchange Notes will be deposited upon issuance with a custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of interests in the Global Exchange Notes (“Book-Entry Interests”) will be limited to persons that have accounts with DTC or persons that may hold interests through such participants. In addition, transfers of Book-Entry Interests between participants in DTC will be effected by DTC pursuant to customary procedures and subject to the applicable rules and procedures established by DTC and their participants.

If definitive registered notes are issued, they will be issued upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions relating thereto and any certificates, opinions and other documentation required by the indenture. It is expected that such instructions will be based upon directions received by DTC from the participant which owns the relevant Book-Entry Interests.

Subject to any restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable law the Notes may be transferred or exchanged in whole or in part. In connection with any such transfer or exchange, each indenture will require the transferring or exchanging holder to, among other things, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, to furnish information regarding the account of the transferee at DTC to furnish certain certificates and opinions, and to pay any taxes, duties and governmental charges in connection with such transfer or exchange. Any such transfer or exchange will be made without charge to the holder, other than any taxes, duties and governmental charges payable in connection with such transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers are not required to register the transfer or exchange of any exchange notes:

 

  (1) for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of such exchange notes;

 

  (2) for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of such exchange notes to be redeemed in part;

 

  (3) for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date applicable to such exchange notes; or

 

  (4) which the holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a change of control offer.

 

33


Table of Contents

The Issuers and the trustee will be entitled to treat the holder of an exchange note as the owner of it for all purposes.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the old notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered old notes in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered old notes.

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement that we entered into in connection with the private offering of the old notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. As consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding old notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization for Nielsen only as of March 31, 2013. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     March 31, 2013  
(In millions except share and per share amounts)       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 232   

Long-term obligations:

  

Senior secured term loans due 2016 (1)

     2,897   

Senior secured term loans due 2017

     1,161   

Revolving credit facility (2)

     55   

11.625% Senior Notes due 2014 (3)

     210   

7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 (4)

     1,084   

4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 (5)

     800   

Other long-term debt

     1   

Capital lease obligations

     106   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations, including current portion (6)

     6,314   

Total equity

     5,199   
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 11,513   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Comprised of two tranches $2,526 million and €289 million.
(2) Our revolving credit facility provides for availability of $635 million. As of March 31, 2013, we had borrowings of $55 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility, not including $13 million of outstanding letters of credit.
(3) $215 million face amount.
(4) $1,080 million face amount.
(5) $800 million face amount.
(6) Excludes bank overdrafts in the amount of $6 million and other short term debt of $8 million.

 

36


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 have been revised to reflect one of the Company’s legacy online businesses as a discontinued operation for comparability. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and the selected balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The results of operations for any period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The audited consolidated financial statements from which the historical financial information for the periods set forth below have been derived were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months
ended

March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2012 (1)     2011 (2)     2010 (3)     2009 (4)     2008 (5)  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

             

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

  $ 1,376      $ 1,334      $ 5,590      $ 5,507      $ 5,103      $ 4,792      $ 4,791   

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

    39        30        303        111        154        (426     (228

Income/(loss) from continuing operations per common share

    *        *        *        *        *        *        *   

Cash dividends declared per common share

    —          —          —         —         0.03        —         —    

 

* Not included as no publicly traded shares were outstanding

 

     March  31,
2013
     December 31,  
(IN MILLIONS)       2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Balance Sheet Data:

                 

Total assets

   $ 14,414       $ 14,583       $ 14,472       $ 14,425       $ 14,589       $ 15,082   

Long-term debt including capital leases

     6,314         6,291         6,474         8,550         8,640         8,428   

 

(1) Income for year ended December 31, 2012 included $84 million in restructuring charges and $121 million of charges associated with certain debt retirement transactions
(2) Income for year ended December 31, 2011 included $84 million of restructuring charges and $333 million of charges associated with Holdings’ initial offering of common stock and related debt retirement transactions and Sponsor Agreement termination payments.
(3) Income for year ended December 31, 2010 included $61 million in restructuring charges, $135 million of foreign currency transaction gains and $90 million of charges associated with certain debt retirement transactions.
(4) The loss in the year ended December 31, 2009 included a goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge of $527 million and $62 million in restructuring charges.
(5) The loss in the year ended December 31, 2008 included a goodwill impairment charge of $96 million and $118 million in restructuring charges.

 

37


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

     Three months
ended March 31,

2013
     Year Ended December 31,  
        2012      2011      2010      2009     2008  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     1.8         2.1         1.3         1.2         (a     (a

 

(a) Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $586 million and $172 million, respectively.

 

38


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis should be read together with the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. The financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been revised to reflect one of the Company’s legacy online businesses as a discontinued operation for comparability. Further, this prospectus may contain material that includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that reflect, when made, Nielsen’s current views with respect to current events and financial performance. Statements, other than those based on historical facts, which address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to many risks, uncertainties and factors relating to Nielsen’s operations and business environment that may cause actual results to be materially different from any future results, express or implied, by such forward-looking statements, including but not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors.” Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus or as of the date they were made. We disclaim any intention to update the current expectations or forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. Unless required by context, references to “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to Nielsen and each of its consolidated subsidiaries.

From time to time, Nielsen may use its website and social media outlets as channels of distribution of material company information. Financial and other material information regarding the company is routinely posted and accessible on our website at http://www.nielsen.com/investors, our Twitter account at http://twitter.com/NielsenIR and our iPad App, NielsenIR, available on the App Store.

Background and Executive Summary

We are a global information and measurement company that provides clients with a comprehensive understanding of consumers and consumer behavior. We deliver critical media and marketing information, analytics and industry expertise about what consumers buy (referred to herein as “Buy”) and what consumers watch on a global and local basis (consumer interaction across the television, online and mobile viewing platforms referred to herein as “Watch”). Our information, insights and solutions help our clients maintain and strengthen their market positions and identify opportunities for profitable growth. We have a presence in approximately 100 countries, including many developing and emerging markets, and hold leading market positions in many of our services and geographies.

We believe that important measures of our results of operations include revenue and operating income. Our long-term financial objectives include consistent revenue growth and expanding operating margins. Accordingly, we are focused on geographic market and service offering expansion to drive revenue growth and improving operating efficiencies including effective resource utilization, information technology leverage and overhead cost management.

Our business strategy is built upon a model that has traditionally yielded consistent revenue performance. Typically, before the start of each year, nearly 70% of our annual revenue has been committed under contracts in our combined Buy and Watch segments, which provides us with a high degree of stability to our revenue and allows us to effectively manage our profitability and cash flows. We continue to look for growth opportunities through global expansion, specifically within developing markets, as well as through the cross-platform expansion of our insights services and measurement services.

Our restructuring and other productivity initiatives have been focused on a combination of improving operating leverage through targeted cost-reduction programs, business process improvements and portfolio restructuring actions, while at the same time investing in key programs to enhance future growth opportunities.

 

39


Table of Contents

Achieving our business objectives requires us to manage a number of key risk areas. Our growth objective of geographic market and service expansion requires us to maintain the consistency and integrity of our information and underlying processes on a global scale, and to invest effectively our capital in technology and infrastructure to keep pace with our clients’ demands and our competitors. Our operating footprint across approximately 100 countries requires disciplined global and local resource management of internal and third party providers to ensure success. In addition, our high level of indebtedness requires active management of our debt profile, with a focus on underlying maturities, interest rate risk, liquidity and operating cash flows.

Business Segment Overview

We align our business into three reporting segments: what consumers buy (consumer purchasing measurement and analytics), what consumers watch (media audience measurement and analytics) and Expositions. Our Buy and Watch segments, which together generated substantially all of our revenues in 2012, are built on a foundation of proprietary data assets that are designed to yield essential insights for our clients to successfully measure, analyze and grow their businesses.

Our Buy segment provides Information services, which include our core tracking and scan data (primarily transactional measurement data and consumer behavior information), and Insights services (primarily comprised of our analytical solutions) to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. Our services also enable our clients to better manage their brands, uncover new sources of demand, launch and grow new products, analyze their sales, improve their marketing mix and establish more effective consumer relationships. Our data is used by our clients to measure their market share, tracking billions of sales transactions per month in retail outlets around the world. Our extensive database of retail and consumer information, combined with our advanced analytical capabilities, helps generate strategic insights that influence our clients’ key business decisions. Within our Buy segment, we have two primary geographic groups, developed and developing markets. Developed markets primarily include the United States, Canada, Western Europe, Japan and Australia while developing markets include Africa, Latin America, Russia, China, India and Southeast Asia.

Our Watch segment provides viewership data and analytics primarily to the media and advertising industries for television, online and mobile screens. Our Watch data is used by our media clients to understand their audiences, establish the value of their advertising inventory and maximize the value of their content, and by our advertising clients to plan and optimize their spending.

Our Expositions segment operates one of the largest portfolios of business-to-business trade shows and conference events in the United States. Each year, we produce more than 60 trade shows and conference events, which in 2012 connected over 335,000 buyers and sellers across nine diversified and vibrant end markets.

Certain corporate costs, other than those described above, including those related to selling, finance, legal, human resources, and information technology systems, are considered operating costs and are allocated to our segments based on either the actual amount of costs incurred or on a basis consistent with the operations of the underlying segment.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The most significant of these estimates relate to revenue recognition; business combinations including purchase price allocations; accruals for pension costs and other post-retirement benefits; accounting for income taxes; and valuation of long-lived assets including goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, computer software and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the

 

40


Table of Contents

basis for making judgments about the valuation of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results could vary from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, For a summary of the significant accounting policies, including critical accounting policies discussed below, see Note 1—“Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered or information has been delivered, the fee is fixed or determinable and the collectibility of the related revenue is reasonably assured.

A significant portion of our revenue is generated from information (primarily retail measurement and consumer panel services) and measurement (primarily from television, internet and mobile audiences) services. We generally recognize revenue from the sale of services as the services are performed, which is usually ratably over the term of the contract(s). Invoiced amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until earned. Substantially all of our customer contracts are non-cancelable and non-refundable.

Certain of our revenue arrangements include multiple deliverables and in these arrangements, the individual deliverables within the contract that have stand-alone value to the customer are separated and recognized upon delivery based upon our best estimate of their selling prices. These arrangements are not significant to our results of operations. In certain cases, software is included as part of these arrangements to allow our customers to supplementally view delivered information and is provided for the term of the arrangement and is not significant to the marketing effort and is not sold separately. Accordingly, software provided to our customers is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

A discussion of our revenue recognition policies, by segment, follows:

Buy

Revenue from our Buy segment, primarily from retail measurement services and consumer panel services, is recognized over the period during which the services are performed and information is delivered to the customer, primarily on a straight-line basis.

We provide insights and solutions to customers through analytical studies that are recognized into revenue as value is delivered to the customer. The pattern of revenue recognition for these contracts varies depending on the terms of the individual contracts, and may be recognized proportionally or deferred until the end of the contract term and recognized when the information has been delivered to the customer.

Watch

Revenue from our Watch segment is primarily generated from television, internet and mobile measurement services and recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period, as the service is delivered to the customer.

Expositions

Revenue and certain costs within our Expositions segment are recognized upon completion of each event.

Stock-Based Compensation

Expense Recognition

Our stock-based compensation programs are comprised of both stock options and RSUs. We measure the cost of all stock-based payments, including stock options, at fair value on the grant date and recognize such costs within the consolidated statements of operations; however, no expense is recognized for stock-based payments

 

41


Table of Contents

that do not ultimately vest. We recognize expense associated with stock options that vest upon a single date using the straight-line method. For those that vest over time, an accelerated graded vesting is used. We recorded $33 million, $26 million and $18 million of expense associated with stock-based payments compensation for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate grant date fair value of all outstanding vested and unvested options was $75 million and $62 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, approximately $16 million of unearned stock-based compensation related to unvested RSUs (net of estimated forfeitures) is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.4 years

Fair Value Measurement

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment. Stock-based compensation expense for stock options is primarily based on the estimated grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which considers factors such as estimating the expected term of stock options, expected volatility of our stock, and the number of stock-based awards expected to be forfeited due to future terminations. Some of the critical assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value are presented in the table below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Expected life (years)

     3.50 – 6.00        3.50 – 6.00        2.85 – 4.17   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.38 – 0.83     1.18 – 2.23     1.28 – 2.12

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0

Expected volatility

     28.00 – 30.30     31.70 – 42.00     58.00 – 63.00

Weighted-average volatility

     28.56     33.42     60.05

In addition, for stock-based awards where vesting is dependent upon achieving certain operating performance goals, we estimate the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. Differences between actual results and these estimates could have a material effect on our financial results. We consider several factors in estimating the expected life of our options granted, including the expected lives used by a peer group of companies and the historical option exercise behavior of our employees, which we believe are representative of future behavior. Expected volatility has been based primarily on a combination of the estimates of implied volatility of our peer-group and our historical volatility adjusted for leverage. For grants subsequent to Holdings’ initial public offering, implied volatility based on trading Holding’s call options is also considered in the calculation of expected volatility because it is considered representative of future stock price trends.

The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates and, although we believe them to be reasonable, these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and we employ different assumptions in the application of our option-pricing model in future periods or if we experience different forfeiture rates, the compensation expense that is derived may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current year.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated impairment losses, if any.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, are each tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such asset may not be recoverable. We have designated October 1 st as the date in which the annual assessment is performed as this timing corresponds with the development of our formal budget and business plan review. We review the recoverability of our goodwill by comparing the estimated fair values of reporting units with their respective carrying amounts. We established, and continue to evaluate, our reporting units based on

 

42


Table of Contents

our internal reporting structure and generally define such reporting units at our operating segment level or one level below. The estimates of fair value of a reporting unit are determined using a combination of valuation techniques, primarily by an income approach using a discounted cash flow analysis and supplemented by a market-based approach.

A discounted cash flow analysis requires the use of various assumptions, including expectations of future cash flows, growth rates, discount rates and tax rates in developing the present value of future cash flow projections. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside of the control of management, and these assumptions and estimates can change in future periods. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the determination of the fair value of a reporting unit, and therefore could affect the amount of potential impairment. The following assumptions are significant to our discounted cash flow analysis:

 

   

Business projections —the assumptions of expected future cash flows and growth rates are based on assumptions about the level of business activity in the marketplace as well as applicable cost levels that drive our budget and business plans. The budget and business plans are updated at least annually and are frequently reviewed by management and our board of directors. Actual results of operations, cash flows and other factors will likely differ from the estimates used in our valuation, and it is possible that differences and changes could be material. A deterioration in profitability, adverse market conditions and a slower or weaker economic recovery than currently estimated by management could have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of our reporting units and could result in an impairment charge in the future. Should such events or circumstances arise, management would evaluate other options available at that time that, if executed, could result in future profitability.

 

   

Long-term growth rates —the assumed long-term growth rate representing the expected rate at which a reporting unit’s earnings stream, beyond that of the budget and business plan period, is projected to grow. These rates are used to calculate the terminal value, or value at the end of the future earnings stream, of our reporting units, and are added to the cash flows projected for the budget and business plan period. The long-term growth rate for each reporting unit is influenced by general market conditions as well as factors specific to the reporting unit such as the maturity of the underlying services. The long-term growth rates we used for our reporting units were between 2% and 4%.

 

   

Discount rates —the reporting unit’s combined future cash flows are discounted at a rate that is consistent with a weighted-average cost of capital that is likely to be used by market participants. The weighted-average cost of capital is our estimate of the overall after-tax rate of return required by equity and debt holders of a business enterprise. The discount rate for each reporting unit is influenced by general market conditions as well as factors specific to the reporting unit. The discount rates we used for our reporting units were between 8.0% and 15.0%.

These estimates and assumptions vary between each reporting unit depending on the facts and circumstances specific to that unit. We believe that the estimates and assumptions we made are reasonable, but they are susceptible to change from period to period.

We also use a market-based approach in estimating the fair value of our reporting units. The market-based approach utilizes available market comparisons such as indicative industry multiples that are applied to current year revenue and earnings as well as recent comparable transactions.

To validate the reasonableness of the reporting unit fair values, we reconcile the aggregate fair values of our reporting units to our enterprise market capitalization. Enterprise market capitalization includes, among other factors, the market value of our common stock and the appropriate redemption values of our debt.

We did not have any indicators of impairment during the year ended December 31, 2012. The following table summarizes the results of the ten reporting units that were subject to the October I, 2012 annual impairment testing and the related goodwill value associated with the reporting units for (a) fair values exceeding carrying

 

43


Table of Contents

values by less than 10%, (b) fair values exceeding carrying values between 10% and 20% and (c) fair values exceeding carrying values by more than 20%.

 

Fair value exceeds

carrying value by:

   Number of
reporting
units
     Reporting
units
goodwill
(in millions)
 

Less than 10%

     1       $ 109   

10% to 20%

     —          —    

Greater than 20%

     9         7,167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

     10       $ 7,276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We perform sensitivity analyses on our assumptions, primarily around both long-term growth rate and discount rate assumptions. Our sensitivity analyses include several combinations of reasonably possible scenarios with regard to these assumptions. However, we consistently test a one percent movement in both our long-term growth rate and discount rate assumptions. When applying these sensitivity analyses, we noted that the fair value was less than the underlying book value for one of our reporting units with goodwill of approximately $109 million at October 1, 2012 (approximately 1.5% of our total goodwill).

Even though our sensitivity analyses, based upon reasonably possible adverse changes in assumptions as one of our reporting units showed a potential shortfall, we believe it was not reasonably likely that an impairment would occur in the next twelve months from that date as management has the ability to execute certain productivity and other actions in order to increase the results of operations and cash flows of our reporting units. While management believes that these sensitivity analyses provide a reasonable basis on which to evaluate the recovery of our goodwill, other facts or circumstances may arise that could impact the impairment assessment and therefore these analyses should not be used as a sole predictor of impairment.

The impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of trade names and trademarks are determined using a “relief from royalty” discounted cash flow valuation methodology. Significant assumptions inherent in this methodology include estimates of royalty rates and discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which comparable trade names and trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace.

Pension Costs

We provide a number of retirement benefits to our employees, including defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement medical plans. Pension costs, in respect of defined benefit pension plans, primarily represent the increase in the actuarial present value of the obligation for pension benefits based on employee service during the year and the interest on this obligation in respect of employee service in previous years, net of the expected return on plan assets. Differences between this expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes are not recognized in the statement of operations, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed a certain threshold. The excess is amortized and charged to the statement of operations over, at the maximum, the average remaining term of employee service. We recognize obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans as expenses in the statement of operations as they are incurred.

The determination of benefit obligations and expenses is based on actuarial models. In order to measure benefit costs and obligations using these models, critical assumptions are made with regard to the discount rate, the expected return on plan assets and the assumed rate of compensation increases. We provide retiree medical benefits to a limited number of participants in the U.S. and have ceased to provide retiree health care benefits to

 

44


Table of Contents

certain of our Dutch retirees. Therefore, retiree medical care cost trend rates are not a significant driver of our post retirement costs. Management reviews these critical assumptions at least annually. Other assumptions involve demographic factors such as turnover, retirement and mortality rates. Management reviews these assumptions periodically and updates them as necessary.

The discount rate is the rate at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. For our U.S. plans, the discount rate is based on a bond portfolio that includes only long-term bonds with an Aa rating, or equivalent, from a major rating agency. For the Dutch and other non-U.S. plans, the discount rate is set by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate bonds. We believe the timing and amount of cash flows related to the bonds in these portfolios are expected to match the estimated payment benefit streams of our plans.

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we consider, for each country, the structure of the asset portfolio and the expected rates of return for each of the components. For our U.S. plans, a 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on our principal plans by approximately $1 million per year. A similar 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on our principal Dutch plans by approximately $3 million per year. We assumed that the weighted-averages of long-term returns on our pension plans were 6.2%, 6.3% and 6.5 % for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The actual return on plan assets will vary year to year from this assumption. Although the actual return on plan assets will vary from year to year, we believe it is appropriate to use long-term expected forecasts in selecting our expected return on plan assets. As such, there can be no assurance that our actual return on plan assets will approximate the long-term expected forecasts.

Income Taxes

We have a presence in approximately 100 countries. We have completed many material acquisitions and divestitures which have generated complex tax issues requiring management to use its judgment to make various tax determinations. We try to organize the affairs of our subsidiaries in a tax efficient manner, taking into consideration the jurisdictions in which we operate. Although we are confident that tax returns have been appropriately prepared and filed, there is risk that additional tax may be assessed on certain transactions or that the deductibility of certain expenditures may be disallowed for tax purposes. Our policy is to estimate tax risk to the best of our ability and provide accordingly for those risks and take positions in which a high degree of confidence exists that the tax treatment will be accepted by the tax authorities. The policy with respect to deferred taxation is to provide in full for temporary differences using the liability method.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are computed by assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. The carrying value of deferred tax assets is adjusted by a valuation allowance to the extent that these deferred tax assets are not considered to be realized on a more likely than not basis. Realization of deferred tax assets is based, in part, on our judgment and various factors including reversal of deferred tax liabilities, our ability to generate future taxable income in jurisdictions where such assets have arisen and potential tax planning strategies. Valuation allowances are recorded in order to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized in the future.

Long-Lived Assets

We are required to assess whether the value of our long-lived assets, including our buildings, improvements, technical and other equipment, and amortizable intangible assets have been impaired whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. We do not perform a periodic assessment of assets for impairment in the absence of such information or indicators. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets is not recoverable. Recoverability of assets that are held and used is measured by comparing the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be derived from an asset (or a group of assets) to their carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset (or the group

 

45


Table of Contents

of assets) exceeds the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows, impairment is considered to exist. If impairment is considered to exist based on undiscounted cash flows, the impairment charge is measured using an estimation of the assets’ fair value, typically using a discounted cash flow method. The identification of impairment indicators, the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of fair values for assets (or groups of assets) requires us to make significant judgments concerning the identification and validation of impairment indicators, expected cash flows and applicable discount rates. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and our assessments change. No impairment indicators were noted for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

We capitalize software development costs with respect to major internal use software initiatives or enhancements. The costs are capitalized from the time that the preliminary project stage is completed, and we consider it probable that the software will be used to perform the function intended until the time the software is placed in service for its intended use. Once the software is placed in service, the capitalized costs are generally amortized over periods of three to seven years. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of software may not be recovered, a recoverability analysis is performed based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the software in the future. If the analysis indicates that the carrying value is not recoverable from future cash flows, the software cost is written down to estimated fair value and an impairment is recognized. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and as our assessments change.

Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results

Acquisitions and Investments in Affiliates

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we paid cash consideration of $11 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had the current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2013, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, we paid cash consideration of $16 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had the current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2012, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid cash consideration of $160 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had the current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2012, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we paid cash consideration of $123 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had that period’s acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2011, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we paid cash consideration of $55 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had that period’s acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2010, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

Transactions with Sponsors

In connection with the Acquisition, certain of our subsidiaries and the Sponsors entered into Advisory Agreements (the “Sponsor Advisory Agreements”), which provided for an annual management fee, in connection with planning, strategy, oversight and support to management, and were payable quarterly and in advance to each Sponsor, on a pro rata basis, for the eight year duration of the agreements, as well as reimbursements for each Sponsor’s respective out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the management services provided under the agreement (the “Sponsor Advisory Fees”).

 

46


Table of Contents

On January 31, 2011, each of our subsidiaries party to the Sponsor Advisory Agreements agreed, along with the Sponsors, to terminate all such agreements in exchange for a settlement of $102 million and we recorded a charge of $61 million (net of tax of $41 million). The pre-tax amount of this charge was recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations. We recorded $12 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to management fees, travel and consulting attributable to a number of the Sponsors for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Discontinued Operations

In March 2013, we completed the exit and shut down of one of our legacy online businesses and recorded a net loss of $3 million associated with this divestiture. The condensed consolidated statements of operations reflect the operating results of this business as a discontinued operation.

Foreign Currency

Our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars and are therefore subject to the impact of movements in exchange rates on the translation of the financial information of individual businesses whose functional currencies are other than U.S. dollars. Our principal foreign exchange revenue exposure is spread across several currencies, primarily the Euro. The table below sets forth the profile of our revenue by principal currency.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2012     2011     2010  

U.S. Dollars

     53     52     52     50     52

Euro

     11     12     12     14     14

Other Currencies

     36     36     36     36     34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100     100

As a result, fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar impact our operating results. Impacts associated with fluctuations in foreign currency are discussed in more detail under “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.” In countries with currencies other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using end-of-period exchange rates; revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated using average rates of exchange. The average U.S. dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.32 to €1.00 and $1.31 to €1.00 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $1.29 to €1.00, $1.39 to €1.00 and $1.33 to €1.00 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Constant currency growth rates used in the following discussion of results of operations eliminate the impact of year-over-year foreign currency fluctuations.

We have operations in both our Buy and Watch segments in Venezuela and the functional currency for these operations was the Venezuelan bolivares fuertes. Venezuela’s currency was considered hyperinflationary as of January 1, 2010 and further, in January 2010, Venezuela’s currency was devalued and a new currency exchange rate system was announced. In 2010, we evaluated the new exchange rate system and concluded that the local currency transactions will be denominated in U.S. dollars effective as of January 1, 2010 and until Venezuela’s currency is deemed to be non-hyperinflationary. We recorded a charge of $7 million associated with the currency devaluation in January 2010 in our foreign exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net line item in the consolidated statement of operations. In June 2010, a further revision to the currency exchange rate system was made and in December 2010, the government of Venezuela eliminated the preferential exchange rate. Neither the impact of the hyperinflationary accounting or the subsequent changes to the exchange rate system had a material impact on our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010.

In February 2013, the Venezuelan government devalued its currency by 32%. The official exchange rate moved from 4.30 to 6.30 and the regulated System of Transactions with Securities in Foreign Currency market was suspended. As a result of this change, we recorded a charge of $12 million during the first quarter of 2013 in

 

47


Table of Contents

the foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net line in the condensed consolidated statement of operations primarily reflecting the write-down of monetary assets and liabilities.

We evaluate our results of operations on both an as reported and a constant currency basis. The constant currency presentation is a non-GAAP financial measure, which excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We believe providing constant currency information provides valuable supplemental information regarding our results of operations, consistent with how we evaluate our performance. We calculate constant currency percentages by converting our prior-period local currency financial results using the current period foreign currency exchange rates and comparing these adjusted amounts to our current period reported results. This calculation may differ from similarly-titled measures used by others and, accordingly, the constant currency presentation is not meant to be a substitution for recorded amounts presented in conformity with GAAP nor should such amounts be considered in isolation.

Results of Operations—Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts included in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 

    Three Months Ended
March  31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

      2013             2012      

Revenues

  $ 1,376      $ 1,334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    593        564   

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    451        446   

Depreciation and amortization

    126        129   

Restructuring charges

    35        37   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    171        158   

Interest income

    1        1   

Interest expense

    (81     (100

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

    (12     (10

Other expense, net

    (12     (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss of affiliates

    67        43   

Provision for income taxes

    27        11   

Equity in net loss of affiliates

    1        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

    39        30   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

    3        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    36        28   

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    1        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to The Nielsen Company B.V.

  $ 37      $ 28   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

Revenues

Revenues increased 3.1% to $1,376 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $1,334 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, or 4.0% on a constant currency basis, which excludes a 0.9% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases were driven by a 3.3% increase within our Buy segment (4.6% on a constant currency basis), a 4.2% increase within our Watch segment (4.4% on a constant currency basis), and a 6.6% decrease in our Expositions segment (6.6% on a constant currency basis).

 

48


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues increased 5.1% to $593 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $564 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, or 6.3% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 1.2% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases resulted primarily from a 6.1% increase within our Buy segment (7.6% on a constant currency basis) due primarily to continued investments in global expansion of our services and an increase in retail measurement costs. Costs within our Watch segment increased 3.2% (3.2% on a constant currency basis) due primarily to spending on product portfolio management initiatives.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 1.1% to $451 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $446 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, or 1.6% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.5% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases were primarily driven by a 2.2% increase within our Buy segment (2.8% on a constant currency basis) due to increases in client service costs and other investments associated with the global expansion of our services. Costs within our Watch segment were relatively flat for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased to $126 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $129 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 due to certain assets becoming fully amortized during the period, partially offset by capital expenditures.

Restructuring Charges

We recorded $35 million and $37 million in restructuring charges, primarily relating to severance and contract termination costs, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Operating Income

Operating income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $171 million as compared to $158 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Operating income within our Buy segment was $53 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $35 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Operating income within our Watch segment was $122 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $111 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Operating income within our Expositions segment was $26 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $30 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Corporate operating expenses increased to $30 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $18 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $81 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $100 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This decline is due to our refinancing of the 11.5% senior notes and our 8.5% senior secured term loan in the fourth quarter of 2012, the impact of our refinancing of the class A, B, and C senior secured term loans in February 2013, and the maturity of the mandatory convertible debt in February 2013.

 

49


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction Losses, Net

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net, represent the net loss or gain on revaluation of external debt, intercompany loans and other receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the underlying functional currency. Fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar have a significant effect on our operating results, particularly the Euro. The average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.32 to €1.00 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $1.31 to €1.00 for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Foreign currency exchange resulted in a $12 million loss for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to a $10 million loss for the three months ended March 31, 2012. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the loss was primarily due to the devaluation of the Venezuela bolivars Fuertes as discussed in the “Foreign Currency” section of “Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results”. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the loss was primarily due to fluctuations in certain currencies associated with a portion of our intercompany loan portfolio.

Other Expense, net

Other expenses, net of $12 million and $6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily relates to the write-off of deferred financing costs and other costs associated with the amendment to our Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were 40% and 26%, respectively. The tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was higher than statutory rate as a result of the tax impact of the Venezuela currency revaluation and accrual for future audit settlements offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities and release of tax contingencies. The tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to the tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where we file tax returns offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities.

Liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits totaled $93 million and $94 million as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. If our tax positions are favorably sustained by the taxing authorities, the reversal of the underlying liabilities would reduce our effective tax rate in future periods.

Business Segment Results three months ended March 31, 2013 Compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012

Revenues

The table below sets forth our segment revenue performance data three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, both on an as-reported and constant currency basis.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Three
Months
Ended
March 31, 2013
Reported
     Three
Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
Reported
     % Variance
2013 vs. 2012
Reported
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
Constant Currency
     % variance
2013 vs. 2012
Constant Currency
 

Revenues by segment

             

Buy

   $ 825       $ 799         3.3   $ 789         4.6

Watch

     494         474         4.2     473         4.4

Expositions

     57         61         (6.6 )%      61         (6.6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,376       $ 1,334         3.1   $ 1,323         4.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

Buy Segment Revenues

Revenues increased 3.3% to $825 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $799 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, or 4.6% on a constant currency basis. This increase was driven by a 2.2% increase in Developing markets (5.8% on a constant currency basis) and a 3.8% increase in Developed markets (4.0% on a constant currency basis), as increases in spending on Information services in North America were partially offset by unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates.

Revenues from Information services increased 5.9% to $648 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $612 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, or 7.1% on a constant currency basis. These increases were driven by 6.8% growth in Developed markets (6.8% on a constant currency basis) driven primarily by increased client investment in retail measurement, including additional coverage in the U.S. market. Revenues from Developing markets increased 4.0% (7.8% on a constant currency basis), for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the three months March 31, 2012 due to the continued expansion of our retail measurement and services to both new and existing customers.

Revenues from Insights services decreased 5.3% to $177 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $187 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, or 3.8% on a constant currency basis. These decreases were driven primarily by declines in Developed markets.

Watch Segment Revenues

Revenues increased 4.2% to $494 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $474 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, or 4.4% on a constant currency basis primarily driven by 6.2% growth in Television measurement due to increases in spending from existing customers and international expansion of our services to both new and existing customers.

Expositions Segment Revenues

Revenues decreased 6.6% to $57 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $61 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 due to the timing of tradeshows.

Business Segment Operating Income/(Loss)

We do not allocate items below operating income/(loss) to our business segments and therefore the table below sets forth a summary of operating income/(loss) at the business segment level for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Three
Months
Ended
March 31, 2013
Reported
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31, 2012
Reported
    Variance
2013 vs. 2012
Reported
 

Operating income/(loss) by segment

      

Buy

   $ 53      $ 35      $ 18   

Watch

     122        111        11   

Expositions

     26        30        (4

Corporate

     (30     (18     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 171      $ 158      $ 13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Buy Segment Operating Income

Operating income was $53 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $35 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 due primarily to the revenue performance mentioned above and lower restructuring charges partially offset by unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates and an increase in retail measurement cost.

 

51


Table of Contents

Watch Segment Operating Income

Operating income was $122 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $111 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase was driven by the revenue performance discussed above partially offset by spending on product portfolio management initiatives.

Expositions Segment Operating Income

Operating income was $26 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $30 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 driven primarily by the revenue performance discussed above.

Corporate Expenses and Eliminations

Operating expenses were $30 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to $18 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 due primarily to higher restructuring charges in 2013.

Results of Operations—Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011     2010  

Revenues

   $ 5,590      $ 5,507      $ 5,103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     2,273        2,234        2,125   

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     1,756        1,867        1,632   

Depreciation and amortization

     513        524        554   

Restructuring charges

     84        84        61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     964        798        731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     4        6        5   

Interest expense

     (390     (456     (660

Loss on derivative instruments

     —         (1     (27

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (16     (9     135   

Other expense, net

     (118     (209     (81
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

     444        129        103   

(Provision)/benefit for income taxes

     (146     (21     46   

Equity in net income of affiliates

     5        3        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     303        111        154   

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (7     1        (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     296        112        132   

Net (loss)/income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1     3        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to The Nielsen Company B.V.

   $ 297      $ 109      $ 129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenues

Revenues increased 1.5% to $5,590 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $5,507 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, or 4.0% on a constant currency basis, which excludes a 2.5% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Revenues within our Buy segment increased 0.3% (3.9% on a constant currency basis) while revenues within our Watch segment increased 3.5% (4.5% on a constant currency basis), and revenues within our Expositions increased 2.2% (2.2% on a constant currency basis).

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues increased 1.7% to $2,273 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $2,234 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, or 4.5% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.8% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Costs within our Buy segment increased 3.1% (7.0% on a constant currency basis) due primarily to investments in the continued global expansion of our services and higher retail measurement costs, substantially offset by favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Costs within our Watch segment decreased 0.4% (an increase of 0.5% on a constant currency basis) as the impact of productivity initiatives and the favorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates offset increases in spending on product portfolio management initiatives. Corporate costs decreased by approximately $3 million in 2012 as compared to 2011 driven by cost savings initiatives.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses decreased 5.9% to $1,756 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1,867 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, or a decrease of 3.6% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.3% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Costs within our Buy segment decreased 1.9% (an increase of 1.3% on a constant currency basis) due primarily to the impact of productivity initiatives and the favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which more than offset increases in client service costs and other investments associated with the global expansion of our services. Costs within our Watch segment increased 1.8% (3.0% on a constant currency basis) due primarily to increased investment in product development initiatives. Corporate costs decreased by $88 million due to a $102 million charge for the termination and settlement of the Sponsor Advisory Agreements recorded in 2011 offset by higher deal related fees in 2012.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense was $513 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $524 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Depreciation and amortization expense associated with tangible and intangibles assets acquired in business combinations decreased to $164 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $180 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulting from lower amortization on purchase price adjustments from the acquisition for certain assets that became fully amortized. The decline was primarily offset by increases in depreciation and amortization expense associated with the timing of capital expenditures versus the prior year.

Restructuring Charges

We recorded $84 million in restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2012, of which $5 million related to property lease termination charges with the remainder relating to severance costs associated with employee terminations.

We recorded $84 million in restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily related to severance costs associated with employee terminations.

 

53


Table of Contents

Operating Income

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $964 million compared to operating income of $798 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Operating income of $409 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 within our Buy segment decreased from $432 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Operating income within our Watch segment of $547 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased from $464 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Operating income within our Expositions segment was $72 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $60 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Corporate operating expenses decreased to $64 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $158 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $390 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $456 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decline primarily related to the impact of debt retirements from our initial public offering of common stock in 2011 lower interest cost on our derivative instruments, as well as our debt refinancing of our 11.50% Senior Notes and our 8.50% Senior Secured Term Loan with our 4.50% Senior Notes in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction (Losses)/Gains, Net

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net, represent the net gain or loss on revaluation of external debt, intercompany loans and other receivables and payables. Fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar, particularly the Euro, have a significant effect on our operating results. The average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.29 to €1.00 for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $1.39 to €1.00 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

We incurred $16 million and $9 million in foreign currency exchange losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The loss in 2012 resulted primarily from fluctuations in certain currencies associated with a portion of our intercompany loan portfolio. The loss in 2011 resulted primarily from fluctuations in certain currencies associated with a portion of our intercompany loan portfolio partially offset by the fluctuation in Japanese Yen as compared to the Euro applied to a debenture loan.

Other Expense, Net

The $118 million of other expense, net amount for the year ended December 31, 2012, consists of charges of $115 million associated with the redemption and retirement of our 11.50% Senior Notes due 2016 and the prepayment of our 8.50% Senior Secured Term Loan due 2017, a $6 million write-down of an investment in an equity security, and a $6 million charge associated with extinguishment of our term loan due in 2013, partially offset by a $10 million gain on the acquisition of a previously nonconsolidated business.

The $209 million other expense, net amount for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes charges of $231 million associated with the redemption and subsequent retirement of certain indebtedness through the use of proceeds generated from Holdings’s initial public offering of common stock and concurrent offering of mandatory convertible subordinated bonds. The charges related to the associated redemption premiums and recognition of previously deferred financing costs. These charges were partially offset by $10 million of other gains primarily related to an acquisition of the remaining interest of a previously nonconsolidated subsidiary and $12 million of other gains, primarily relating to the settlement of certain patent infringement matters.

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes and Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

Income was $444 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $129 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due primarily to the consolidated results mentioned above.

 

54


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were 33% and 16%, respectively.

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was higher than the statutory expense rate due to the impact of distributions from foreign subsidiaries, tax rate differences in the other jurisdictions where we file tax returns, US state and local and other withholding taxes, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities, the net release of valuation allowances and changes in deferred tax rates. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was lower than the statutory rate primarily due to the favorable effect of financing activities, release of valuation allowances and the impact of the tax rate differences in the other jurisdictions where we file tax returns.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had uncertain tax positions of $94 million and $96 million, respectively. We also have accrued interest and penalties associated with these uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $40 million and $29 million, respectively.

Estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of our provision or benefit for income taxes. It is reasonably possible that a reduction in a range of $6 million to $14 million of uncertain tax positions may occur within the next twelve months as a result of projected resolutions of worldwide tax disputes.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where statutory rates are lower and earnings being higher than anticipated in countries where statutory rates are higher, by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets, or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

Consolidated Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Revenues

Our revenues increased 7.9% to $5,507 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $5,103 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, or 5.6% on a constant currency basis, which excludes a 2.3% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases were driven by a 9.7% increase within our Buy segment (6.7% on a constant currency basis) and a 5.0% increase within our Watch segment (3.7% on a constant currency basis), and a 6.5% increase in our Expositions segment (6.5% on a constant currency basis).

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues increased 5.1% to $2,234 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $2,125 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, or 2.9% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.2% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases resulted from a 9.7% increase within our Buy segment (6.7% on a constant currency basis) due to the global expansion of our services. Costs within our Watch segment decreased 1.6% (3.1% on a constant currency basis) due primarily to productivity savings and product portfolio management initiatives in our Television measurement business. Corporate costs decreased by approximately $8 million in 2011 as compared to 2010 driven by cost savings initiatives.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses increased 14.4% to $1,867 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1,632 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, or 11.7% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.7% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases were driven by an 11.4% increase within our Buy segment (8.3% on a constant currency basis) due to increases in data acquisition and client service costs associated with the global expansion of our services as well as a 7.0% increase within our Watch segment (4.9% on a constant currency basis) due to increased investment in

 

55


Table of Contents

audience measurement and advertiser solutions initiatives. Corporate costs increased by approximately $76 million primarily as a result of a $102 million charge for the termination and settlement of the Sponsor Advisory Agreements partially offset by cost savings initiatives.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense was $524 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $554 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Depreciation and amortization expense associated with tangible and intangibles assets acquired in business combinations decreased to $180 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $214 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 resulting from lower amortization on purchase price adjustments from the Acquisition for certain software and other assets that became fully amortized. This decline was partially offset by increases in depreciation and amortization expense associated with additional capital expenditures and acquisitions.

Restructuring Charges

Other Productivity Initiatives

We recorded $84 million in restructuring charges associated with productivity initiatives during the year ended December 31, 2011. These amounts primarily related to severance charges associated with employee terminations.

We recorded $70 million in restructuring charges associated with productivity initiatives during the year ended December 31, 2010. Of these amounts, approximately $11 million related to property lease termination charges with the remainder relating to severance charges associated with employee terminations.

Transformation Initiative

The Transformation Initiative has been completed in all aspects as of the year ended December 31, 2011. We recorded net credits of $9 million in restructuring charges, associated with adjustments to previously established liabilities for employee severance and other benefits for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Operating Income

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $798 million compared to operating income of $731 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Operating income of $432 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 within our Buy segment increased from $414 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Operating income within our Watch segment of $464 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased from $368 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Operating income within our Expositions segment was $60 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $49 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Corporate operating expenses increased to $158 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $100 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $456 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $660 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decline related to the impact of debt retirements and lower interest cost on derivative instruments, partially offset by increases in interest cost associated with our senior secured term loans.

Loss on Derivative Instruments

The loss on derivative instruments was $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a loss of $27 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The reduction in losses resulted from the maturity of $2.3 billion in notional amount of interest rate swaps between February 2010 and November 2010 for which hedge accounting was discontinued in February 2009.

 

56


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction (Losses)/Gains, Net

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net, represent the net gain or loss on revaluation of external debt, intercompany loans and other receivables and payables. Fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar have a significant effect on our operating results, particularly the Euro. The average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.39 to €1.00 for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $1.33 to €1.00 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Foreign currency exchange resulted in a $9 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a gain of $135 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The loss in 2011 resulted primarily from fluctuations in certain currencies associated with a portion of our intercompany loan portfolio and the fluctuation in Japanese Yen as compared to the Euro applied to our Japanese Yen denominated debenture. The gain in 2010 resulted primarily from the fluctuation in the value of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro applied to certain of our Euro-denominated senior secured term loans that were subsequently designated as net investment hedges and debentures that were subsequently retired as well as fluctuations in certain currencies including the Euro and Canadian dollar associated with a portion of our intercompany loan portfolio.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net of $209 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes charges of approximately $231 million associated with the redemption and subsequent retirement of certain indebtedness through the use of proceeds generated from Holdings’ initial public offering of common stock and concurrent offering of mandatory convertible subordinated bonds. The charges related to the associated redemption premiums and recognition of previously deferred financing costs. These charges were partially offset by $10 million of other gains primarily related to an acquisition of the remaining interest of a previously nonconsolidated subsidiary and $12 million of other gains, primarily relating to the settlement of patent infringement matters.

Other expense, net of $81 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes net charges of approximately $90 million associated with the redemption and subsequent retirement of all $870 million aggregate principal amount of our 10.00% Senior Notes due 2014 at a price of 105% of the amount redeemed as well as all €150 million aggregate principal amount of our 9% Senior Notes due 2014 at a price of 104.5% of the amount redeemed. The charges related to the associated redemption premiums and recognition of previously deferred financing costs. These charges were partially offset by gains attributable to business divestitures.

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes and Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

Income was $129 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $103 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were 16% and 45% (benefit), respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was lower than the statutory rate primarily due to the favorable effect of certain financing activities, release of valuation allowances and the impact of tax rate differences in the other jurisdictions where we file returns, partially offset by withholding taxes and provision for uncertain tax positions. The effective tax benefit rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was lower than the statutory rate primarily due to the favorable effect of certain foreign currency exchange gains, financing activities, release of valuation allowances and the impact of the tax rate differences in the other jurisdictions where we file tax returns partially offset by withholding taxes.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had uncertain tax positions of $96 million and $114 million, respectively. We also have accrued interest and penalties associated with these uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of $29 million and $25 million, respectively. Estimated interest and penalties

 

57


Table of Contents

related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of our provision or benefit for income taxes. It is reasonably possible that a reduction in a range of $8 million to $19 million of uncertain tax positions may occur within the next twelve months as a result of projected resolutions of worldwide tax disputes.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where statutory rates are lower and earnings being higher than anticipated in countries where statutory rates are higher, by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets, or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

Equity in net income of affiliates was $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $5 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Business Segment Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenues

The table below sets forth our segment revenue performance data for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, both on an as-reported and constant currency basis.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
     % Variance
2012 vs. 2011
Reported
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
Constant
Currency
     % Variance
2012 vs. 2011
Constant
Currency
 

Revenues by segment

             

Buy

   $ 3,420       $ 3,409         0.3   $ 3,293         3.9

Watch

     1,987         1,919         3.5     1,902         4.5

Expositions

     183         179         2.2     179         2.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,590       $ 5,507         1.5   $ 5,374         4.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Buy Segment Revenues

Revenues increased 0.3% to $3,420 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $3,409 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, or 3.9% on a constant currency basis. Revenues from Developing markets increased 1.3% (7.0% on a constant currency basis) and revenues from Developed markets decreased 0.1% for the period (an increase of 2.4% on a constant currency basis).

Revenues from Information services increased 2.4% to $2,595 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $2,534 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, or 6.3% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 3.9% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Revenues from Developed markets increased 2.1% (4.9% on a constant currency basis) as growth in retail measurement services in North America was offset in part by a soft Western Europe market as well as the unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Revenues from Developing markets increased 3.0% during the period (an increase of 9.1% on a constant currency basis) as growth driven by the continued expansion of both our retail measurement and consumer panel services to both new and existing clients and new markets was substantially offset by the unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Revenues from Insights services decreased 5.7% to $825 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $875 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, or a decrease of 3.1% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.6% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Growth in North America of 2.0% was more than offset by the unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and decreases in discretionary client spending in Western Europe.

 

58


Table of Contents

Watch Segment Revenues

Revenues increased 3.5% to $1,987 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1,919 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, or 4.5% on a constant currency basis. Television measurement grew 4.8% (5.4% on a constant currency basis) driven by increases in spending from both new and existing clients.

Expositions Segment Revenues

Revenues increased 2.2% to $183 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $179 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. These increases primarily relate to growth driven by certain sectors of existing shows.

Business Segment Operating Income/(loss)

We do not allocate items below operating income/(loss) to our business segments and therefore the table below sets forth a summary of operating income/(loss) at the business segment level for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Variance
2012 vs. 2011
Reported
 

Operating income/(loss) by segment

      

Buy

   $ 409      $ 432      $ (23

Watch

     547        464        83   

Expositions

     72        60        12   

Corporate

     (64     (158     94   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 964      $ 798      $ 166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Buy Segment Operating Income

Operating income was $409 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $432 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as the increase in revenue mentioned above was more than offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, investments in Developing markets expansion, increases in retail measurement costs, and higher depreciation and amortization expense.

Watch Segment Operating Income

Operating income was $547 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $464 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily driven by the revenue performance discussed above and decreased depreciation and amortization expense. This performance was offset in part by increased investment in audience measurement initiatives, the unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and higher restructuring charges.

Expositions Segment Operating Income

Operating income was $72 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $60 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 driven primarily by the revenue performance discussed above, as well as lower restructuring charges and depreciation and amortization expense.

Corporate Expenses and Eliminations.

Operating loss was $64 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to an operating loss of $158 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due primarily to the $102 million charge for the termination and settlement of the Sponsor Advisory Agreements in 2011, partially offset by additional deal cost in 2012.

 

59


Table of Contents

Business Segment Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Revenues

The table below sets forth our segment revenue performance data for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, both on an as-reported and constant currency basis.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2011
     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
     % Variance
2011 vs. 2010
Reported
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
Constant Currency
     % Variance
2011 vs. 2010
Constant Currency
 

Revenues by segment

             

Buy

   $ 3,409       $ 3,108         9.7   $ 3,196         6.7

Watch

     1,919         1,827         5.0     1,850         3.7

Expositions

     179         168         6.5     168         6.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,507       $ 5,103         7.9   $ 5,214         5.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Buy Segment Revenues

Revenues increased 9.7% to $3,409 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $3,108 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, or 6.7% on a constant currency basis driven by a 17.8% increase in Developing markets (15.0% on a constant currency basis) and a 6.1% increase in Developed markets (3.0% on a constant currency basis), as our customers continue to expand geographically and increase their spending on analytical services.

Revenues from Information services increased 11.2% to $2,534 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $2,278 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, or 7.9% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 3.3% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases were driven by 20.0% growth in Developing Markets (17.1% on a constant currency basis) as a result of continued expansion of both our retail measurement and consumer panel services to both new and existing customers and new markets. Revenue from Developed Markets increased 7.5% (4.0% on a constant currency basis) due primarily to growth in retail measurement services in North America from new and existing customers.

Revenues from Insights services increased 5.4% to $875 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $830 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, or 3.2% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.2% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases were driven by strong growth in our Developing Markets due to increases in customer discretionary spending on new product forecasting and other analytical services, which can be cyclical in nature.

Watch Segment Revenues

Revenues increased 5.0% to $1,919 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1,827 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, or 3.7% on a constant currency basis. Television measurement grew 4.7% driven by increases in spending from existing customers globally on both new and existing services.

Expositions Segment Revenues

Revenues increased 6.5% to $179 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $168 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Substantially all of this growth was driven by increases in exhibitors for certain sectors of existing shows with the remaining growth driven by the impact of acquisitions, net of certain show closures.

 

60


Table of Contents

Business Segment Operating Income/(Loss)

We do not allocate items below operating income/(loss) to our business segments and therefore the table below sets forth a summary of operating income/(loss) at the business segment level for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Variance
2011 vs. 2010
Reported
 

Operating income/(loss) by segment

      

Buy

   $ 432      $ 414      $ 18   

Watch

     464        368        96   

Expositions

     60        49        11   

Corporate

     (158     (100     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 798      $ 731      $ 67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Buy Segment Operating Income

Operating income was $432 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $414 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due primarily to the revenue performance mentioned above and the favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. This performance was offset in part by higher restructuring charges and investments in Developing Markets expansion.

Watch Segment Operating Income

Operating income was $464 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $368 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was driven by the revenue performance discussed above, the impact of productivity initiatives and the decrease in depreciation and amortization expense associated with technology infrastructure initiatives and Local People Meters.

Expositions Segment Operating Income

Operating income was $60 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $49 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 driven primarily by the revenue performance discussed above, as well as lower depreciation expense.

Corporate Expense and Eliminations.

Operating loss was $158 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to an operating loss of $100 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due primarily to the $102 million charge for the termination and settlement of the Sponsor Advisory Agreement as well as certain costs attributable to the initial public offering of Holdings’ common stock, offset by lower restructuring charges.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our contractual obligations, commitments and debt service requirements over the next several years are significant. We expect that our primary source of liquidity will continue to be cash generated from operations as well as existing cash. At December 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents were $287 million and our total indebtedness was $6,303 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2012 we had $622 million available for borrowing under our senior secured revolving credit facility. Our cash interest paid for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $366 million, $433 million and $531 million, respectively.

 

61


Table of Contents

Of the $287 million in cash and cash equivalents, approximately $264 million was held in jurisdictions outside the U.S. and as a result there may be tax consequences if such amounts were moved out of these jurisdictions or repatriated to the U.S. We regularly review the amount of cash and cash equivalents held outside of the U.S. to determine the amounts necessary to fund the current operations of our foreign operations and their growth initiatives and amounts needed to service our U.S. indebtedness and related obligations.

We believe we will have available resources to meet both our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements, including our senior secured debt service. We expect the cash flow from our operations, combined with existing cash and amounts available under the revolving credit facility, will continue to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, restructuring obligations, and capital spending over the next year. In addition we may, from time to time, purchase, repay, redeem or retire any of our outstanding debt securities (including any publicly issued debt securities) in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

Overview of 2013 and 2012 Capital Markets and Financing Transactions

In May 2013, we signed a definitive agreement to sell Nielsen Business Media Holding Company, our indirect subsidiary, to Expo Event Transco Inc., an affiliate of Onex Corporation, for cash consideration. The transaction was approved by our board of directors and was subject to various customary closing conditions, including regulatory review. The transaction closed on June 17, 2013, for a purchase price of $950 million.

In May 2013, a secondary public offering of 40.25 million shares of our common stock was completed on behalf of certain selling stockholders, primarily comprised of the Sponsor group. All proceeds were received by the selling stockholders and the offering did not have a significant impact on our operating results or financial position.

In February 2013, the $288 million mandatory convertible subordinated bonds issued by Holdings were converted into 10,416,700 shares of Holdings common stock at a conversion rate of 1.8116 shares per $50.00 principal amount of the bonds.

In February 2013, the Second Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement (as amended the “Credit Agreement”) was amended and restated to provide for a new class of term loans (the “Class E Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $2,532 million and €290 million, the proceeds of which were used to repay or replace in full a like amount of our existing Class A Term Loans maturing August 9, 2013, Class B Term Loans maturing May 1, 2016 and Class C Term Loans maturing May 1, 2016. As a result of this transaction, we recorded a charge of $12 million primarily related to the write-off of previously capitalized deferred financing fees associated with the Class A, B and C term loans to other expense, net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

The Class E Term Loans will mature in full on May 1, 2016 and are required to be repaid in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of Class E Term Loans, with the balance payable on May 1, 2016. Class E Term Loans denominated in dollars bear interest equal to, at our election, a base rate or eurocurrency rate, in each case plus an applicable margin, which is equal to 1.75% (in the case of base rate loans) or 2.75% (in the case of eurocurrency rate loans). Class E Term Loan denominated in euros bear interest equal to the eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin of 3.00%. The newly Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains substantially the same affirmative and negative covenants as those of the Existing Credit Agreement, other than certain amendments to the limitation on the ability of us and certain of our subsidiaries and affiliates to incur indebtedness and make investments.

In December 2012, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire Arbitron Inc. (NYSE: ARB), an international media and marketing research firm, for $48 per share in cash (the “Transaction”). In addition, we entered into a commitment for an unsecured note or unsecured loan of up to $1,300 million (the “Commitment Letter”) to fund the closing of the Transaction. As of March 31, 2013, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Commitment Letter.

 

62


Table of Contents

In April 2013, Arbitron’s shareholders voted to approve the Transaction, which remains subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory review.

In February 2013, a secondary public offering of 40.8 million shares of our common stock was completed on behalf of certain selling stockholders, primarily comprised of the Sponsor group. All proceeds were received by the selling stockholders and the offering did not have a significant impact on our operating results or financial position.

In February 2012, our €30 million 6.75% EMTN matured and was repaid and in April 2012, our €50 million variable rate EMTN matured and was repaid.

In August 2006, certain of our subsidiaries entered into a senior secured credit agreement that was amended and restated in June 2010 (the “Senior Secured Credit Agreement”). In February 2012, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended and restated to provide for a new five-year amortizing term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $1,222 million, the proceeds from which were used to repay a corresponding amount of the existing senior secured term loans due 2013. We accounted for this as a new term loan due 2017 and an extinguishment of the amounts repaid under the existing term loan due 2013 and recorded a charge of $6 million associated with the combined elements of this transaction as a component of other expense, net in our consolidated financial statements.

Borrowings under this new term loan facility bear interest at a rate as determined by the type of borrowing, equal to either the “base rate” or LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin on base rate loans under this new term loan facility ranges from 0.75% to 1.50% based on a total leverage ratio. The applicable margin on LIBOR loans under this new term loan facility ranges from 1.75% to 2.50% based on the total leverage ratio. Loans under this new term loan facility mature in full in February 2017, but the maturity date shall be January 2016 if at such time there is more than $750 million in the aggregate of existing other term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement with a maturity of May 2016. The loans under this new term loan facility are required to be repaid in an amount equal to 5% of the original principal amount in the first year after the closing date, 5% in the second year, 10% in the third year, 10% in the fourth year and 70% in the fifth year (with payments in each year being made in equal quarterly installments other than the fifth year, in which payments shall be equal to 3.33% of the original principal amount of loans in each of the first three quarters and the remaining principal balance due in February 2017 (unless repayment is required in January 2016 as indicated above)). Loans under this new term loan facility are secured on a pari passu basis with our existing obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and Senior Secured Loan Agreement).

In October 2012, we issued $800 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 at par with cash proceeds of approximately $788 million, net of fees and expenses. Further, in October 2012, we redeemed and subsequently retired all of our 11.50% Senior Notes due 2016 and prepaid our 8.50% Senior Secured Term Loan due 2017. The redemption and prepayment transactions resulted in a pre-tax charge of $115 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, recorded in other expense, net in our consolidated statements of operations.

In November 2012, we entered into $500 million in aggregate notional amount of four-year interest rate swap agreements with starting dates in November 2012. These agreements fix the LIBOR related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of our variable-rate debt at an average rate of 0.57%. The commencement date of these interest rate swaps coincided with the $500 million aggregate notional amount of interest rate swaps that matured in November 2012. These derivative instruments have been designated as interest rate cash flow hedges.

In December 2012, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire Arbitron Inc. (NYSE: ARB), an international media and marketing research firm, for $48 per share in cash (the “Transaction”). In addition, we entered into a commitment for an unsecured note or unsecured loan for up to $1,300 million (the “Commitment Letter”) to fund the closing of the Transaction. The Transaction has been approved by the board of directors of both companies and is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory review. As of December 31, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Commitment Letter.

 

63


Table of Contents

Financing Transactions

Term Loan Facilities

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains a $1,161 million term loan facility due 2017 and two term loan facilities consisting of a dollar-denominated term loan facility totaling $2,532 million and a Euro-denominated facility totaling €289 million, maturing in 2016. Total outstanding borrowings under the term loan facilities were $4,058 million at March 31, 2013.

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries (which together constitute most of our subsidiaries) to incur additional indebtedness or guarantees, incur liens, make certain loans and investments, declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock, engage in certain mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations, prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, sell certain assets, transact with affiliates, enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions and alter the business they conduct. These entities are restricted, subject to certain exceptions, in their ability to transfer their net assets to Nielsen Holdings N.V. Such restricted net assets amounted to approximately $5.2 billion at December 31, 2012. In addition, these entities are required to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. Neither Nielsen Holdings nor The Nielsen Company B.V. is currently bound by any financial or negative covenants contained in the credit agreement. The Senior Secured Credit Agreement also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. Certain significant financial covenants are described further under the “Covenant Compliance” section below.

Obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement are guaranteed by us, substantially all of our wholly owned material U.S. subsidiaries and certain of our non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries, and are secured by substantially all of the existing and future assets of our U.S. guarantors and certain assets of some of the non-U.S. guarantors, and by a pledge of substantially all of the capital stock of the guarantors, the capital stock of substantially all of our U.S. subsidiaries, and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

 

64


Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement also contains a senior secured revolving credit facility under which Nielsen Finance LLC, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., and Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. can borrow revolving loans (including swingline loans). The revolving credit facility can also be used for letters of credit. In March 2011, we amended the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to provide for the termination of the existing revolving credit commitments totaling $688 million, which had a final maturity date of August 2012, and their replacement with new revolving credit commitments totaling $635 million with a final maturity date of April 2016.

The senior secured revolving credit facility is provided under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and so contains covenants and restrictions as noted above with respect to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement under the “Term loan facilities” section above. Obligations under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the same entities that guarantee obligations in respect of the Term loan facilities.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had no borrowings outstanding, but had outstanding letters of credit of $13 million and $19 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, we had $622 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility.

Debenture Loans

The indentures governing certain of our debenture loans limit the majority of our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, use assets as security in other transactions and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies subject to certain exceptions. Upon a change in control, we are required to make an offer to redeem all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the 101% of the aggregate accreted principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by us, substantially all of our wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries, and certain of our non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Overview of 2011 and 2010 Capital Markets and Financing Transactions

We entered into the following transactions during 2011:

 

   

On January 31, 2011, Holdings completed an initial public offering of 82,142,858 shares of our €0.07 par value common stock at a price of $23.00 per share, generating proceeds of approximately $1,801 million, net of $88 million of underwriter discounts.

Concurrent with its offering of common stock, Holdings issued $288 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Mandatory Convertible Subordinated Bonds due February 1, 2013 (“the Bonds”), generating proceeds of approximately $277 million, net of $11 million of underwriter discounts. Interest on the Bonds are payable quarterly in arrears in February, May, August and November of each year, commencing in May 2011. The Bonds were subject to mandatory conversion into between 10,416,700 shares of Holdings common stock on February 1, 2013 at a conversion rate of 1.8116 shares per $50.00 principal amount of the bonds.

Holdings contributed substantially all of the combined net proceeds associated with the aforementioned transactions to us and we utilized substantially all of the combined net proceeds of approximately $2,078 million to settle certain advisory agreements with the Sponsors (See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements, “Investments in Affiliates and Related Party Transactions” for information regarding these advisory agreements) and redeem and retire certain issuances of our long-term indebtedness as follows:

 

   

In February 2011, we paid approximately $201 million to redeem $164 million of our outstanding $467 million ($500 million aggregate principal amount) 11.50% Senior Discount Notes Due 2016 with a redemption cost of the stated rate applied to the principal amount being redeemed plus a proportionate amount of accrued interest to the principal amount.

 

65


Table of Contents
   

In February 2011, we paid approximately $129 million to redeem $107 million of our outstanding $307 million ($330 million aggregate principal amount) 11.625% Senior Discount Notes Due 2014 with a redemption cost of the stated rate applied to the principal amount being redeemed plus a proportionate amount of accrued interest to the principal amount.

 

   

In February 2011, we paid approximately $1,133 million to redeem all of our outstanding $999 million ($1,070 million aggregate principal amount) 12.50% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2016 at a price of 105.89% of the aggregate principal amount.

 

   

In February and March 2011, we paid approximately $495 million to redeem all of our outstanding 11.125% Senior Discount Debenture Notes due 2016 at a price of 104.87% of the aggregate principal amount.

We recorded a total debt extinguishment charge of approximately $145 million (net of tax of $86 million) in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 associated with these redemptions. The pre-tax amount of this charge was recorded in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

   

In March 2011, we entered into an amendment (the “Amendment Agreement”) to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated August 9, 2006 and amended and restated as of June 23, 2009 (the “Credit Agreement”), among us, the other borrowers and guarantors party thereto, the lenders and other parties from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent. The Amendment Agreement documents the terms of new revolving credit commitments obtained by us in connection with a revolving credit commitment extension offer. In connection with the Amendment Agreement, we terminated the existing revolving credit commitments totaling $688 million, which had a final maturity date of August 9, 2011, and replaced them with new revolving credit commitments totaling $635 million with a final maturity date of April 1, 2016.

 

   

In August 2011, we entered into $250 million in aggregate notional amount of four-year forward interest swap agreements with starting dates in September 2011. These agreements fix the LIBOR-related portion of a corresponding amount of our variable-rate debt at an average rate of 0.84%. These derivative instruments have been designated as interest rate cash flow hedges.

 

   

In November 2011, we entered into a $125 million notional amount and a €125 million notional amount of four-year interest rate swap agreements with starting dates in November 2011. These agreements fix the LIBOR and Euro LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of our variable-rate debt at a rate of 0.84% and 1.30%, respectively. These derivative instruments have been designated as interest rate cash flow hedges.

 

   

In December 2011, Nielsen’s JPY 4,000 million 2.50% EMTN matured and was repaid.

 

   

During 2011 we elected to permanently repay $287 million of our existing term loans due August 2013.

We entered into the following transactions during 2010:

 

   

In March 2010, we entered into a three-year interest swap to fix the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates for $250 million of our variable-rate debt at 1.69%. This swap replaced the $500 million notional amount interest rate swap that matured on February 9, 2010. This derivative instrument has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

 

   

In May 2010, our €50 million variable rate EMTN matured and was repaid.

 

   

In August 2010, we completed a term loan extension offer in accordance with the terms of our 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In connection with completing the term loan extension offer and in order to document the terms of the new Class C term loans, as of such date we entered into an amendment to the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facilities (the “2010 Amendment”). Pursuant to the term loan extension offer and the 2010 Amendment, approximately $1,495 million of our Class A term loans

 

66


Table of Contents
 

(which mature August 2013) and approximately $5 million of our Class B term loans (which mature May 2016) were exchanged for the same principal amount of new Class C term loans. The new Class C term loans mature on May 1, 2016 and bear a tiered floating interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin of (x) 3.75% to the extent that Nielsen Finance LLC’s Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facilities) is greater than 5.0 to 1.0 and (y) 3.50% to the extent that Nielsen Finance LLC’s Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2006 Senior Secured Credit Facilities) is less than or equal to 5.0 to 1.0. The foregoing margins are also subject to a decrease of 0.25% in the event and for so long as Nielsen Finance LLC’s corporate credit and/or family rating, as applicable, from either S&P or Moody’s is at least BB- or Ba3, respectively. The Class C term loans will amortize in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount. No optional prepayments of Class C term loans may be made so long as any Class A or Class B term loans are outstanding. Except as set forth in the 2010 Amendment, the Class C term loans shall have the same terms as the Class B term loans.

 

   

In October 2010, we issued $750 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 at an issue price of $745 million with cash proceeds of approximately $731 million, net of fees and expenses. In November 2010, we issued an additional $330 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 at an issue price of $340 million with cash proceeds of approximately $334 million, net of fees and expenses.

 

   

We used the net proceeds from the aforementioned issuances, along with cash on hand, to fund a redemption of the remaining all of our 10% Senior Notes due 2014 at a price of 105% and all of our 9% Senior Notes due 2014 at a price of 104.5% in separate transactions in November and December 2010. The redemption and retirement of these notes resulted in a loss of approximately $90 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

   

In October and November 2010, we entered into an aggregate of $1 billion notional amount of three-year forward interest rate swap agreements with starting dates in November 2010. These agreements fix the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of our variable-rate debt at an average rate of 0.72%. The commencement date of the interest rate swaps coincided with the $1 billion notional amount of interest rate swaps that matured in November 2010. Additionally, in November 2010 we entered into a $250 million notional amount three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date in November 2011, which fixes the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of our variable-rate debt at a rate of 1.26%. These derivative instruments have been designated as interest rate cash flow hedges.

 

   

We elected to permanently repay $75 million of our existing term loans due August 2013 during 2010.

Cash Flows Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $52 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to net cash used in operating activities of zero for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in cash flows from operating activities was driven by decreases in certain employee benefit payments as well as the timing of customer billings and vendor payments. Our key collections performance measure, days billing outstanding (DBO), increased 1 day for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $82 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $98 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The primary driver for the decreased usage of cash from investing activities was a decrease in capital expenditures.

Financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $10 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to net cash provided by $60 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in cash provided was driven by the results of the 2012 financing transactions described above.

 

67


Table of Contents

Cash Flows 2012 versus 2011

Operating activities . Net cash provided by operating activities was $802 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $659 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 included the $102 million payment for the termination and settlement of the Sponsor Advisory Agreements. Excluding this payment, cash flows provided by operating activities increased $41 million as compared to the prior period. This increase was driven by the operating income performance described above and lower interest payments, substantially offset by the timing of vendor and employee payroll payments and timing of accounts receivable collections. Our key collections performance measure, days billing outstanding (DBO), increased by 1 day for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to a 1 day decrease for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $522 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $495 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The primary driver for the increased usage of cash from investing activities was the increase in acquisition payments.

Financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $316 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $257 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The use of cash is described under the “2012 Capital Markets and Financing Transactions” and “Financing Transactions” sections above.

Cash Flows 2011 versus 2010

Operating activities . Net cash provided by operating activities was $659 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $544 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The primary drivers for the increase in cash provided by operating activities was the growth in operating income excluding the impact of non-cash depreciation and amortization and lower interest payments. Our key collections performance measure, days billing outstanding (DBO), decreased by 1 day for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to being relatively flat for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Investing activities . Net cash used in investing activities was $495 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $365 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The drivers for the increase in the usage of cash from investing activities were the increase in acquisition payments and capital expenditures.

Financing activities . Net cash used in financing activities was $257 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $264 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The use of cash in both periods is described under the “Financing Transactions” section above.

Capital Expenditures

Investments in property, plant, equipment, software and other assets totaled $70 million and $82 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease in capital expenditures related to higher investments in technology infrastructure development in 2012.

Investments in property, plant, equipment, software and other assets totaled $358 million, $367 million and $334 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in capital expenditures related to significant investments in technology infrastructure development in 2011.

Dividends

No dividends were declared or paid on Holdings’s common stock during 2012 or 2011. In September 2010, Holdings declared a special dividend of approximately €6 million ($7 million) in the aggregate, or €0.02 per share, to its existing stockholders, $5 million of which was in the form of a non-cash settlement of loans Holdings has previously extended to Luxco.

 

68


Table of Contents

On January 31, 2013, the board adopted a cash dividend policy with the present intent to pay quarterly cash dividends on Holdings’s outstanding common stock. The board also declared the first quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share, which was paid on March 20, 2013 to holders of record of Holdings’s common stock on March 6, 2013. Holdings declared the second quarterly cash divident of $0.16 per share on May 2, 2013, which is payable on June 19, 2013 to holders of record of Holding’s common stock on June 5, 2013. Holdings’s dividend policy and the payment of future cash dividends are subject to the discretion of the board.

Covenant Compliance

Financial covenants contained in our Credit Agreement consist of a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio as related to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries. The leverage ratio requires that we not permit the ratio of total net debt (as defined in the facility) at the end of any calendar quarter to Covenant EBITDA (as defined in the facility) for the four quarters then ended to exceed a specified threshold. Currently, the maximum permitted ratio is 6.25 to 1.0.

The interest coverage ratio requires that we not permit the ratio of Covenant EBITDA at the end of any calendar quarter to Consolidated Interest Expense (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the four quarters then ended to be less than a specified threshold. Currently, the minimum permitted ratio is 1.50 to 1.0.

Failure to comply with either of these covenants would result in an event of default under our Credit Agreement unless waived by our senior credit lenders. An event of default under our Credit Agreement can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility, which in turn would result in an event of default and possible acceleration of indebtedness under the agreements governing our debt securities as well. As our failure to comply with the covenants described above can cause us to go into default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, management believes that our Credit Agreement and these covenants are material to us. As of March 31, 2013, we were in full compliance with the covenants described above.

Pursuant to our Credit Agreement, we are subject to making mandatory prepayments on the term loans within our Credit Agreement to the extent in any full calendar year we generate Excess Cash Flow (“ECF”), as defined in the Credit Agreement. The percentage of ECF that must be applied as a repayment is a function of several factors, including our ratio of total net debt to Covenant EBITDA, as well other adjustments, including any voluntary term loan repayments made in the course of the calendar year. To the extent any mandatory repayment is required pursuant to this ECF clause, such payment must generally occur on or around the time of the delivery of the annual consolidated financial statements to the lenders. At December 31, 2012, our ratio of total net debt to Covenant EBITDA was less than 5.00 to 1.00 and therefore no mandatory repayment was required. Our next ECF measurement date will occur upon completion of the 2013 results, and although the Company does not expect to be required to issue any mandatory repayments in 2014 or beyond, it is uncertain at this time if any such payments will be required in future periods.

Commitments and Contingencies

Outsourced Services Agreements

In February 2013, we amended our Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “MSA”), dated as of October 1, 2007 with Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited (jointly, “TCS”). The term of the MSA has been extended for an additional three years, so as to expire on December 31, 2020, with a one-year renewal option granted to Nielsen. In addition, we have increased our commitment to purchase services from TCS (the “Minimum Commitment”) from $1.0 billion to $2.5 billion over the life of the contract (from October 1, 2007), including a commitment to purchase at least $100 million in services per year (the “Annual Commitment”). TCS’ charges under the separate Global Infrastructure Services Agreement between the parties will be credited against the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment. TCS will globally provide us with professional services relating to information technology (including application development and maintenance), business process outsourcing, client service knowledge process outsourcing,

 

69


Table of Contents

management sciences, analytics, and financial planning and analytics. As we order specific services under the Agreement, the parties will execute Statements Of Work (“SOWs”) describing the specific scope of the services to be performed by TCS. The amount of the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment may be reduced on the occurrence of certain events, some of which also provide us with the right to terminate the Agreement or SOWs, as applicable.

Other Contractual Obligations

Our other contractual obligations include capital lease obligations (including interest portion), facility leases, leases of certain computer and other equipment, agreements to purchase data and telecommunication services, the payment of principal and interest on debt and pension fund obligations.

At December 31, 2012, the minimum annual payments under these agreements and other contracts that had initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are as listed in the following table. Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the timing of any potential cash settlements with the respective taxing authorities. Therefore, $134 million of unrecognized tax benefits (which includes interest and penalties of $40 million) have been excluded from the contractual obligations table below. See Note 13—“Income Taxes”—to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion on income taxes.

 

     Payments due by period  

(IN MILLIONS)

   Total      2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Thereafter  

Capital lease obligations and other debt (a)

   $ 179       $ 31       $ 15       $ 14       $ 14       $ 14       $ 91   

Operating leases (b)

     393         91         78         59         45         36         84   

Other contractual obligations (c)

     239         150         47         26         12         2         2   

Long-term debt, including current portion (a)

     6,184         341         344         150         2,732         733         1,884   

Interest (d)

     1,286         290         265         245         172         123         191   

Pension fund obligations (e)

     47         47         —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,328       $ 950       $ 749       $ 494       $ 2,975       $ 908       $ 2,252   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Other debt includes bank overdrafts of $5 million and other short-term debt of $7 million due within one year. Our short-term and long-term debt obligations, including capital lease and other financing obligations, are described in Note 10—“Long-Term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements”—to our consolidated financial statements.
(b) Our operating lease obligations are described in Note 15—“Commitments and Contingencies”—to our consolidated financial statements.
(c) Other contractual obligations represent obligations under agreement, which are not unilaterally cancelable by us, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices. We generally require purchase orders for vendor and third party spending. The amounts presented above represent the minimum future annual services covered by purchase obligations including data processing, building maintenance, equipment purchasing, photocopiers, land and mobile telephone service, computer software and hardware maintenance, and outsourcing. Our remaining commitments as of December 31, 2012 under the outsourced services agreements with TCS have been included above on an estimated basis over the years within the contractual period in which we expect to satisfy our obligations. Since the amendment to the TCS agreement occurred after December 31, 2012, it is not reflected above.
(d) Interest payments consist of interest on both fixed-rate and variable-rate debt.
(e) Our contributions to pension and other post-retirement defined benefit plans were $64 million, $54 million and $30 million during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Future pension and other post-retirement benefits contributions are not determinable for time periods after 2012. See Note 9—“Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits”—to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion on plan obligations. Since the amendment to the TCS agreement occurred after December 31, 2012, it is not reflected above.

 

70


Table of Contents

Cyprus Agreement

On March 25, 2013, Cyprus and certain members of the European Union reached an agreement on measures intended to restore the viability of the financial sector of Cyprus. As part of these measures Cyprus has agreed to downsize its local financial sector including:

(1) The immediate dissolution of Cyprus Popular Bank under which equity shareholders, bondholders and uninsured depositors (defined as those with deposits in excess of €100 thousand) will contribute to make up the losses of the bank; and

(2) The recapitalization of the Bank of Cyprus (“BoC”) through a deposit/equity conversion of uninsured deposits, with full contribution of equity shareholders and bondholders. Currently 37.5% of uninsured deposits of BoC have been converted into Class A shares with voting and dividend rights. An additional 22.5% have been “frozen” and may also be partially or fully used to issue new Class A shares, as necessary.

As a result of this agreement, we recorded a charge of $4 million during the first quarter of 2013 in Selling, General and Administrative expenses in the statement of operations representing the uninsured deposits either contributed to make up losses of Cyprus Popular Bank or converted into Class A shares of BoC, as described above. We do not expect this agreement to significantly impact future operating results.

Guarantees and Other Contingent Commitments

At December 31, 2012, we were committed under the following significant guarantee arrangements:

Sub-lease guarantees. We provide sub-lease guarantees in accordance with certain agreements pursuant to which we guarantee all rental payments upon default of rental payment by the sub-lessee. To date, we have not been required to perform under such arrangements, and do not anticipate making any significant payments related to such guarantees and, accordingly, no amounts have been recorded.

Letters of credit. Letters of credit issued and outstanding amount to $13 million at December 31, 2012.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Except as disclosed above, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income

In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting updates “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”, to improve the transparency of reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company has presented the significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification. This amended guidance does not have any other impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Foreign Currency Matters

In March 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity”, to resolve the diversity in practice regarding the release into net income of the cumulative translation adjustment upon derecognition of a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity. The amendment requires an entity that ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or

 

71


Table of Contents

group of assets within a foreign entity to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. This guidance is effective for our interim and annual reporting periods in 2014. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a significant impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurement

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting update that amends Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820—“Fair Value Measurement” regarding fair value measurements and disclosure requirements. The amendments were effective for us as of January 1, 2012. The adoption of this update did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting update that amends ASC 220—“Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASC 220”), which eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of equity. We have presented the items of net income and other comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive statements and this amended guidance did not have any other impact on our consolidated financial statements

In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that amends ASC 220, which requires public companies to present the effect of significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification on the face of the financial statements or in a single footnote. This amendment is effective for us for interim and annual reporting periods in 2013. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Testing Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment

In September 2011 and July 2012, the FASB issued accounting updates that amend ASC 350—“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, which were intended to simplify impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets by adding a qualitative review step to assess whether the previously required quantitative impairment analysis is necessary. The amended guidance permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit or an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the prescribed two-step impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step impairment test is not required. We considered the updated guidance in our October 1, 2012 annual impairment test. The adoption of these updates did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and market prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and changes in the market value of equity instruments. We are exposed to market risk, primarily related to foreign exchange and interest rates. We actively monitor these exposures. Historically, in order to manage the volatility relating to these exposures, we entered into a variety of derivative financial instruments, mainly interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and forward rate agreements. Currently we only employ basic contracts, that is, without options, embedded or otherwise. Our objective is to reduce, where it is deemed appropriate to do so, fluctuations in earnings, cash flows and the value of our net investments in subsidiaries resulting from changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates. It is our policy not to trade in financial instruments.

 

72


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We operate globally and we predominantly generate revenue and expenses in local currencies. Approximately 47% of our revenues and 49% of our operating costs were generated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Because of fluctuations (including possible devaluations) in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into our reporting currency, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to transaction exposure. Typically, a one cent change in the U.S. Dollar/Euro exchange rate will impact revenues by approximately $6 million annually, with an immaterial impact on our profitability.

Foreign currency translation risk is the risk that exchange rate gains or losses arise from translating foreign entities’ statements of earnings and balance sheets from functional currency to our reporting currency (the U.S. Dollar) for consolidation purposes. Translation risk exposure is managed by creating “natural hedges” in our financing or by using derivative financial instruments aimed at offsetting certain exposures in the statement of earnings or the balance sheet. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The table below details the percentage of revenues and expenses by currency for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 

     U.S.
Dollar
    Euro     Other
Currencies
 

Revenues

     53     11     36

Operating costs

     51     13     36

Interest Rate Risk

We continually review our fixed and variable rate debt along with related hedging opportunities in order to ensure our portfolio is appropriately balanced as part of our overall interest rate risk management strategy. At March 31, 2013, we had $4,113 million in carrying value of floating-rate debt under our senior secured credit facilities and our existing floating rate notes of which $2,285 million was subject to effective floating-fixed interest rate swaps. A one percent increase in interest rates applied to our floating rate indebtedness would therefore increase annual interest expense by approximately $18 million ($41 million without giving effect to any of our interest rate swaps).

Derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of non-performance, or credit risk. We do not believe that we currently face a significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties associated with these instruments, as these transactions were executed with a diversified group of major financial institutions with a minimum investment-grade or better credit rating. Our credit risk exposure is managed through the continuous monitoring of our exposures to such counterparties.

Equity Price Risk

We are not exposed to material equity risk.

 

73


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Background and Business Overview

We are a leading global information and measurement company that provides clients with a comprehensive understanding of consumers and consumer behavior. We deliver critical media and marketing information, analytics and industry expertise about what consumers buy and what consumers watch (consumer interaction with television, online and mobile) on a global and local basis. Our information, insights and solutions help our clients maintain and strengthen their market positions and identify opportunities for profitable growth. We have a presence in approximately 100 countries, including many developing and emerging markets, and hold leading market positions in many of our services and geographies. Based on the strength of the Nielsen brand, our scale and the breadth and depth of our solutions, we believe we are the global leader in measuring and analyzing consumer behavior in the segments in which we operate.

We help our clients enhance their interactions with consumers and make critical business decisions that we believe positively affect our clients’ sales. Our data and analytics solutions, which have been developed through substantial investment over many decades, are deeply embedded into our clients’ workflow as demonstrated by our long-term client relationships, multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates. The average length of relationship with our top ten clients, which include The Coca-Cola Company, NBC Universal, Nestle S.A., News Corp., The Procter & Gamble Company and the Unilever Group, is more than 30 years. Typically, before the start of each year, nearly 70% of our annual revenue has been committed under contracts in our combined Buy and Watch segments.

We align our business into three reporting segments, the principal two of which are what consumers buy (consumer purchasing measurement and analytics herein referred to as “Buy”) and what consumers watch (media audience measurement and analytics herein referred to as “Watch”). Our Buy and Watch segments, which together generated approximately 97% of our revenues in 2012, are built on an extensive foundation of proprietary data assets designed to yield essential insights for our clients to successfully measure, analyze and grow their businesses. The information from our Buy and Watch segments, when brought together, can deliver powerful insights into the effectiveness of advertising by linking media consumption trends with consumer purchasing data to better understand how media exposure drives purchase behavior. We believe these integrated insights will better enable our clients to enhance the return on investment of their advertising and marketing spending.

Our Buy segment provides retail transactional measurement data, consumer behavior information and analytics primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. According to Euromonitor International, global consumer spending in the product categories we measure was over $7.0 trillion in 2009. Our extensive database of retail and consumer information, combined with our advanced analytical capabilities, helps generate strategic insights that influence our clients’ key business decisions. We track billions of sales transactions per month in retail outlets in approximately 100 countries around the world and our data is used by our clients to measure their sales and market share. We are the only company offering such extensive global coverage for the collection, provision and analysis of this information for consumer packaged goods. Our Buy services also enable our clients to better manage their brands, uncover new sources of demand, launch and grow new services, analyze their sales, improve their marketing mix and establish more effective consumer relationships. Within our Buy segment, we have two primary geographic groups, developed and developing markets. Developed markets primarily include the United States, Canada, Western Europe, Japan and Australia while developing markets include Africa, Latin America, Eastern Europe, Russia, China, India and Southeast Asia. Our Buy segment represented approximately 61% of our total revenues in 2012.

Our Watch segment provides viewership data and analytics primarily to the media and advertising industries across television, online and mobile screens. According to ZenithOptimedia, a leading global media services agency, total global spending on advertising across television, online and mobile platforms was at least $267 billion in 2011. Our Watch data is used by our media clients to understand their audiences, establish the

 

74


Table of Contents

value of their advertising inventory and maximize the value of their content, and by our advertising clients to plan and optimize their spending. Within our Watch segment, our ratings are the primary metrics used to determine the value of programming and advertising in the U.S. total television advertising marketplace, which was approximately $76 billion in 2011 according to a report by Veronis Suhler Stevenson. In addition to the United States, we measure television viewing in 32 other countries. We also measure markets that account for approximately 75% of global internet users and offer mobile measurement services in 16 countries, including the United States, where we are the market leader. Our Watch segment represented approximately 36% of our total revenue in 2012.

Our Expositions segment operates one of the largest portfolios of business-to-business trade shows and conference events in the United States. Each year, we produce more than 60 trade shows and conference events, which in 2012 connected over 335,000 buyers and sellers across 9 diversified and vibrant end markets. Our Expositions segment represented approximately 3% of our total revenue in 2012.

Our Company was founded in 1923 by Arthur C. Nielsen, Sr., who invented an approach to measuring competitive sales results that made the concept of “market share” a practical management tool. For nearly 90 years, we have advanced the practice of market research and media audience measurement to provide our clients a better understanding of their consumers. Our Company, incorporated in the Netherlands, was purchased on May 24, 2006 by a consortium of private equity firms (AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. and Thomas H. Lee Partners, the “Original Sponsors,” and together with subsequent investor Centerview Partners, the “Sponsors”). Subsequently, David Calhoun was appointed Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Calhoun has repositioned the Company and focused on building an open, simple and integrated operating model to drive innovation and deliver greater value to our clients. In January 2011, our indirect parent company, Nielsen Holdings N.V. (“Holdings”), consummated an initial public offering of its common stock and our shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NLSN”.

Services and Solutions

What Consumers Buy

Our Buy segment provides retail transactional measurement data, consumer behavior information and analytics primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. This segment is organized into two areas: Information, which provides retail scanner and consumer panel-based measurement, and Insights, which provides a broad range of analytics. For the year ended December 31, 2012, revenues from our Buy segment represented approximately 61% of our consolidated revenue. This segment has historically generated stable revenue streams that are characterized by multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates. At the beginning of each year, approximately 60% of the segment’s revenue base for the upcoming year is typically committed under existing agreements. Our top five Buy segment clients represented approximately 23% of our Buy segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the average length of relationship with these same clients is over 30 years. No single client accounted for 10% or more of our Buy segment revenue in 2012.

Information: Retail Measurement Services

We are a global leader in retail measurement services. Our purchasing data provides market share, competitive sales volumes, and insights into such activities as distribution, pricing, merchandising and promotion. By combining this detailed information with our in-house expertise and professional consultative services, we produce valuable insights that help our clients improve their marketing and sales decisions and grow their market share.

Depending on the sophistication of each country’s retailer systems, we collect retail sales information from stores using electronic point-of-sale technology and/or teams of local field auditors. Stores within our worldwide retail network include grocery, drug, convenience and discount retailers, who, through various cooperation

 

75


Table of Contents

arrangements, share their sales data with us. The electronic retail sales information collected by stores through checkout scanners is transmitted directly to us. In certain developing markets where electronic retail sales information is unavailable, we utilize field auditors to collect information through in-store inventory and price checks. For all information we collect, our quality control systems validate and confirm the source data. The data is then processed into databases that clients access using our proprietary software that allows them to query the information, conduct customized analysis and generate reports and alerts.

Information: Consumer Panel Measurement

We conduct consumer panels around the world that help our clients understand consumer purchasing dynamics at the household level. Among other things, this information offers insight into shopper behavior such as trial and repeat purchase for new products and likely substitutes, as well as customer segmentation. In addition, our panel data augments our retail measurement information in circumstances where we do not collect data from certain retailers.

Our consumer panels collect data from approximately 250,000 household panelists across 26 countries who use in-home scanners to record purchases from each shopping trip. In the United States, for example, approximately 100,000 selected households, constituting a demographically balanced sample, participate in the panels. Data received from household panels undergo a quality control process including UPC verification and validation, before being processed into databases and reports. Clients may access these databases to perform analyses.

Insights: Analytical Services

Utilizing our foundation of consumer purchasing information, we provide a wide and growing selection of consumer intelligence and analytical services that help clients make smarter business decisions throughout their product development and marketing cycles. We draw actionable insights from our retail and consumer panel measurement data sets, our online behavioral information, as well as a variety of other proprietary data sets.

We use consumer trends and comprehensive data analysis to advise our clients across their innovation process and apply a demand-driven approach to identify unmet consumer needs so they can develop breakthrough products. We use intelligence from comprehensive retail and consumer data analysis to inform client decisions on marketing spend for media price, promotion and assortment. We help clients influence purchase decisions that shoppers make whether pre-store, in-store or online, and provide insights on how to market effectively along a shopper’s path to purchase. We also help clients drive profitable growth using demand-driven strategies that close the gap between consumer demand and sales, aligning what people want to what people buy.

What Consumers Watch

Our Watch segment provides viewership data and analytics primarily to the media and advertising industries for television, online and mobile devices. For the year ended December 31, 2012, revenues from our Watch segment represented approximately 36% of our consolidated revenue. This segment has historically generated stable revenue streams that are characterized by multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates. At the beginning of each year, approximately 90% of the segment’s revenue base for the upcoming year is typically committed under existing agreements. Our top five clients represented 30% of segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the average length of relationship with these same clients is more than 30 years. No customer accounted for 10% or more of our Watch segment revenue in 2012.

Television Audience Measurement Services

We are the global leader in television audience measurement. In the United States, which is by far the world’s largest market for television programming, broadcasters and cable networks use our television audience

 

76


Table of Contents

ratings as the primary currency to establish the value of their airtime and more effectively schedule and promote their programming. Advertisers use this information to plan television advertising campaigns, evaluate the effectiveness of their commercial messages and negotiate advertising rates.

We provide two principal television ratings services in the United States: measurement of national television audiences and measurement of local television audiences in all 210 designated local television markets. We use various methods to collect the data from households including electronic meters, which provide minute-by-minute viewing information for next day consumption by our clients, and written diaries. These methods enable us to collect not only television device viewing data but also the demographics of the audience (i.e., who in the household is watching), from which we calculate statistically reliable and accurate estimates of total television viewership. We have made significant investments over decades to build an infrastructure that can accurately and efficiently track television audience viewing, a process that has become increasingly complex as the industry has converted to digital transmission and integrated new technologies allowing for developments such as time-shifted viewing.

Our measurement techniques are constantly evolving to account for new television viewing behavior, increased fragmentation and new media technologies. For example, to help advertisers and programmers understand time-shifted viewing behavior, we created the “C3” ratings, which is a measure of how many people watch programming and commercials during live and time-shifted viewing up to three days after the program aired. The C3 rating has become the primary metric for buying and selling advertising on national broadcast television. We are expanding our television audience measurement to incorporate viewing of video-on-demand and from connected devices such as gaming consoles. We are developing and testing ways to measure how consumers watch video on tablets and other devices, to help advertising and programmers incorporate this viewing behavior into their programming and advertising plans. In the U.S., we utilize a single-source TV and PC panel to provide information to clients about simultaneous usage of more than one screen (e.g. if a consumer uses Facebook while watching a TV program), unduplicated reach (i.e. total audience net of duplication across platforms), cause and effect analysis (e.g. if a TV advertisement spurs a consumer to view a specific website online) and program viewing behavior (e.g. what platforms consumers use to view certain programming). We are working with Twitter to establish a measurement of consumer interaction with television programming and social media to address the growing interest in social TV among advertisers and media players.

We measure television viewing in 32 countries outside the United States, including Australia, Indonesia, Italy and South Korea. The international television audience measurement industry operates on a different model than in the United States. In many international markets, a joint industry committee of broadcasters in each individual country selects a single official audience measurement provider, which is designated the “currency” through an organized bidding process that is typically revisited every several years. We have strong relationships in these countries and see a significant opportunity to expand our presence into additional countries around the world.

Digital Audience Measurement Services

We are a global provider of digital media and market research, audience analytics and social media measurement. We employ a variety of measurement offerings to provide online publishers, internet and media companies, marketers and retailers with metrics to better understand the behavior of online audiences. Our online site measurement service have a presence in more than 40 countries including the United States, South Korea and Brazil—markets that account for approximately almost 75% of global internet users. Through a combination of patented panel and census data collection methods, we monitor and measure the internet surfing, online buying and video viewing (including television content) of digital audiences. We provide critical advertising metrics such as audience demographics, page and ad views, and time spent. Through our social media monitoring capabilities, 50 million new social media messages are collected every day from more than 30 countries in 15 languages, representing a 30% year over year growth in data collection. As newer forms of digital media such as video advertising, social media and applications become a greater proportion of consumer behavior, we are

 

77


Table of Contents

transitioning our portfolio of online services, including discontinuation of certain legacy services in certain markets and the launch of other services, to address the evolving requirements of measuring digital audiences and better serve our clients.

Mobile Measurement Services

We provide independent measurement and consumer research for telecom and media companies in the mobile telecommunications industry. Clients, principally mobile carriers and device manufacturers, rely upon our data to make consumer marketing, competitive strategy and resource allocation decisions. In the United States, our metrics are a leading indicator for market share, customer satisfaction, device share, service quality, revenue share, content audience and other key performance indicators. We also benchmark the end-to-end consumer experience to pinpoint problem areas in the service delivery chain, track key performance metrics for mobile devices and identify key market opportunities (e.g., demand tracking for device features and services). To address the rapid growth of mobile internet consumption, we are expanding our capabilities to capture internet, video and other media on mobile devices. As mobile adoption continues globally, there is an opportunity for us to measure media and data content on mobile devices worldwide and to incorporate mobile measurement into a more comprehensive view of consumer media behavior. We offer mobile measurement services in 30 countries worldwide, including the United States, where we are a leader in the nascent market for mobile audience measurement, and are focused on expanding our presence in other markets.

Advertiser Solutions

We provide a range of solutions to major advertisers, whether they are consumer packaged goods manufacturers, retailers, media companies, or other verticals such as automotive, telecom or financial services, to help validate and optimize their advertising spend. We quantify the effectiveness of advertising by reporting behavioral observations, attitudinal changes and actual offline purchase activity. We offer services specific to television, digital and social marketing to determine “resonance” or impact of specific campaigns, by measuring objectives such as breakthrough, brand recall, purchase intent and effect on product and brand loyalty. These services can also help clients determine which elements of their advertising campaigns are more or less effective, including frequency of repetition, length of commercial and context. As part of these efforts, we collect and analyze more than 20 million surveys annually to provide important insights on television and online advertising and content effectiveness.

We also combine intelligence on what consumers watch and buy to inform client decisions on their advertising spend. We integrate data from our Buy segment and other third party sources including our Nielsen Catalina Solutions joint venture, with Watch data on audience exposure to help assess the effect of an advertising campaign on purchase activity. We believe these and other offerings of consumer behavior data and marketing insights can provide value to advertisers as well as media content owners and distributors, and help these clients answer some of their most important marketing questions.

Expositions

In our Expositions segment, we operate one of the largest portfolios of business-to-business trade shows and conference events in the United States. Each year, we produce more than 60 trade shows and conference events, which in 2012 connected approximately 335,000 buyers and sellers across 9 diversified and vibrant end markets. Our leading events include the Hospitality Design Conference and Expo, the Kitchen/Bath Industry Show, the ASD Merchandise Shows, the JA International Jewelry Summer and Winter Shows and the Interbike International Bike Show and Expo. For the year ended December 31, 2012, revenues from our Expositions segment represented approximately 3% of our consolidated revenue.

 

78


Table of Contents

Competitive Advantages

We are faced with a number of competitors in the markets in which we operate. Some of our competitors in each market may have substantially greater financial marketing and other resources than we do and may benefit from other competitive advantages. See “—Competitive Landscape” and “Risk Factors—We face competition, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.”

Notwithstanding the challenges presented by the competitive landscape, we believe that we have several competitive advantages, including the following:

Global Scale and Brand. We provide a breadth of information and insights about the consumer in approximately 100 countries. In our Buy segment, we track billions of sales transactions per month in retail outlets in approximately 100 countries around the world. We also have approximately 250,000 household panelists across 26 countries. In our Watch segment, our ratings are the primary metrics used to determine the value of programming and advertising in the U.S. total television advertising marketplace, which was approximately $76 billion in 2011 according to Veronis Suhler Stevenson. We believe our footprint, neutrality, credibility and leading market positions will continue to contribute to our long-term growth and strong operating margins as the number and role of multinational companies expands. Our scale is supported by our global brand, which is defined by the original Nielsen code created by our founder, Arthur C. Nielsen, Sr.: impartiality, thoroughness, accuracy, integrity, economy, price, delivery and service.

Strong, Diversified Client Relationships. Many of the world’s largest brands rely on us as their information and analytics provider to create value for their business. We maintain long-standing relationships and multi-year contracts with high renewal rates due to the value of the services and solutions we provide. In our Buy segment, our clients include the largest consumer packaged goods and merchandising companies in the world such as The Coca-Cola Company, Kraft Foods and The Procter & Gamble Company, as well as leading retail chains such as Carrefour, Kroger, Safeway, Tesco, Walgreens, Wal-Mart Stores. In our Watch segment, our client base includes leading broadcast, cable and internet companies such as CBS, Disney/ABC, Facebook, Google, Microsoft, NBC Universal/Comcast, News Corp., Time Warner, Twitter, Univision and Yahoo!; leading advertising agencies such as WPP, IPG, Omnicom and Publicis; leading telecom companies such as AT&T, Verizon, Vodafone and Nokia; and leading automotive companies such as Chrysler, Ford and Toyota. The average length of relationship with our top 10 clients across both our Buy and Watch segments is more than 30 years. In addition, due to our growing presence in developing markets, we have cultivated strong relationships with local market leaders that can benefit from our services as they expand globally. Our strong client relationships provide both a foundation for recurring revenues as well as a platform for growth.

Enhanced Data Assets and Measurement Science. Our extensive portfolio of transactional and consumer behavioral data across our Buy and Watch segments enables us to provide critical information to our clients. For decades, we have employed advanced measurement methodologies that yield statistically accurate information about consumer behavior while having due regard for their privacy. Our particular expertise in panel measurement includes a proven methodology to create statistically accurate research insights that are fully representative of designated audiences. This expertise is a distinct advantage as we extrapolate more precise insights from emerging large-scale census databases to provide greater granularity and segmentation for our clients. We continue to enhance our core competency in measurement science by improving research approaches and investing in new methodologies. We have also invested significantly in our data architecture to enable the integration of distinct large-scale census data sets including those owned by third parties. We believe that our expertise, established standards and increasingly granular and comprehensive data assets provide us with a distinct advantage as we deliver more precise insights to our clients.

Innovation. We have focused on innovation to deepen our capabilities, expand in new and emerging forms of measurement, enhance our analytical offerings and capitalize on industry trends. For example, we are investing in advanced delivery technologies to extend the value of the full suite of our data assets for our clients. We have further enhanced our information and analytics delivery platform, Nielsen Answers on Demand, to

 

79


Table of Contents

enable the management of consumer loyalty programs for retailers. The 2012 expansion of our Nielsen Campaign Ratings service provides “reach” metrics for TV and digital campaign ratings, and can offer advertisers and media companies a unique measurement of unduplicated audiences for their advertising and programming across television and online viewing.

Scalable Operating Model. Our global presence and operating model allow us to scale our services and solutions rapidly and efficiently. We have a long track record of establishing leading services that can be quickly expanded across clients, markets and geographies. Our global operations and technology organization enables us to achieve faster, higher quality outcomes for clients in a cost-efficient manner. Our flexible architecture allows us to incorporate leading third-party technologies as well as data from external sources, and enables our clients to use our technology and solutions on their own technology platforms. In addition, we work with leading technology partners such as IBM, Tata Consultancy Services and TIBCO, which allows for greater quality in client offerings and efficiency in our global operations.

Industry Trends

We believe companies, including our clients, require an increasing amount of data and analytics to set strategy and direct operations. This has resulted in a large market for business information and insight which we believe will continue to grow. Our clients are media, advertising and consumer packaged goods companies in the large and growing markets. We believe that significant economic, technological, demographic and competitive trends facing consumers and our clients will provide a competitive advantage to our business and enable us to capture a greater share of our significant market opportunity. We may not be able to realize these opportunities if these trends do not continue or if we are otherwise unable to execute our strategies. See “Risk Factors—We may be unable to adapt to significant technological change which could adversely affect our business” and “Risk Factors—Our international operations are exposed to risks which could impede growth in the future.”

Developing markets present significant expansion opportunities. Brand marketers are focused on attracting new consumers in developing countries as a result of the fast-paced population growth of the middle class in these regions. In addition, the retail trade in these markets is quickly evolving from small, local formats toward larger, more modern formats with electronic points of sale, a similar evolution to what occurred in developed markets over the last several decades. We provide established measurement methodologies to help give consumer packaged goods companies, retailers and media companies an accurate understanding of local consumers to allow them to harness growing consumer buying power in fast growing markets like Brazil, Russia, India and China.

Demographic shifts and changes in spending behavior are altering the consumer landscape. Consumer demographics and related trends are constantly evolving globally, leading to changes in consumer preferences and the relative size and buying power of major consumer groups. Shifts in population size, age, racial composition, family size and relative wealth are causing marketers continuously to re-evaluate and reprioritize their consumer marketing strategies. We track and interpret consumer demographics that help enable our clients to engage more effectively with their existing consumers as well as forge new relationships with emerging segments of the population.

The media landscape is dynamic and changing. Consumers are rapidly changing their media consumption patterns. The growing availability of the Internet, and the proliferation of new formats and channels such as mobile devices, social networks and other forms of user-generated media have led to an increasingly fragmented consumer base that is more difficult to measure and analyze. In addition, simultaneous usage of more than one screen is becoming a regular aspect of daily consumer media consumption. We have effectively measured and tracked media consumption through numerous cycles in the industry’s evolution—from broadcast to cable, from analog to digital, from offline to online and from live to time-shifted. We believe our distinct ability to provide audience measurement and metrics across television, online and mobile platforms helps clients better understand, adapt to and profit from the continued transformation of the global media landscape.

 

80


Table of Contents

Consumers are more connected, informed and in control. Today, more than three-quarters of the world’s homes have access to television, there are more than 2.4 billion internet users around the globe, and approximately three-fourths of the world’s population has access to a mobile phone. Advances in technology have given consumers a greater level of control of when, where and how they consume information and interact with media and brands. They can compare products and prices instantaneously and have new avenues to learn about, engage with and purchase products and services. These shifts in behavior create significant complexities for our clients. Our broad portfolio of information and insights enables our clients to engage consumers with more impact and efficiency, influence consumer purchasing decisions and actively participate in and shape conversations about their brands.

Increasing amounts of consumer information are leading to new marketing approaches. The advent of the internet and other digital platforms has created rapid growth in consumer data that is expected to intensify as more entertainment and commerce are delivered across these platforms. As a result, companies are looking for real-time access to more granular levels of data to understand growth opportunities more quickly and more precisely. This presents a significant opportunity for us to work with companies to effectively manage, integrate and analyze large amounts of information and extract meaningful insights that allow marketers to generate profitable growth.

Consumers are looking for greater value. Economic and social trends have spurred consumers to seek greater value in what they buy as exemplified by the rising demand for “private label” (store branded) products. For instance, in the United States, the absolute dollar share for private label consumer packaged goods increased more than $15 billion between 2009 and 2012. This increased focus on value is causing manufacturers, retailers and media companies to re-evaluate brand positioning, pricing and loyalty. We believe companies will increasingly look to our broad range of consumer purchasing insights and analytics to more precisely and effectively measure consumer behavior and target their products and marketing offers at the right place and at the right price.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we are well-positioned for growth worldwide and have a multi-faceted strategy that builds upon our brand, strong client relationships and integral role in measuring and analyzing the global consumer. Our growth strategy is also subject to certain risks. For example, we may be unable to adapt to significant technological changes such as changes in the technology used to collect and process data or in methods of television viewing. In addition, consolidation in our customers’ industries may reduce the aggregate demand for our services. See “Risk Factors.”

Continue to grow in developing markets

Developing markets (measured in our Buy segment) comprised approximately 20% of our 2012 revenues and represent a significant long-term opportunity for us given the growth of the middle class and the rapid evolution and modernization of the retail trade in these regions. Currently, the middle class is expanding significantly each year on a global basis, with Africa, Brazil, Russia, India and China currently contributing nearly half of all global consumption growth. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Continuing to grow our existing services in local markets while simultaneously introducing into developing markets new services drawn from our global portfolio;

 

   

Partnering with existing clients as they expand their businesses into developing and emerging markets and providing the high-quality measurement and insights to which they are accustomed; and

 

   

Building relationships with local companies that are expanding beyond their home markets by capitalizing on the global credibility and integrity of the Nielsen brand.

 

81


Table of Contents

Continue to develop innovative services

We intend to continue developing our service portfolio to provide our clients with comprehensive and advanced solutions. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Further developing our analytics offerings across all facets of our client base to provide a more comprehensive offering and help our clients think through their most important challenges;

 

   

Continuing to grow our leadership in measurement and insight services related to TV, online and mobile and expanding our services in growth areas including social media to help our media clients more effectively reach their target audiences and better understand the value of their content; and

 

   

Continuing to expand our Advertiser Solutions offering, which integrates our proprietary data and analytics from both the Buy and Watch segments, by developing powerful tools to help clients better understand the effectiveness of advertising and the impact of advertising spend on consumer purchasing behavior.

Continue to attract new clients and expand existing relationships

We believe that substantial opportunities exist to both attract new clients and to increase our revenue from existing clients. Building on our deep knowledge and the embedded position of our Buy and Watch segments, we expect to sell new and innovative solutions to our new and existing clients, increasing our importance to their decision making processes.

Continue to pursue strategic acquisitions to complement our leadership positions

We have increased our capabilities through investments and acquisitions in the areas of retail measurement, international audience measurement, and advertising effectiveness for digital and social media campaigns. Going forward, we will consider select acquisitions of complementary businesses that enhance our product and geographic portfolio and can benefit from our scale, scope and status as a global leader.

Technology Infrastructure

We operate with an extensive data and technology infrastructure utilizing eight primary data centers in seven countries around the world. Our global database has the capacity to house approximately 36 petabytes of information, with our Buy segment processing approximately nine trillion purchasing data points each month and our Watch segment processing approximately 1.7 billion tuning and viewing records each month. Our technology infrastructure plays an instrumental role in meeting service commitments to global clients and allows us to quickly scale our services across practice areas and geographies. Our technology platform utilizes an open approach that facilitates integration of distinct data sets, interoperability with client data and technology, and partnerships with leading technology companies such as IBM, Tata Consulting Services and TIBCO.

Intellectual Property

Our patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and all of our other intellectual property are important assets that afford protection to our business. Our success depends to a degree upon our ability to protect and preserve certain proprietary aspects of our technology and our brand. To ensure that objective, we control access to our proprietary technology. Our employees and consultants enter into confidentiality, non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements with us. We protect our rights to proprietary technology and confidential information in our business arrangements with third parties through confidentiality and other intellectual property and business agreements.

We hold a number of third-party patent and intellectual property license agreements that afford us rights to third party patents, technology and other intellectual property. Such license agreements most often do not

 

82


Table of Contents

preclude either party from licensing our patents and technology to others. Such licenses may involve one-time payments or ongoing royalty obligations, and we cannot ensure that future license agreements can or will be obtained or renewed on acceptable terms, or at all.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we employed approximately 35,000 people worldwide. Approximately 19% of our employees are covered under collective bargaining agreements and an additional 12% are covered under works council agreements in Europe. We may become subject to additional agreements or experience labor disruptions which may result in higher operating costs over time. We believe that our employee relations are good.

Competitive Landscape

There is no single competitor that offers all of the services we offer in all of the markets in which we offer them. We have many competitors worldwide that offer some of the services we provide in selected markets. While we maintain leading positions in many markets in which we operate, our future success will depend on our ability to enhance and expand our suite of services, provide reliable and accurate measurement solutions and related information, drive innovation that anticipates and responds to emerging client needs, strengthen and expand our geographic footprint, and protect consumer privacy. See “Risk Factors—We face competition, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.” We believe our global presence and integrated portfolio of services are key assets in our ability to effectively compete in the marketplace. A summary of the competitive landscape for each of our segments is included below:

What Consumers Buy

While we do not have one global competitor in our Buy segment, we face numerous competitors in various areas of our service in different markets throughout the world. Competition includes companies specializing in marketing research, in-house research departments of manufacturers and advertising agencies, retailers that sell information directly or through brokers, information management and software companies, and consulting and accounting firms. In retail measurement, our principal competitor in the United States is Information Resources, Inc., which is also present in some European markets. Our retail measurement service also faces competition in individual markets from local companies. Our consumer panel services and analytics services have many direct and/or indirect competitors in all markets around the world including in selected cases GfK, Ipsos, Kantar and local companies in individual countries.

What Consumers Watch

While we do not have one global competitor in our Watch segment, we face numerous competitors in various areas of our operations in different markets throughout the world. We are the clear market leader in U.S. television audience measurement; however, there are many emerging players and technologies that will increase competitive pressure. Numerous companies such as Kantar (a unit of WPP), Rentrak and TRA (a unit of TiVo) are attempting to measure television viewing using data received from set-top boxes of cable and satellite TV providers. Our principal competitor in television audience measurement outside the United States is Kantar, with additional companies such as Ipsos, GfK and Médiamétrie representing competitors in individual countries. Our online service faces competition in the United States and globally from companies that provide panel-based internet measurement services such as comScore, providers of site-centric Web analytics solutions, including Coremetrics, Google, Adobe, WebTrends and companies that measure consumer generated media on the internet such as Twelvefold, Visible Technologies, and Radian 6.

 

83


Table of Contents

Expositions

The trade show industry is highly fragmented with numerous competitors serving individual business sectors or geographies. Our primary competitors in this segment are Reed Expositions, Advanstar and Hanley Wood.

Regulation

Our operations are subject to and affected by data protection laws in many countries. These laws constrain whether and how we collect personal data (i.e., information relating to an identifiable individual), how that data may be used and stored, and whether, to whom and where that data may be transferred. Data collection methods that may not always be obvious to the data subject, like the use of cookies online, or that present a higher risk of abuse, such as collecting data directly from children, tend to be more highly regulated; and data transfer constraints can impact multinational access to a central database and cross-border data transfers.

Some of the personal data we collect may be considered “sensitive” by the laws of many jurisdictions because they may include certain demographic information and consumption preferences. “Sensitive” personal data typically are more highly regulated than non-sensitive data. Generally, this means that for sensitive data the data subject’s consent should be more explicit and fully informed and security measures surrounding the storage of the data should be more rigorous. The greater constraints that apply to the collection and use of sensitive data increase the administrative and operational burdens and costs of panel recruitment and management.

The attention privacy and data protection issues attract can offer us a competitive advantage. Because we recognize the importance of privacy to our panelists, our customers, consumers in general, and regulators, we devote dedicated resources to enhancing our privacy and security practices in our product development plans and other areas of operation, and participate in privacy policy organizations and “think tanks.” We do this to improve both our practices and the perception of Nielsen as a leader in this area.

Recent Developments

In December 2012, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire Arbitron Inc. (NYSE: ARB), an international media and marketing research firm, for $48 per share in cash (the “Transaction”). In addition, we entered into a commitment for an unsecured note or unsecured loan up to $1,300 million (the “Commitment Letter”) to fund the closing of the Transaction. The Transaction has been approved by the board of directors of both companies and is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory review. As of December 31, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Commitment Letter.

In January 2013, the board of directors of Holdings adopted a cash dividend policy with the present intent to pay quarterly cash dividends on Holdings’s outstanding common stock. The board also declared the first quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share, to be paid on March 20, 2013 to holders of record of Holdings’s common stock on March 6, 2013. The board of directors of Holdings declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share on May 2, 2013, which is payable on June 19, 2013 to holders of record of Holdings’ common stock on June 5, 2013. Holdings’s dividend policy and the payment of future cash dividends are subject to the discretion of the board of directors.

In February 2013, we amended our Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 1, 2007 with Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited (jointly, “TCS”). The term of the Agreement has been extended for an additional three years, so as to expire on December 31, 2020, with a one-year renewal option granted to Nielsen. Nielsen has increased its commitment to purchase services from TCS from $1.0 billion to $2.5 billion (the “Minimum Commitment”) over the life of the contract (from October 1, 2007), including a commitment to purchase at least $100 million in services per year (the “Annual Commitment”). TCS will continue to globally provide Nielsen with professional services relating to information technology (including application development and maintenance), business process outsourcing, client service knowledge process outsourcing, management sciences, analytics, and financial planning and analytics. The amount of the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment may be reduced on the occurrence of certain events, some of which also provide Nielsen with the right to terminate the Agreement or statement of work, as applicable.

 

84


Table of Contents

In February 2013, the Company received the requisite lender consents to amend its Senior Secured Credit Agreement to allow for the replacement of its existing class A, B and C term loans with a new class of term loans. The amendment is expected to close during the first quarter of 2013, subject to customary closing conditions, and will be documented in an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

In February 2013, Venezuela devalued its currency by 32%. As the Company has operations in both its Buy and Watch segments in Venezuela, this devaluation will result in a charge of approximately $12 million in the first quarter of 2013 in the foreign exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net line in the consolidated statement of operations.

On May 4, 2013, we signed a definitive agreement to sell Nielsen Business Media Holding Company, our indirect subsidiary, to Expo Event Transco Inc., an affiliate of Onex Corporation, for cash consideration. The transaction closed on June 17, 2013, for a purchase price of $950 million.

Properties

We lease property in approximately 600 locations worldwide. We also own eight properties worldwide, including our offices in Oxford, United Kingdom, Mexico City, Mexico and Sao Paulo, Brazil. Our leased property includes offices in New York, New York, Oldsmar, Florida and Markham, Canada. In addition, we are subject to certain covenants including the requirement that we meet certain conditions in the event we merge into or convey, lease, transfer or sell our properties or assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any person or persons, in one or a series of transactions.

Legal Proceedings

Sunbeam Television Corp. (“Sunbeam”) filed a lawsuit in Federal District Court in Miami, Florida in April 2009. The lawsuit alleged that we violated Federal and Florida state antitrust laws and Florida’s unfair trade practices laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly and abuse our position in the market, and breached our contract with Sunbeam by producing defective ratings data through our sampling methodology. The complaint did not specify the amount of damages sought and also sought declaratory and equitable relief. In January 2011, the U.S. District Court in the Southern District of Florida dismissed all federal and state antitrust claims brought against us by Sunbeam stating that Sunbeam failed to show that any competitor was “willing and able” to enter the local television ratings market in Miami and was excluded from that market by us. The Court also determined that Sunbeam could not prove that the current ratings for Sunbeam’s local station WSVN are less accurate than they would be under a prospective competitor’s methodology. The Court deferred ruling on the remaining ancillary claims, including breach of contract and violation of Florida’s Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act. Subsequent to the court’s decision, Sunbeam voluntarily dismissed with prejudice the remaining claims in the case so that all claims have been dismissed. Sunbeam appealed the court’s dismissal of the antitrust claims. On March 4, 2013, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Judicial Circuit affirmed the lower court’s decision to dismiss the claims. On March 22, 2013, Sunbeam filed a petition for rehearing the case. The petition was denied on May 13, 2013.

We are subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums. Accruals have been recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be determined, we do expect that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

 

85


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The Executive Officers set forth below are responsible for achieving Nielsen’s goals, strategy, policies and results. The supervision of Nielsen’s management and the general course of its affairs and business operations is entrusted to the Supervisory Board, which currently consists of ten members. The officers and directors of Nielsen and their ages as of March 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

David L. Calhoun

     55       Chairman of the Executive Board and Chief Executive Officer

Susan Whiting

     56       Vice Chairperson

Arvin Kash

     70       Vice Chairperson

Mitchell Habib

     52       Chief Operating Officer

Brian J. West

     43       Chief Financial Officer

Itzhak Fisher

     57       Executive Vice President

Jeffrey R. Charlton

     51       Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

James W. Cuminale

     60       Chief Legal Officer

Mary Elizabeth Finn

     52       Chief Human Resources

Dwight M. Barns

     49       President, Global Client Service

Stephen Hasker

     43       President, Global Product Leadership

Supervisory Board Members

     

James A. Attwood, Jr.

     54       Director

Richard J. Bressler

     55       Director

Patrick Healy

     46       Director

Karen Hoguet

     56       Director

James M. Kilts

     65       Director

Alexander Navab

     47       Director

Robert Pozen

     66       Director

Vivek Ranadivé

     54       Director

Robert Reid

     40       Director

Javier Teruel

     62       Director

David L. Calhoun. Mr. Calhoun has been the Chairman of the Executive Board and Chief Executive Officer of The Nielsen Company B.V. since September 2006. Mr. Calhoun has also served as the Chief Executive Officer of Holdings since May 2010 and a director of Holdings since its initial public offering in January 2011 (the “IPO”). Prior to joining Holdings, Mr. Calhoun was a Vice Chairman of the General Electric Company and President and CEO of GE Infrastructure, the largest of GE’s six business segments and comprised of Aviation, Energy, Oil & Gas, Transportation, and Water & Process Technologies, as well as GE’s Commercial Aviation Services and Energy Financial Services businesses. From 2003 until becoming a Vice Chairman of GE and President and CEO of GE Infrastructure in 2005, Mr. Calhoun served as President and CEO of GE Transportation, which is made up of GE’s Aircraft Engines and Rail businesses. Prior to joining Aircraft Engines in July 2000, Mr. Calhoun served as President and CEO of Employers Reinsurance Corporation from 1999 to 2000; President and CEO of GE Lighting from 1997 to 1999; and President and CEO of GE Transportation Systems from 1995 to 1997. From 1994 to 1995, he served as President of GE Plastics for the Pacific region. Mr. Calhoun joined GE upon graduation from Virginia Polytechnic Institute in 1979. Mr. Calhoun serves on the boards of directors of The Boeing Company and Caterpillar Inc.

Susan Whiting. Ms. Whiting has been a Vice Chairperson of The Nielsen Company B.V. since November 2008. Ms. Whiting also serves as a Vice Chairperson of Holdings, a position she has held since the IPO. Ms. Whiting joined Nielsen Media Research in 1978 as part of its management training program. She served in numerous positions with Nielsen Media Research including President, Chief Operating Officer, CEO and Chairman. She was named Executive Vice President of The Nielsen Company in January 2007 with marketing

 

86


Table of Contents

and product leadership responsibilities for all Holdings business units. Ms. Whiting serves on the board of directors of the Ad Council, Denison University, the YMCA of Greater New York, the Trust for Public Land and the Notebaert Nature Museum. During the past five years, Ms. Whiting was a director of Wilmington Trust Corporation and MarkMonitor. She graduated from Denison University with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics.

Mitchell Habib. Mr. Habib has been the Chief Operating Officer of Holdings and The Nielsen Company B.V. since January 1, 2012. Mr. Habib served as the Executive Vice President, Global Business Services of Holdings from the IPO until December 31, 2011. Mr. Habib served as Executive Vice President, Global Business Services of The Nielsen Company B.V., a position he held from March 2007 until December 31, 2011. Prior to joining Nielsen, Mr. Habib was employed by Citigroup as the Chief Information Officer of its North America Consumer Business from September 2005 and prior to that its North America Credit Cards Division from June 2004. Before joining Citigroup, Mr. Habib served as Chief Information Officer for several major divisions of the General Electric Company over a period of seven years.

Arvin Kash. Mr. Kash has been a Vice Chairperson of Holdings and The Nielsen Company B.V. since January 2012. Mr. Kash is the founder of The Cambridge Group, a growth strategy consulting firm, which became a subsidiary of Nielsen in March 2009. He served as its Chairman from December 2010 until December 2011 and prior to that was its Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Kash is a member of the Washington Business Forum and serves on the board of directors of Northwestern Memorial Hospital. He is a graduate of DePaul University.

Brian J. West. Mr. West has been the Chief Financial Officer of The Nielsen Company B.V. since February 2007. Mr. West also serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings, a position he has held since May 2010. Prior to joining Holdings, he was employed by the General Electric Company as the Chief Financial Officer of its GE Aviation division from June 2005. Prior to that, Mr. West held several senior financial management positions within the GE organization, including Chief Financial Officer of its GE Engine Services division, from March 2004, Chief Financial Officer of GE Plastics Lexan, from November 2002, and Chief Financial Officer of its NBC TV Stations division. Mr. West is a veteran of GE’s financial management program and spent more than 16 years with GE. Mr. West is a 1991 graduate from Siena College with a degree in Finance and holds a Masters of Business Administration from Columbia University.

Itzhak Fisher. Mr. Fisher has been the Executive Vice President of Holdings and The Nielsen Company B.V. since the IPO, focusing on the acquisition of new businesses that complement our Watch and Buy strategies. He also serves as Chairman of Pereg Ventures Fund I L.P., a limited partnership focused on investments primarily in marketing, media and advertising related to early stage technology innovations and in which Holdings has committed to make an investment (for more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investment in the Pereg Fund”). Until January 2011, Mr. Fisher served as the Executive Vice President, Global Product Leadership of The Nielsen Company B.V. and had overall responsibility for Holdings’s Online, Telecom, IAG, Claritas and Entertainment businesses as well as Global Measurement Science, positions he has held since November 2008. Prior to this role, Mr. Fisher served as Executive Chairman of Nielsen Online. Prior to joining Holdings’s in 2007, Mr. Fisher was an entrepreneur in high-technology businesses. He was co-founder and chairman of Trendum, a leader in internet search and linguistic analysis technologies and oversaw Trendum’s 2005 acquisition of BuzzMetrics, a market leader in online word-of-mouth research, and Trendum’s 2006 acquisition of Intelliseek. Mr. Fisher holds a Bachelor of Science degree in computer science from the New York Institute of Technology and pursued advanced studies in computer science at New York University.

Jeffrey R. Charlton. Mr. Charlton has been the Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller of The Nielsen Company B.V. since June 2009 and the Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller of Holdings’s since May 2010. Previously, Mr. Charlton had served as Holdings’s Senior Vice President of Corporate Audit since joining the Company in November 2007. Prior to joining Holdings’s, he spent 11 years with the General Electric Company in senior financial management positions, including Senior Vice President Corporate Finance and Controller of NBC Universal. Prior to joining GE, Mr. Charlton was employed by PepsiCo and began his career in 1983 with the public accounting firm of KPMG.

 

87


Table of Contents

James W. Cuminale. Mr. Cuminale has been the Chief Legal Officer of The Nielsen Company B.V. since November 2006. Mr. Cuminale also serves as the Chief Legal Officer of Holdings, a position he has held since the IPO. Prior to joining Holdings, Mr. Cuminale served for over ten years as the Executive Vice President—Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary of PanAmSat Corporation and PanAmSat Holding Corporation. In this role, Mr. Cuminale managed PanAmSat’s legal and regulatory affairs and its ongoing acquisitions and divestitures.

Mary Elizabeth Finn. Ms. Finn has been the Chief Human Resources Officer of The Nielsen Company B.V. and Holdings since March 2011. Ms. Finn joined Holdings in October 2007 as Senior Vice President – Human Resources, Global Leadership Development and in February 2010 was named Senior Vice President – Human Resources for the North America Buy business. Prior to Holdings, Ms. Finn spent 26 years at GE principally in human resource positions. She is a 1982 graduate of Siena College, magna cum laude, with a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance.

Dwight M. Barns. Mr. Barns has been the President, Global Client Service for The Nielsen Company B.V. and Holdings since February 2013. His prior roles with Holdings include President of Holdings’s U.S. Watch business from June 2011 until February 2013, President of Nielsen Greater China from January 2008 until June 2011, President of Holdings’s Consumer Panel Services from March 2007 until January 2008 and President of Holdings’s BASES and Analytic Consulting units from July 2004 through February 2007. He joined Holdings in March 1997 after 12 years with The Procter & Gamble Company. He is a graduate of Miami University in Ohio and the Stanford Executive Program at the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Stephen Hasker. Mr. Hasker has been the President, Global Product Leadership for The Nielsen Company B.V. and Holdings since February 2013. Mr. Hasker joined Holdings in November 2009 and served as President, Global Media Products and Advertiser Solutions until February 2013 where he led Holdings’s TV and digital audience measurement, advertising effectiveness and social media solutions. Mr. Hasker was at McKinsey & Company from July 1998 through October 2009, and served as a partner of the firm in the Global Media, Entertainment and Information practice. Prior to McKinsey, Mr. Hasker spent five years in several financial roles in the U.S., Russia and Australia. Mr. Hasker holds an undergraduate economics degree from the University of Melbourne, has an MBA and a Masters in International Affairs both with honors from Columbia University and is a member of the Australian Institute of Chartered Accountants.

James A. Attwood, Jr. Mr. Attwood has been a non-executive director of Holdings since June 2006. Mr. Attwood has also served as a member of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since July 28, 2006. Mr. Attwood is a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group and Head of the Global Telecommunications and Media Group. Prior to joining The Carlyle Group in 2000, Mr. Attwood was with Verizon Communications, Inc. and GTE Corporation. Prior to GTE, he was with Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Attwood serves as a member of the boards of directors of Syniverse Holdings, Inc., Getty Images and CoreSite Realty Corporation. Mr. Attwood graduated summa cum laude from Yale University with a B.A. in applied mathematics and an M.A. in statistics and received both J.D. and M.B.A. degrees from Harvard University.

Richard J. Bressler. Mr. Bressler has been a non-executive director of Holdings since the IPO. Mr. Bressler has also served as a member of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since July 28, 2006. Mr. Bressler joined Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. as a Managing Director in 2006. From May 2001 through 2005, Mr. Bressler was Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Viacom Inc. Before joining Viacom, Mr. Bressler was Executive Vice President of AOL Time Warner Inc. and Chief Executive Officer of AOL Time Warner Investments. Prior to that, Mr. Bressler served in various capacities with Time Warner Inc., including as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Time Warner Digital Media and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Time Warner Inc. Before joining Time Warner Inc., Mr. Bressler was a partner with Ernst & Young. Mr. Bressler serves on the boards of directors of Gartner, Inc. and CC Media Holdings, Inc. and during the past five years has been a director of American Media Operations, Inc. and Warner Music Group. Mr. Bressler is also a Board Observer for Univision Communications, Inc. In addition, he served

 

88


Table of Contents

as Chairman for the Center for Communication Board and served on the Duke University Fuqua School of Business Board of Visitors, New School University Board of Trustees, the J.P. Morgan Chase National Advisory Board and the Columbia University School of Arts Deans’ Council. Mr. Bressler holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from Adelphi University.

Patrick Healy. Mr. Healy has been a non-executive director of Holdings since June 2006. Mr. Healy has also served as a member of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since June 13, 2006. Mr. Healy is Deputy CEO of Hellman & Friedman LLC. He is a member of the firm’s Investment Committee and leads the firm’s London office and international activities. Prior to joining Hellman & Friedman in 1994, Mr. Healy was employed by James D. Wolfensohn Incorporated and Consolidated Press Holdings in Australia. Mr. Healy is currently a director of Securitas Direct (through Verisure Topholding AB), Wood Mackenzie (through H&F Nugent I Limited) and Gaztransport et Technigaz S.A.S. During the past five years he has been a director of Mondrian Investment Partners Ltd. and Gartmore Investment Management Limited. Mr. Healy graduated from Harvard College and earned an MBA from the Harvard Business School.

Karen M. Hoguet. Ms. Hoguet has been a non-executive director of Holdings since the IPO. Ms. Hoguet has also served as a member of The Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since November 18, 2010. She has been the Chief Financial Officer of Macy’s Inc. since February 2009; she previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Macy’s from June 2005 to February 2009. Ms. Hoguet served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Macy’s from October 1997 to June 2005. Ms. Hoguet graduated from Brown University and earned an MBA from Harvard Business School.

James M. Kilts. Mr. Kilts has been a non-executive director and Chairman of the Board of Holdings since the IPO. Mr. Kilts has also served as a member of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since November 23, 2006 and has served as Chairman of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since May 21, 2009. Mr. Kilts is a founding partner of Centerview Capital, whose affiliates invest in the Company and its majority shareholder, Valcon Acquisition Holding (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. Prior to joining Centerview Capital, Mr. Kilts was Vice Chairman of the Board of The Procter & Gamble Company. Mr. Kilts was formerly Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of The Gillette Company before the company’s merger with Procter & Gamble in October 2005. Prior to Gillette, Mr. Kilts had served at different times as President and Chief Executive Officer of Nabisco, Executive Vice President of the Worldwide Food Group of Philip Morris, President of Kraft USA and Oscar Mayer, President of Kraft Limited in Canada, and Senior Vice President of Kraft International. A graduate of Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, Mr. Kilts earned a Masters of Business Administration degree from the University of Chicago. Mr. Kilts is currently a member of the boards of directors of Metropolitan Life Insurance Co., MeadWestvaco Corporation and Pfizer Inc. He is also a member of the Board of Overseers of Weill Cornell Medical College. Mr. Kilts serves on the Board of Trustees of Knox College and the University of Chicago and is a member of the Advisory Council of the University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Alexander Navab. Mr. Navab has been a non-executive director of Holdings since June 2006. Mr. Navab has also served as a member of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since June 13, 2006. Since October 2009, Mr. Navab has been a member of KKR Management LLC, the general partner of KKR & Co. L.P. (prior to that, he was a member of KKR & Co. L.L.C., the general partner of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.), where he is co-head of North American Private Equity and heads the Media and Communications Industry Team. Prior to joining KKR in 1993, Mr. Navab was with James D. Wolfensohn Incorporated and prior to that he was with Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Navab is currently a director of Visant and Weld North. Mr. Navab received a B.A. with Honors, Phi Beta Kappa, from Columbia College and an M.B.A. with High Distinction from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

Robert Pozen. Mr. Pozen has been a non-executive director of Holdings since the IPO. Mr. Pozen has also served as a member of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since May 1, 2010. Since January 1, 2012, Mr. Pozen serves as a consultant to MFS Investment Management. From July 1, 2010 through December 31,

 

89


Table of Contents

2011, he was Chairman Emeritus of MFS Investment Management. Prior to that, he was Chairman of MFS Investment Management since February 2004. He previously was Secretary of Economic Affairs for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in 2003. Mr. Pozen was also the John Olin Visiting Professor, Harvard Law School from 2002-2004 and the chairman of the SEC Advisory Committee on Improvements to Financial Reporting from 2007-2008. From 1987 through 2001, Mr. Pozen worked for Fidelity Investments in various jobs, serving as President of Fidelity Management and Research Co. from 1997 through 2001. He is currently a director of Medtronic, Inc., a director of AMC, a subsidiary of the International Finance Corporation, and he was a director of BCE, Inc. until February 2009. He is a senior lecturer at Harvard Business School, a senior fellow of the Brookings Institution, an advisor to Gelesis, a private biotech company, and a director of three non-profit organizations: the Commonwealth Fund, Management Sciences for Health and the Harvard Neuro-Discovery Center.

Vivek Ranadivé. Mr. Ranadivé has been a non-executive director of Holdings and a member of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since July 26, 2012. He has been the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of TIBCO Software Inc. (“TIBCO”) since its inception in 1997. Mr. Ranadivé founded Teknekron Software Systems, Inc., TIBCO’s predecessor, in 1985. Prior to founding TIBCO, Mr. Ranadivé was president and founder of a UNIX consulting company. Previously, he held management and engineering positions with Ford Motor Company, M/A-Com Linkabit and Fortune Systems. Mr. Ranadivé is a frequent presenter on such topics as the future of integration, enabling real-time business and unleashing the power of information across enterprises to become more competitive. Mr. Ranadivé earned an MBA from Harvard Business School, where he was a Baker Scholar. He received both a Master’s and Bachelor’s Degree in Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Robert Reid. Mr. Reid has been a non-executive director of Holdings since the IPO. Mr. Reid has also served as a member of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since September 22, 2009. Mr. Reid is a Senior Managing Director in the Corporate Private Equity group at The Blackstone Group. Prior to joining Blackstone in 1998, Mr. Reid worked at the Investment Banking Division at Morgan Stanley & Co. Mr. Reid is a director of ICS Group. Mr. Reid received an AB in Economics from Princeton University where he graduated magna cum laude.

Javier G. Teruel. Mr. Teruel has been a non-executive director of Holdings since the IPO. Mr. Teruel has also served as a member of the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since August 13, 2010. He is a Partner of Spectron Desarrollo, SC, an investment management and consulting firm; Retired Vice Chairman (2004 to 2007) of Colgate-Palmolive Company (consumer products), with which he served in positions of increasing importance since 1971, including as Executive Vice President responsible for Asia, Central Europe, Africa and Hill’s Pet Nutrition, as Vice President of Body Care in Global Business Development in New York, as President and General Manager of Colgate-Mexico, as President of Colgate-Europe, and as Chief Growth Officer responsible for the company’s growth functions. He has served as a director of Starbucks Corporation since 2005 and JCPenney since 2008. He served as a director of the Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. from 2007 to 2010.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Supervisory Board established and maintains an Audit Committee through which it has authorized designated members of the Board to act.

In general, the Audit Committee, consisting of Messrs. Pozen and Teruel and Ms. Hoguet, with Ms. Hoguet serving as Chairman, recommends the appointment of an external auditor and oversees the work of the external and internal audit functions, provides compliance oversight, establishes auditing policies, discusses the results of the annual audit, critical accounting policies, significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements and related matters with the external auditor and reviews earnings press releases and financial information provided to analysts and ratings agencies. The Supervisory Board has determined that each of Messrs. Pozen and Teruel and Ms. Hoguet is qualified as an audit

 

90


Table of Contents

committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC regulations. The Supervisory Board has determined that each of Messrs. Pozen and Teruel and Ms. Hoguet meets the definition of “independent director” under the NYSE listing rules, Rule 10A-3(b)(i) of the Exchange Act and the categorical standards of director independence under Holdings’ Corporate Governance Guidelines.

Code of Conduct and Procedures for Reporting Concerns about Misconduct

Holdings maintains a Code of Conduct and Procedures for Reporting Concerns about Misconduct (the “Code of Conduct”), which is applicable to all of its directors, officers and employees who act for it. The Code of Conduct sets forth our policies and expectations on a number of topics, including conflicts of interest, compliance with laws and ethical conduct. Holdings will promptly disclose to its shareholders, if required by applicable laws, any waivers of the Code of Conduct granted to officers by posting such information on our website rather than by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K.

The Code of Ethics may be found on our website at www.nielsen.com/investors under Governance Documents.

Executive Compensation

The following discusses the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers of Holdings for 2012. We refer to these individuals as the “Named Executive Officers” of Holdings.

Compensation Discussion & Analysis

Executive Summary

Holdings provides a comprehensive understanding of what consumers buy and watch. It is a leading global provider of information and insights with a presence in over 100 countries.

Business Performance

Holdings has delivered resilient business performance with sustained growth in results over the last three years. Growth over last year on a constant currency* basis was: Revenue 4%, Adjusted EBITDA 6% and normalized free cash flow 15%.

 

LOGO

 

91


Table of Contents

Normalized Free Cash Flow of Holdings

 

($ in millions)    2010     2011     2012  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 543      $ 641      $ 784   

Capital expenditures

     (334     (367     (358

Free Cash Flow

   $ 209      $ 274      $ 426   

Sponsor termination fees

     —          102        —     

Normalized Free Cash Flow

   $ 209      $ 376      $ 426   

 

* Holdings calculates constant currency percentages by converting our prior-period local currency financial results using the current period foreign currency exchange rates and comparing these adjusted amounts to our current period reported results. See pages 45 and 46 of the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 previously filed with the SEC for the reconciliation of the revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth on a constant currency basis.
** Holdings defines Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss from our consolidated statements of operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring charges, goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges, stock-based compensation expense and other non-operating items from our consolidated statements of operations as well as certain other items considered unusual or non-recurring in nature. For a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA, see pages 38 and 39 of Holdings’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.
*** Holdings defines normalized free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures and sponsor termination fees incurred in 2011.

Strategic Initiatives

 

LOGO

Invest in expansion of coverage

to measure and understand consumers globally.

   

LOGO

Deploy solutions to reach and measure audiences and their media behavior.

   

LOGO

Enable more precise advertising placement and campaign effectiveness metrics.

BUY     WATCH     BUY AND WATCH

Progress on Strategic Initiatives in 2012

The management team of Holdings has established three strategic initiatives described above, which are important to the ongoing success of Holdings. In support of these initiatives, throughout 2012 Holdings:

 

   

Continued to expand our measurement of what consumers buy in developing markets such as Africa, China and India, and enhanced our U.S. retail coverage and analytical opportunities significantly through the addition of retail sales information from Walmart and Sam’s Club. These accomplishments drove incremental revenue growth in our Buy business.

 

   

Enhanced our television audience measurement for the U.S. market by capturing more forms of content viewing such as video on demand, online video and connected devices, and became the designated TV audience measurement provider in more international markets, expanding our coverage to 32 countries.

 

   

Negotiated an acquisition agreement with Arbitron Inc. which will increase Nielsen’s coverage of U.S. consumer media behavior by approximately 20%.

 

   

Expanded our advertising effectiveness solutions to encompass TV, online, mobile and social platforms, and drove positive gains in marketing efficiency for our clients.

 

92


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation Overview

Nielsen’s CEO, CFO and three next most highly compensated officers (the “Named Executive Officers, or NEOs”) are:

 

   

David Calhoun—Chief Executive Officer

 

   

Mitchell Habib—Chief Operating Officer

 

   

Brian West—Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Susan Whiting—Vice Chair

 

   

James Cuminale—Chief Legal Officer

Nielsen’s executive compensation program is designed to incent and reward our leadership team to deliver sustained financial performance and long-term shareholder value.

Our pay for performance philosophy balances quantitative assessment of business financial performance with qualitative assessment of individual contributions to our core business objectives.

A significant portion of executive compensation is at-risk ; dependent on the achievement of challenging annual performance targets, progress on strategic initiatives, including diversity, and the delivery of long-term returns to shareholders.

Our compensation programs reflect our transition from private equity ownership (2006) to public ownership initiated by our initial public offering in 2011. For 2013 we have strengthened the correlation between executive compensation, shareholder value and long-term performance, increased the proportion of pay delivered in equity and introduced performance vesting on a substantial portion of long-term equity.

 

93


Table of Contents

Elements of Executive Compensation

 

2012

       

Purpose

 

Features

 

2013 Changes

Annual Base Salary

  Attract and retain exceptional talent   Market competitive   No changes

Annual Incentive

  Motivate executives to accomplish short-term business performance goals which contribute to long- term business objectives  

Baseline incentive opportunity is funded subject to performance against an annual Operating Plan EBITDA* growth target

Discretion to reduce incentive awards by up to 30% if free cash flow targets are not met Performance at 90% of growth target triggers 70% funding

At 7% Operating Plan EBITDA growth over prior year, plan funds at 100%

 

25% of the 2013 cash incentive, payable in 2014, will be delivered in “Incentive Restricted Shares” that will vest in two equal annual installments

In future years, a similar proportion of the Annual Incentive will be delivered in “Incentive

Restricted Shares” to increase the portion of total compensation delivered as equity

Payouts are capped at 200% of target

Long-term Incentive (LTI)   Focus executives on long-term share performance and align with shareholder return and key long-term growth metrics
  Stock Options   Alignment with long-term shareholder return  

Four year time-vested options

100% of CEO LTI value

75% of other NEO LTI value

 

Reduced to 50% of LTI value for CEO

Reduced to 25% of LTI value for other NEOs

  RSU Awards   Alignment with long-term shareholder return and retention  

Four year time-vested RSUs

25% of other NEO award value

  No change to vesting or percentage of LTI value Dividends will accrue during the vesting period and be paid in additional shares upon vesting
  Performance Shares   Alignment with long-term shareholder return   Performance share plan with payout subject to achievement of cumulative three-year performance goals (relative total shareholder return; free cash flow)  

Introduced in 2013. 50% of LTI value

Dividends will not accrue on unearned performance shares

Payouts are capped at 200% of target

Health and Welfare Plans, Perquisites   Promote wellness and avoid distractions caused by unforeseen health/financial problems  

Health and Welfare plans generally available to other employees

De minimis financial planning, and health exams

  No changes

 

* Operating Plan EBITDA differs from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA presented in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 previously filed with the SEC because it excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. For the purposes of performance management, we value local currency results at a fixed operating plan rate established at the beginning of the year.

 

94


Table of Contents

CEO and Other NEO Pay Mix and Pay at Risk

 

2012

  2013: PROJECTED CHANGES*
LOGO   LOGO
LOGO   LOGO

 

* 2012 values are used to show true impact of 2013 structural changes.

 

    

Element of Total Direct Compensation

   2012     2013  

CEO

   Proportion of pay subject to specific quantitative performance      31     59
   Proportion of pay delivered in the form of equity      55     64
   Proportion of pay at risk      86     87

NEOs

   Proportion of pay subject to specific quantitative performance      34     56
   Proportion of pay delivered in the form of equity      42     50
   Proportion of pay at risk      76     76

Compensation Highlights

Realizable Pay And Performance

The realizable pay earned by the Named Executive Officers in 2011 and 2012, outlined in the table below, is reasonable when compared with our business performance (as outlined under “—Executive Summary—Business Performance”) which delivered 3% total shareholder return over the same period.

Our definition of realizable pay is:

 

   

actual base salary in each year;

 

   

actual earned cash incentives in each year;

 

95


Table of Contents
   

intrinsic value (share price minus exercise price) of equity awards vesting in each year using the share price on December 31 in each year; and

 

   

other compensation as outlined under “—Summary Compensation Table.”

The table below presents the realizable pay for each of our Named Executive Officers in the period stated.

 

     Realizable Pay     Total Compensation In Summary
Compensation Table*
 

Name

   2011 ($)      2012 ($)      Percent Increase/
(Decrease)
    2012 ($)      Percent Variance
to 2012 Realizable Pay
 

David Calhoun

   $ 12,874,922       $ 13,191,630         2.5   $ 13,925,289         5.6

Mitchell Habib

     3,679,931         3,729,550         1.3     4,366,200         17.1

Brian West

     3,351,303         3,131,162         (6.6 %)      3,884,200         24.0

Susan Whiting

     3,061,960         2,703,459         (11.7 %)      2,988,659         10.5

James Cuminale

     2,527,994         2,402,715         (5.0 %)      2,855,992         18.9

 

* Excluding change in pension value

A significant portion of realizable pay is at risk depending on market conditions. It is different from the amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table (as outlined under “—Executive Summary—Business Performance”) which uses the accounting value at the date of grant to value stock options and other stock-based awards.

Compensation Practices

We require our Named Executive Officers to hold a significant amount of Nielsen stock (as outlined under “—2012 Total Direct Compensation Decisions—Share Ownership Guidelines”). Share ownership guidelines were extended to all executives who are direct reports to the CEO effective January 1, 2013.

Our policies prohibit hedging of shares. Our policies also prohibit pledging of share-based awards and shares subject to stock ownership guidelines.

Our Compensation Committee assesses business performance and executive pay using peer group and other market data provided by its independent executive compensation consultant. It uses a framework to assess risk and designs its compensation programs so that they do not encourage imprudent risk-taking. All pay decisions impacting our Named Executive Officers are reviewed and approved by the Independent Sub-Committee of the Compensation Committee.

Base salaries for NEOs are typically reviewed in 24-month cycles. Mr. Calhoun’s base salary has remained the same for the last four years.

We have introduced the following changes in recent years to strengthen the correlation between pay and performance and to align awards with long-term shareholder value creation:

 

   

A clawback policy provides for recoupment of incentive awards (in the event of malfeasance on the part of the executive, financial restatement as a result of the malfeasance, and where the award would have been materially lower as a result of the restatement). The policy is shown under “—Other Policies and Guidelines—Clawback Policy”

 

   

Up to 25% of the 2013 annual cash incentive payable in 2014 will be awarded in restricted shares that vest annually over two years

 

   

Prospective increases in total direct compensation for named executive officers will be substantially in the form of long- term equity incentives

 

96


Table of Contents
   

At least 50% of the value of future long-term incentive awards will be subject to performance vesting conditions

 

   

Perquisites are de minimus. Tax gross-ups on perquisites were eliminated in 2011

Pay Decisions

We take into account the following factors:

 

   

Nielsen financial performance;

 

   

Market benchmarks (our benchmarking process is described under “—Compensation Practices and Governance—Benchmarking”); and

 

   

Qualitative and quantitative assessment of individual performance.

Compensation Practices and Governance

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for the design of the executive compensation program. An Independent Sub-Committee of the Compensation Committee comprising Javier Teruel and Karen Hoguet approves pay decisions and incentive target setting and certification of attainment of targets relating to Section 16 Officers in order that the performance-based pay we provide to our Named Executive Officers is exempt from the $1,000,000 deduction limit applicable under the Section 162 (m) of the Code.

The Compensation Committee regularly reviews the philosophy and goals of the executive compensation program and assesses the effectiveness of compensation practices and processes. The Compensation Committee sets performance goals and assesses performance against these goals. The Committee considers the recommendations and market data provided by its independent consultant as well as the judgment of Mr. Calhoun on the performance of his direct reports. The CEO does not participate in the Compensation Committee discussion regarding his compensation. The Compensation Committee makes its decisions based on its assessment of Nielsen performance against goals as well as on its judgment as to what is in the best interests of Nielsen and its shareholders.

The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee are described more fully in its charter, which is available in the Corporate Governance page of our website at www.nielsen.com/investors under Corporation Information: Governance Documents: Compensation Committee Charter.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our Compensation Committee has served as one of our officers or employees at any time. Except as otherwise disclosed in this prospectus, no member of the Compensation Committee has had any relationship with Nielsen requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. None of our executive officers has served as a director, or member of the Compensation Committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function), of an organization that has an executive officer also serving as a member of our Board or Compensation Committee.

Independent Compensation Consultant

Effective October 25, 2012, the Compensation Committee retained Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (Meridian) as its compensation consultant, succeeding Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (Cook). Meridian has provided market benchmarks and perspective on executive and independent director compensation including peer group analysis, long-term performance-based equity plans, risk assessment and clawback policies. Meridian and its affiliates did not provide any services to Nielsen or its affiliates in 2012 other than executive and director

 

97


Table of Contents

compensation consulting. Discussions between Meridian and Nielsen management are limited to those necessary to complete work on behalf of the Committee.

The Compensation Committee retained Cook from January 1, 2012 to October 25, 2012 to provide perspective on executive compensation levels, equity usage and dilution ranges, long-term incentive grant guidelines and independent director deferred compensation arrangements. Cook and its affiliates did not provide any other services to Nielsen and its affiliates.

Prior to selecting Meridian, the Compensation Committee confirmed that Meridian and the lead consultant proposed for Nielsen satisfied the six independence factors for executive consultants described in SEC Independence Standards and NYSE listing rules. The Committee noted that Meridian’s lead compensation consultant for Nielsen is also the lead compensation consultant for Caterpillar Inc. where Mr. Calhoun serves as an independent Director and as a member of the Compensation Committee. In light of the Committee’s selection decision, Mr. Calhoun recused himself from any decisions relating to the selection and remuneration of Meridian at Caterpillar.

The work performed by Meridian and Cook in 2012 did not raise any conflict of interest issues.

Benchmarking

The Compensation Committee uses a peer group of companies, selected for their business relevance and size appropriateness to Nielsen, as one of many considerations when making executive compensation pay decisions. To account for differences in the size of our peer group companies, the market data are statistically adjusted to allow for valid comparisons to similarly sized companies. The peer group information may also be supplemented by general industry survey data selected by Meridian to provide reasonable benchmarks for a company of Nielsen’s size and business type.

Following a study and recommendation from Meridian, the Committee modified the peer group to improve its effectiveness as a benchmark. The Committee noted that the current peer group was relatively small (12 companies) and that Nielsen was large in terms of revenue and market capitalization in relation to the peer group. The modifications address both issues. The 2012 peer group and the new 2013 peer group are listed below:

 

2012 PEER GROUP

 

2013 PEER GROUP

DirectTV

  Solera Holdings   Alliance Data Systems Corp   Interpublic Group of Companies

Dun & Bradstreet

  Thomson-Reuters Corp.   Automatic Data Processing   McGraw-Hill Companies

Equifax Inc.

  Verisk Analytics Inc.   DirectTV   Moody’s Corp.

FactSet

    Dun & Bradstreet   Omnicom Group

Fiserv Inc.

   

Equifax Inc.

  Salesforce.com

Gartner Inc.

   

Experian plc

  Teradata Corp.

IHS Inc.

    Fiserv Inc.   Thomson-Reuters Corp

McGraw-Hill Companies

   

Gartner Inc.

  Verisk Analytics Inc.

MSCI

    IHS Inc.  

Say on Pay

Nielsen received 90% approval of its say on pay resolution last year. Notwithstanding this high level of support, the Committee reviewed reports on Nielsen’s executive compensation program from Institutional Investor Services (ISS) and with advice from its compensation consultant developed an action plan to address certain key issues. The action plan completed in 2012 included the following:

 

   

Introduce a performance element into future long-term equity grants commencing 2013

 

   

Introduce a clawback policy

 

   

Provide enhanced disclosure in the CD&A of the performance foundation of pay decisions

 

98


Table of Contents

Consideration of Risk

The Committee conducted a risk assessment of Nielsen’s 2012 pay practices which included the review of a report from the compensation consultant. The Committee concluded that Nielsen pay programs are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Nielsen, its business and its value. Specifically, the Committee noted the following:

 

   

Programs are appropriately balanced between short-term and long-term, and between fixed and variable rewards

 

   

Nielsen’s annual incentive design mitigates compensation risk by using Operating Plan EBITDA, a company-wide financial metric, to fund an incentive pool that is distributed on the basis of quantitative and qualitative assessment of divisional and individual performance and approved by the Committee

 

   

Nielsen’s long-term incentive comprises options and RSUs and will include performance vesting equity in 2013 for the executive group. Overlapping vesting periods keep management exposed, through shareholding, to the risks of their decision-making until the business risks associated with performance are likely realized

 

   

Executives are required to maintain significant levels of share ownership

 

   

Clawback, hedging and pledging prohibitions and share ownership requirements mitigate compensation-related risk

 

   

Qualitative assessments of business results mitigate risk in pay decisions

2012 Total Direct Compensation Decisions

Annual Base Salaries

Base salary is the only fixed component of our executive officers’ compensation. The Compensation Committee considers market benchmarks supplied by its compensation consultant to ensure that base salaries are competitive in the marketplace and are serving their purpose to attract and retain top talent.

The Compensation Committee considers executive officers for salary increases generally in 24 month intervals and plans to deliver future increases in pay substantially in the form of long-term equity.

Although Mr. Calhoun’s last base salary increase was in 2008, the Compensation Committee decided to continue its primary focus on Mr. Calhoun’s annual performance incentives and on long-term equity awards. It therefore did not increase Mr. Calhoun’s base salary in 2012.

In December 2011, the Compensation Committee considered Mr. Cuminale for a base salary increase in light of his expanded responsibilities in the areas of new business development and corporate governance post-IPO. As a result, Mr. Cuminale’s base salary was increased from $625,000 to $700,000 effective January 1, 2012.

The remaining NEOs received increases to base salaries in 2011, so the Committee did not increase their base salaries in 2012.

Annual Incentive Plan

The purpose of the annual incentive plan is to motivate executives to accomplish short-term business performance goals and contribute to long-term business objectives. The plan is approved by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of each year and is intended to satisfy the performance pay exemption under Section 162 (m) of the Code.

Payouts under the plan are based on the plan funding formula and each NEO’s performance assessment. The plan funding is determined based on Operating Plan EBITDA* growth. (See footnote below for the definition).

 

99


Table of Contents

The performance of each NEO is assessed taking into account his or her effectiveness in executing performance objectives and operating plans as well as his or her leadership. Named Executive Officers who are assessed as performing highly receive higher payouts relative to their opportunity. The total incentive awards cannot exceed the amount of the incentive fund. Generally 11% of the incentive fund is paid to Named Executive Officers.

The target incentive opportunity for each NEO in 2012 is their prior year payout.

Plan Funding Formula

Each year the Compensation Committee approves a target incentive fund and the performance targets and thresholds that govern payouts.

 

   

The target incentive fund is substantially the equivalent of the payout made in the prior year

 

   

Performance targets are set in relation to the growth of Operating Plan EBITDA performance from prior year and in relation to our 2012 Operating Plan EBITDA target. Achievement of our 2012 Operating Plan EBITDA target required a growth of 8% from 2011 and, if achieved, would fund the incentive pool at 108%.

 

   

The Committee believes that growth in annual Operating Plan EBITDA is highly correlated to the creation of shareholder value. This metric is an effective measure of executives’ contribution to short-term company performance

 

   

The 2012 Operating Plan EBITDA achievement was $1,594 million, representing 6% growth over prior year. Consequently the incentive fund was funded at 95% of target—the equivalent of approximately 5% reduction from the 2011 funding level

 

   

The annual incentive formula and funding calculation are set out in the table below:

 

2012 ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

OPERATING PLAN EBITDA * ($ in millions)

   % Increase Over 2011     Funding Percentage  

Threshold (90% of growth target): 1,466

     -3     70

1,508

     0     76

1,596

     6     96

1,613

     7     100

Target: 1,629

     8     108

Actual: 1,594

     6     95

 

* Operating Plan EBITDA differs from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA presented in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 previously filed with the SEC because it excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. For the purposes of performance management we value local currency results at a fixed operating plan rate established at the beginning of the year. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss from our consolidated statements of operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring charges, goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges, stock-based compensation expense and other non-operating items from our consolidated statements of operations as well as certain other items considered unusual or non-recurring in nature.

 

   

Before approving the incentive plan funding, the Compensation Committee assesses the Company’s free cash flow performance against annual plan objectives. The Committee has discretion to reduce the fund by up to 30% if free cash flow falls short of objectives. There is no discretion to increase the fund in the event that free cash flow performance exceeds objectives. The Committee reviewed the Company’s free cash flow performance (as shown under “—Executive Summary—Business Performance—Free Cash Flow”) and assessed that it substantially met objectives.

 

100


Table of Contents

CEO Performance Assessment

The Compensation Committee used the following framework to assess Mr. Calhoun’s performance.

 

PERFORMANCE ELEMENT

  

ASSESSMENT

Quantitative

Financial

  

Revenue grew 4% vs. 2011 on a constant currency basis Adjusted EBITDA grew 6% vs. 2011 on a constant currency basis

Normalized Free Cash Flow grew 15% vs. 2011 on a constant currency basis

Qualitative

Strategic objectives

  

Expansion of measurement of what consumers buy in developing markets—Africa, China and India Enhanced U.S. retail coverage and analytical opportunities through addition of retail sales information from Walmart and Sam’s Club Expanded television audience measurement for the U.S. market by capturing more forms of content viewing such as video on demand and connected devices, and became the designated TV audience measurement provider in more international markets, expanding our coverage to 32 countries

Negotiated an acquisition agreement with Arbitron Inc. which will increase Nielsen’s coverage of U.S. consumer media behavior by approximately 20%

More advertisers, agencies and media clients adopted our digital display and video measurement solutions Expanded advertising effectiveness solutions to encompass TV, online, mobile and social platforms, and drove positive gains in marketing efficiency for our clients

Input from Board and CEO

Direct Reports

  

De-risked and deleveraged the balance sheet and continued leadership in transitioning company toward greater public ownership

Continued investment and focus on leadership development and increasing depth of direct report succession

Other NEO Performance Assessment

Mr. Calhoun makes pay recommendations for his direct reports after quantifying their performance against individual objectives set at the beginning of the year and their contribution to Nielsen’s financial performance and strategic objectives. He also considers the quality of the results delivered using a framework that quantifies the performance of each individual relative to his/her peers on factors such as leadership, Nielsen values, and degree of challenge. This qualitative assessment helps manage risk and better differentiates rewards for exceptional leaders.

The Compensation Committee considered the following performance factors in 2012 for our Named Executive Officers:

Mitchell Habib

Chief Operating Officer

 

   

Mr. Habib’s Global Business Services function delivered significant productivity, exceeding expectations, and delivered expense budget 2% better than plan. This result contributed significantly to the company’s Adjusted EBITDA performance in 2012

 

   

Continuing technological and engineering innovation to drive the deployment of measurement solutions in the Watch business

 

101


Table of Contents
   

Leadership of coverage expansion initiatives in developing countries—Africa, India and China—and technology contribution to the U.S. Walmart service offering

 

   

Leadership of European restructuring initiative

Brian West

Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Leadership of Entertainment and Exposition business lines to deliver on-target performance in a challenging market. The Entertainment business exceeded its Adjusted EBITDA plan by 3%. The Expo business delivered Adjusted EBITDA close to plan, representing 8% growth over 2011. The Committee noted that this accomplishment was in addition to his CFO responsibilities

 

   

Leadership in enhancing Nielsen’s debt leverage and cash position, including extending term loan maturities of $1.2 billion and refinancing $800 million of debt at a favorable rate of 4.5%

 

   

Contribution to the negotiation and signing of the Arbitron agreement

 

   

The Committee noted in particular his leadership of investor relations and talent development results

Susan Whiting

Vice Chair

 

   

Leadership in enhancing Nielsen’s influence and brand with clients, industry associations and regulatory bodies

 

   

Leadership in strengthening Nielsen’s industry-leading privacy policies

 

   

Progress in advancing Nielsen’s Diversity and Inclusion agenda. The Committee noted in particular Ms. Whiting’s leadership of the External Advisory Councils and of the supplier diversity initiative

 

   

Leadership of Nielsen’s Corporate Responsibility strategy. The establishment of Nielsen Cares and the overwhelming success of Nielsen’s first Global Impact Day

James Cuminale

Chief Legal Officer

 

   

Critical role in business development and leadership in the negotiation and closing of acquisitions during 2012, including a new relationship with IBOPE in Latin America and his leadership in reaching the agreement to acquire Arbitron

 

   

The Committee noted in particular his leadership in enhancing corporate governance and his strong impact on ensuring the integrity of Nielsen’s business practices across the globe with the strengthening of the Corporate Ombudsman role

2012 Incentive Awards

Based on its performance assessments above and the funding of the plan, described above, the Compensation Committee made the following incentive awards to the Named Executive Officers for 2012 performance.

 

Name

   Target $      Payout %     Payout $  

David Calhoun

   $ 3,750,000         97   $ 3,650,000   

Mitchell Habib

     1,600,000         100        1,600,000   

Brian West

     1,350,000         100        1,350,000   

Susan Whiting

     950,000         100        950,000   

James Cuminale

     875,000         103        900,000   

 

102


Table of Contents

The 2012 incentive awards to the Named Executive Officers represent approximately 11% of the annual incentive fund.

Long-term Incentives (LTI)

The purposes of the long-term incentive awards are to focus executives on long-term sustainable performance and to align executive rewards with long-term returns delivered to shareholders. Currently, all long-term incentives are delivered in equity-based awards.

2010 Plan

Equity-based awards are made to executives, other employees and directors pursuant to the 2010 Plan. In making decisions regarding 2012 equity awards, the Compensation Committee considered it important to increase the proportion of total pay delivered in the form of long-term equity. In addition, the Compensation Committee considered award guidelines derived by management from general industry median market benchmarks provided by its compensation consultant; total direct compensation; market benchmark data, prior year award values; and an assessment of each executive’s individual performance.

The Compensation Committee believes that stock options provide a powerful incentive for executives to focus on long-term performance and increase shareholder value, and provided 100% of Mr. Calhoun’s award in stock options and approximately 75% of the values of the awards for other Named Executive Officers in stock options. For the Named Executive Officers other than the CEO, the Compensation Committee provided 25% of the value of the long-term incentive awards in RSUs to enhance the retention value of the equity awards. Both options and RSUs vest over four years in equal annual installments.

This information is included under “—Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2012” table.

2006 Plan

Prior to 2011, equity awards were made under the 2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan for Key Employees of Nielsen Holdings N.V. and its Subsidiaries, as amended and restated (the “2006 Plan”). Under the terms of the 2006 Plan, executives made a personal investment in the Company through the purchase of Nielsen stock and in return received a significant grant of stock options.

The personal investments made by our NEOs were as follows:

 

   

Mr. Calhoun $20,000,000 on 11/22/2006

 

   

Mr. Cuminale $3,000,000 on 2/2/2007

 

   

Mr. Habib $1,750,000 on 3/21/2007

 

   

Mr. West $1,250,000 on 3/21/2007

 

   

Ms. Whiting $1,000,000 on 2/2/2007

During the period 2006–2010 there were no regular annual equity grants but there were grants of options made to Messrs. Calhoun, West and Cuminale in 2010 and grants of RSUs made to Ms. Whiting in 2007 and to Mr. Habib in 2009. The remaining unvested options under the 2006 Plan will vest on December 31, 2013, if the executive is employed by the company on this date.

Awards granted under the 2006 Plan were subject to restrictions on sale until the closing of a secondary offering which occurred in March 2012. Amendments to the 2006 Plan in 2011 lifted the sale restrictions in three installments following the closing of the secondary offering which had the effect of lifting sales restrictions by January 1, 2013, by which time robust share ownership guidelines (described below) were in place to align executives’ rewards closely with the long-term returns delivered to shareholders.

 

103


Table of Contents

Share Ownership Guidelines

To ensure strong alignment of executive interests with the long-term interests of shareholders, executives and independent directors are required to accumulate and maintain a meaningful level of stock ownership in the Company. The guidelines were adopted in June 2011.

All Named Executive Officers currently meet the guidelines.

The independent directors are expected to meet the guidelines within five years from the date of adoption in June 2011.**

The table below presents the guidelines and the minimum and actual share ownership for each of our Named Executive Officers and independent directors.

 

     NEOs  

Name

   Guideline    Guideline Shares      Share Ownership*  

Mr. Calhoun

   6 x salary      305,000         1,250,000   

Mr. Habib

   3 x salary      82,000         94,511   

Mr. West

   3 x salary      80,000         90,844   

Ms. Whiting

   3 x salary      89,000         89,000   

Mr. Cuminale

   3 x salary      59,000         187,500   

 

     INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS  

Name

   Guideline    Guideline Shares      Share Ownership*  

Mr. Pozen

   5 x Fees      13,000         181,402   

Ms. Hoguet

   5 x Fees      13,000         4,800   

Mr. Teruel

   5 x Fees      12,000         4,432   

Mr. Ranadivé**

   5 x Fees      11,000         1,118   

 

* Eligible shares include beneficially-owned shares held directly or indirectly, jointly-owned shares, Deferred Stock Units and shares held in the 401(k) plan, as of March 1, 2013.
** Mr. Ranadivé’s share ownership guidelines were calculated on the date of his appointment on July 26, 2012.

Other Policies and Guidelines

Perquisites

We provide our Named Executive Officers with limited perquisites, reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table and described in the footnotes. Named Executive Officers may claim financial planning and executive health exam expenses, capped each year at $15,000 and $2,500, respectively. In certain circumstances, where necessary for business purposes, we also provide reimbursement for club membership fees and relocation expenses.

Severance

We believe that severance protections play a valuable role in attracting and retaining key executive officers. Since 2007, we have offered severance protections in conjunction with participation in the 2006 Plan.

Mr. Calhoun’s severance protections, which are provided under his employment agreement, are described in further detail under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Severance Benefits—Mr. Calhoun.” Consistent with his responsibilities as Chief Executive Officer and with competitive practice, Mr. Calhoun’s severance protections are higher than those of the other Named Executive Officers.

 

104


Table of Contents

The severance protections for other Named Executive Officers are provided under severance agreements with each of the other NEOs. The relevant severance triggering events and amounts payable are described in further detail under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Severance Benefits—Named Executive Officers Other Than Mr. Calhoun.”

Change in Control

For equity awards made in 2011 or later, under the 2010 Plan, as amended, unvested options and RSUs do not vest automatically in the event of a change in control.

In general, unvested equity awards granted under the 2006 Plan vest in full on a change in control. Effective December 31, 2013, the final tranche of equity awards under this plan will vest under the regular terms of the plan. Thereafter, the only remaining unvested options are a small tranche of performance-based stock options that may vest on a change in control depending upon the financial return to the Sponsors; these options will expire for each NEO between November 2016 and March 2017 dependent on their grant date.

Mr. Cuminale’s severance agreement provides that Nielsen will provide an excise tax indemnity on certain payments and benefits under certain circumstances in connection with a change in control of Nielsen. Nielsen elected to provide this benefit to Mr. Cuminale as an incentive to join Nielsen in 2007, as Mr. Cuminale was considered uniquely qualified to be Chief Legal Officer by certain members of the board given his expertise as it related to the circumstances of companies like Nielsen following our take-private transaction in 2006. Also as an incentive to join Nielsen, Mr. Cuminale was allowed to make a substantial personal investment in Nielsen and received a significant grant of stock options as a result of that investment. The Compensation Committee believes that the excise tax indemnity is an important retention tool, as it neutralizes the potential for Mr. Cuminale to incur excise taxes in the event of a change in control of Nielsen that could materially reduce the expected return to him on the options he received. We have determined that no such excise taxes would have been due if a change in control of the Company had occurred on December 31, 2012.

These benefits are described in further detail under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Clawback Policy

The Compensation Committee recently approved a clawback policy which will require the Chief Executive Officer and his executive direct reports, in all appropriate cases, to repay or forfeit any bonus, short-term incentive award or amount, or long-term incentive award or amount awarded to the executive, and any non-vested equity-based awards previously granted to the executive if:

 

  A. The amount of the incentive compensation was calculated based upon the achievement of certain financial results that were subsequently the subject of a restatement or the correction of a material error; and

 

  B. The executive engaged in intentional misconduct that caused or partially caused the need for the restatement or caused or partially caused the material error, and

 

  C. The amount of the incentive compensation that would have been awarded to the executive, had the financial results been properly reported, would have been lower than the amount actually awarded.

Other Benefits

The CEO and each Named Executive Officer are eligible to participate in the health and welfare, defined contribution 401(k), and deferred compensation plans made available, per eligibility requirements, to all employees.

 

105


Table of Contents

Ms. Whiting participates in the Company’s former qualified cash balance retirement plan and associated non-qualified excess plan that were available, per eligibility requirements, to all employees. The Company froze both plans in 2006.

Tax Implications

Section 162 (m) of the Code limits the deductibility of compensation paid to our NEOs to $1 million during any fiscal year unless such compensation is performance-based under these rules. The Company intends to structure its compensation arrangements to take advantage of this exemption to the extent practicable. However, the Compensation Committee maintains the flexibility to pay non-deductible compensation if it determines it is necessary to meet its compensation objectives and/or it is in the best interests of the Company.

Tables and Narrative Disclosure

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding compensation to our Named Executive Officers for fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

Name and Principal

Position (a)

  Year
(b)
    Salary
($)
(c)
    Bonus
($) 1
(d)
    Stock
Awards
($) 2
(e)
    Option
Awards
($) 3
(f)
    Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compen-
sation
($) 4
(g)
    Change
in
Pension
Value
and
Non-
qualified
Deferred
Compen-
sation
Earnings

($) 5
(h)
    All Other
Compen-
sation
($) 6
(i)
    Total ($)
(j)
 

David Calhoun

    2012        1,625,000        2,004,039        —          6,624,000        3,650,000        —          22,250        13,925,289   

Chief Executive Officer

    2011        1,625,000        2,004,039        —          7,078,500        3,750,000        —          38,153        14,495,692   
    2010        1,625,000        8,004,039        —          1,195,000        3,375,000        —          16,329        14,215,368   

Mitchell Habib

    2012        875,000        —          419,700        1,449,000        1,600,000        —          22,500        4,366,200   

Chief Operating Officer

    2011        855,289        —          —          1,905,750        1,600,000        —          1,284,704        5,645,743   
    2010        750,000        —          —          —          1,500,000        —          41,732        2,291,732   

Brian West

    2012        850,000        —          419,700        1,242,000        1,350,000        —          22,500        3,884,200   

Chief Financial Officer

    2011        835,808        250,000        —          1,361,250        1,350,000        —          63,805        3,860,863   
    2010        760,000        —          —          491,000        1,250,000        —          52,090        2,553,090   

Susan Whiting

    2012        950,000        —          279,800        786,600        950,000        25,162        22,259        3,013,821   

Vice Chair

    2011        942,115        —          —          1,089,000        950,000        28,691        75,566        3,085,372   
    2010        900,000        —          —          —          900,000        52,500        393,067        2,245,567   

James Cuminale

    2012        700,000        —          279,800        952,200        900,000        —          23,992        2,855,992   

Chief Legal Officer

    2011        625,000        250,000        —          1,361,250        875,000        —          62,433        3,173,683   
    2010        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

 

1 Bonus

Mr. Calhoun: the amounts in 2011 and 2012 are the final installments of the signing bonus awarded under his original employment agreement. The amount in 2010 includes the signing bonus installment for that year of $2,004,039 and an additional lump sum signing bonus of $6,000,000 in connection with the execution of his restated employment agreement (see “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2012 Table—Employment Agreement with Mr. David L. Calhoun”).

Messrs. West and Cuminale: the amounts shown were one-time discretionary bonuses awarded to each in recognition of their contribution to the IPO.

 

106


Table of Contents
2 Stock Awards

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs awarded to certain Named Executive Officers calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to value the awards reported in column (e), please see Note 12 “Share-Based Compensation” to our audited consolidated financial statements, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. All numbers exclude estimates of forfeitures. No awards were subject to repricing and no awards were subject to performance conditions.

3 Option Awards

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of options awarded to each Named Executive Officer calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to value the awards reported in column (f), please see Note 12 “Share-Based Compensation” to our audited consolidated financial statements, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. All numbers exclude estimates of forfeitures. No awards were subject to repricing and no awards were subject to performance conditions.

4 Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Represents the value of the annual cash incentive for the plan year, typically paid in February of the following year.

5 Change in Pension Value and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

The amounts indicated for Ms. Whiting represent the actuarial change in pension value during 2012, relating to the Nielsen qualified plan and non-qualified excess plan. See “—Pension Benefits for 2012.”

6 All Other Compensation (2012 values)

Mr. Calhoun: financial planning expenses: $15,000; retirement plan contributions: $7,250

Mr. Habib: financial planning expenses: $15,000; retirement plan contributions: $7,500

Mr. West: financial planning expenses: $15,000; retirement plan contributions: $7,500

Ms. Whiting: financial planning expenses: $10,975; retirement plan contributions: $7,500; residual relocation expenses: $960; club membership expenses: $2,824

Mr. Cuminale: financial planning expenses: $15,000; retirement plan contributions: $7,500; executive health examination expenses: $1,492

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2012

The following table presents information regarding grants to our Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

        Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-
         Equity Incentive Plan Awards        
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
($/sh)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($)
    Grant
Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and
Option
Awards ($)
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
Awards 1
(#)
    Grant Date
Fair Value
of Shares
or
Units of
Stock
Awards 1
($)
 

Name

  Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
           

David Calhoun

  7/26/2012     —          3,750,000        —          —          —          —          —          —     
      —          —          —          800,000        27.98        6,624,000        —          —     

Mitchell Habib

  7/26/2012     —          1,600,000        —          —          —          —          —          —     
      —          —          —          175,000        27.98        1,449,000        15,000        419,700   

Brian West

  7/26/2012     —          1,350,000        —          —          —          —          —          —     
      —          —          —          150,000        27.98        1,242,000        15,000        419,700   

Susan Whiting

  7/26/2012     —          950,000        —          —          —          —          —          —     
      —          —          —          95,000        27.98        786,600        10,000        279,800   

James Cuminale

  7/26/2012     —          875,000        —          —          —          —          —          —     
      —          —          —          115,000        27.98        952,200        10,000        279,800   

 

1 These supplemental columns provide additional information on the number and value of the restricted stock units granted in July 2012.

 

107


Table of Contents

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2012 Table

Employment Agreement with Mr. David L. Calhoun

On August 22, 2006, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Calhoun, which was amended effective as of September 14, 2006 (as amended, the “Original Agreement”). His employment agreement was amended and restated effective December 15, 2008, and again effective October 27, 2010 (the “Restated Agreement”). The Restated Agreement has an employment term, which commenced October 27, 2010 and, unless earlier terminated, will continue until December 31, 2014.

In connection with the Original Agreement Mr. Calhoun became entitled to a signing bonus of $10,613,699, which was paid in installments annually through January 1, 2012 (the “Original Signing Bonus”). Mr. Calhoun received the final installment ($2,004,039) of his Original Signing Bonus on January 13, 2012. In connection with entering into the Restated Agreement, Mr. Calhoun received an additional signing bonus of $6,000,000, which would have been repayable in full had his employment terminated for any reason prior to January 1, 2013. If Mr. Calhoun’s employment terminates for any reason after January 1, 2013, but prior to January 1, 2015, he must repay a pro-rata portion of this signing bonus.

Grants of Plan Based Awards in 2012

On July 26, 2012, Mr. Calhoun was granted options under the 2010 Plan. These options have a strike price equal to $27.98 per share, the fair market value of a Company share on the date of grant. The options will vest ratably on July 26 of 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

On July 26, 2012, the other NEOs were granted options and RSUs under the 2010 Plan. The options have a strike price equal to $27.98 per share, the fair market value of a Company share on the date of grant. The options and RSUs will vest ratably on July 26 of 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

 

108


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2012 Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by each of our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2012.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable 1
(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable 1
(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options 1 (#)
    Option
Exercise Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested 2
(#)
    Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested 2
($)
 

David Calhoun

    11/22/2006        3,037,500        356,250        356,250        16.00        11/22/2016        —          —     
    11/22/2006        506,250        59,375        59,375        32.00        11/22/2016        —          —     
    2/25/2010        156,250        —          —          18.40        2/25/2020        —          —     
    5/11/2011        162,500        487,500        —          30.19        5/11/2018        —          —     
    7/26/2012        —          800,000        —          27.98        7/26/2019        —          —     

Mitchell Habib

    3/21/2007        70,396        40,078        40,078        16.00        3/21/2017        —          —     
    3/21/2007        56,953        6,680        6,679        32.00        3/21/2017        —          —     
    5/11/2011        43,750        131,250        —          30.19        5/11/2018        —          —     
    7/26/2012        —          175,000        —          27.98        7/26/2019        15,000        458,850   

Brian West

    3/21/2007        367,968        44,531        44,531        16.00        3/21/2017        —          —     
    3/21/2007        63,282        7,422        7,421        32.00        3/21/2017        —          —     
    3/18/2010        41,667        20,833        —          18.40        3/18/2020        —          —     
    5/11/2011        31,250        93,750        —          30.19        5/11/2018        —          —     
    7/26/2012        —          150,000        —          27.98        7/26/2019        15,000        458,850   

Susan Whiting

    2/2/2007        284,945        53,437        53,437        16.00        2/2/2017        —          —     
    2/2/2007        75,937        8,906        8,907        32.00        2/2/2017        —          —     
    5/11/2011        25,000        75,000        —          30.19        5/11/2018        —          —     
    7/26/2012        —          95,000        —          27.98        7/26/2019        10,000        305,900   

James Cuminale

    2/2/2007        203,750        35,625        35,625        16.00        2/2/2017        —          —     
    2/2/2007        50,625        5,937        5,938        32.00        2/2/2017        —          —     
    3/18/2010        41,667        20,833        —          18.40        3/18/2020        —          —     
    5/11/2011        31,250        93,750        —          30.19        5/11/2018        —          —     
    7/26/2012        —          115,000        —          27.98        7/26/2019        10,000        305,900   

 

1 The option awards are subject to vesting schedules as follows:
   

Option awards with exercise prices of $16 and $32

   

For Mr. Calhoun, 5% vested on December 31, 2006. For the remaining NEOs, 5% vested on their grant date. Thereafter, for all NEOs, 19% were scheduled to vest on each of the five anniversaries of December 31, 2006, 50% of which were subject to the performance vesting based on the achievement of pre-established EBITDA targets. 2008 performance did not meet the pre-established target.

Performance-based options for this year will not vest unless there is a change in control. Performance in 2010 and 2011 did not meet the pre-established targets. Performance-based options for these years converted to time-based options with vesting on December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

   

Option awards with an exercise price of $18.40

   

Mr. Calhoun: vested one-third each year on December 31 of 2010, 2011 and 2012

   

Messrs. West and Cuminale: vest one-third on March 18 of 2011, 2012 and 2013

   

Option awards with an exercise price of $30.19—all Named Executive Officers

   

vest ratably on May 11 of 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015

   

Option awards with an exercise price of $27.98—all Named Executive Officers

   

vest ratably on July 26 of 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016

2 For each of the NEOs, other than Mr. Calhoun, the values represent restricted stock units which will vest ratably on July 26, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016. Market value is based on the closing price as of December 31, 2012 of $30.59 per share.

 

109


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2012

The following table presents information regarding the value realized by each of our Named Executive Officers upon the exercise of option awards or the vesting of stock awards during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name (a)

   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#) (b)
    Value Realized on
Exercise ($) (c)
     Number of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#) (d)
     Value Realized on
Vesting* ($) (e)
 

David Calhoun

     —          —           —           —     

Mitchell Habib

     271,323        3,430,485         20,834         637,312   

Brian West

     11,719 **      139,925         —           —     

Susan Whiting

     170,680        2,050,022         —           —     

James Cuminale

     100,000        1,347,260         —           —     

 

* Mr. Habib’s RSUs vested on December 31, 2012. Their value is based on the closing price as of December 31, 2012 of $30.59 per share.
** Mr. West exercised options and held 11,719 shares.

Pension Benefits for 2012

The following table presents information regarding the pension arrangements with each of our Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name (a)

   Plan Name (b)      Number of Years
Credited Service (#) (c)
     Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit ($) (d)
     Payments During
Last Fiscal Year ($) (e)
 

David Calhoun

     —           —           —           —     

Mitchell Habib

     —           —           —           —     

Brian West

     —           —           —           —     

Susan Whiting

     Qualified Plan         26.67         338,154         —     
     Excess Plan         26.67         247,105         —     

James Cuminale

     —           —           —           —     

Assumptions for Present Value of Accumulated Benefit

Present values at December 31, 2012 were calculated using an interest rate of 4.30%, an interest credit rate of 3.05% and the RP 2000 mortality table (projected to 2012). At December 31, 2011, values were calculated using an interest rate of 4.65%, an interest credit rate of 3.40% and the RP 2000 mortality table (projected to 2012). These assumptions are consistent with those used for the financial statements of the Company’s retirement plans.

United States Retirement Plans

Effective August 31, 2006, the Company froze its United States qualified and non-qualified retirement plans. No participants may be added and no further benefits may accrue after this date. The retirement plans, as in existence immediately prior to the freeze, are described below.

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan (the “Qualified Plan”), a cash-balance pension plan that covers eligible United States employees who have completed at least one year of service. Prior to the freeze, we added monthly basic and investment credits to each participant’s account. The basic credit equals 3% of a participant’s eligible monthly compensation. Participants became fully vested in their accrued benefits after the earlier of five years of service or when the participant reached normal retirement age (which is the later of age 65 or the fifth

 

110


Table of Contents

anniversary of the date the participant first became eligible to participate in the plan). Unmarried participants receive retirement benefits as a single-life annuity, and married participants receive retirement benefits as a qualified joint-and-survivor annuity. Participants can elect an alternate form of payment such as a straight-life annuity, a joint-and-survivor annuity, years certain-and-life income annuity or a level income annuity option. Lump sum payment of accrued benefits is only available if the benefits do not exceed $5,000. Payment of benefits begins at the later of the participant’s termination of employment or reaching age 40.

We also maintain a non-qualified retirement plan (the “Excess Plan”) for certain of our management and highly compensated employees. Prior to the freeze, the Excess Plan provided supplemental benefits to individuals whose benefits under the Qualified Plan are limited by the provisions of Section 415 and/or Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The benefit payable to a participant under the Excess Plan is equal to the difference between the benefit actually paid under the Qualified Plan and the amount that would have been payable had the applicable Code limitations not applied.

Although the Excess Plan is considered an unfunded plan and there is no current trust agreement for the Excess Plan, assets have been set aside in a “rabbi trust” fund. It is intended that benefits due under the Excess Plan will be paid from this rabbi trust or from the general assets of the Nielsen entity that employs the participants.

Ms. Whiting is the only Named Executive Officer who is a participant in the Qualified Plan and the Excess Plan.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for 2012

Messrs. Calhoun and West each received a deferred compensation contribution to offset the loss of supplemental executive retirement benefits (“SERP”) at their prior employer. Such contributions were contemplated in their employment arrangements upon hiring with payments deferred until 2012. Both Named Executive Officers received interest credits at 5.05% per annum. The Compensation Committee believed that these provisions were essential to attract these exceptional candidates into Nielsen at a critical stage of the leveraged buyout. Pursuant to these provisions, lump sum payouts of $18,678,537 and $2,061,080 were made to Mr. Calhoun and Mr. West respectively on January 6, 2012.

Beginning January 1, 2012, Mr. Calhoun’s Restated Agreement requires Nielsen to accrue $1,000,000 per year as an additional supplementary retirement benefit in each of 2012, 2013 and 2014. Any amounts so accrued will be payable to him on the earlier of January 1, 2015 or the termination of his employment.

The Company offers a voluntary nonqualified deferred compensation plan in the United States, which allows selected executives the opportunity to defer a significant portion of their base salary and incentive payments to a future date. Earnings on deferred amounts are determined with reference to designated mutual funds. Ms. Whiting is the only Named Executive Officer with a balance under this plan. There is no above market rate of return given to executives as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The following table presents information regarding non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements with each of our Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name (a)

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY 1  ($)

(b)
     Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY ($)
(c)
     Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY 2  ($)
(d)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions

($) (e)
     Aggregate
Balance at Last
FYE 3  ($) (f)
 

David Calhoun

     —           —           15,493         18,678,537         0   

Susan Whiting

     95,000         —           12,029         163,748         258,193   

Brian West

     —           —           1,710         2,061,080         0   

 

111


Table of Contents

 

1 Ms. Whiting’s 2012 contribution of $95,000 was made from salary and annual cash incentive and is included in the Salary and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation columns in the Summary Compensation Table.
2 Interest payments have not been reported in the Summary Compensation Table.
3 For Ms. Whiting, $163,193 of the aggregate balance reflects Ms. Whiting’s contributions that have been included in Summary Compensation Tables for prior years.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Severance Benefits—Termination of Employment

Mr. Calhoun

If Mr. Calhoun’s employment is terminated during the employment term due to death, “disability,” by the Company without “cause” or by Mr. Calhoun for “good reason” (as those terms are defined in the Restated Agreement), subject to his compliance with certain restrictive covenants, as described under “—Restrictive Covenants,” and his execution (without revocation) of a general waiver and release of claims, Mr. Calhoun will be entitled to severance pay that includes:

 

  1. payment equal to two times the sum of (a) Mr. Calhoun’s base salary, plus (b) the greater of the annual incentive paid in respect of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the termination occurs or the annual incentive paid in respect of the 2010 fiscal year;

 

  2. a pro-rata portion of Mr. Calhoun’s annual incentive for the year of the termination;

 

  3. payment of any vested or accrued deferred compensation benefits (including SERP); and

 

  4. continued health and welfare benefits for Mr. Calhoun and his family members for up to two years at Nielsen’s cost.

If Mr. Calhoun’s employment had been terminated on December 31, 2012, he would have received total payments as shown in the following table:

 

Name

   Two Times the
Sum of Base
Salary Plus
Annual
Incentive
     Annual
Incentive
Award
     Accrued
Additional
SERP
     Health &
Welfare
Benefits
     Total  

David Calhoun

   $ 10,750,000       $ 3,650,000       $ 1,000,000       $ 37,979       $ 15,437,979   

Mr. Calhoun would receive the payments described above in the event of termination of his employment. In addition, on a change in control , any unvested options granted in 2011 and 2012 under the 2010 Plan, as amended, would become vested and exercisable in full if the acquiring entity does not provide for the issuance of substitute awards on an equitable basis. Unvested options under the 2006 Plan would also vest on a change in control.

As of December 31, 2012, the value of any accelerated vesting of options would be $12,678,375, as set forth in the following table. This includes the value of options awarded in 2011 and 2012 which would vest if not assumed by the acquiring entity.

 

Grant Date

   Unvested Options Strike
Price
     Strike Price      Fair Market Value as of
12/31/2012
     Value of Accelerated
Unvested Options
 

11/22/06

     712,500         16.00       $ 30.59       $ 10,395,375   

11/22/06

     118,750         32.00         30.59         —     

5/11/11

     487,500         30.19         30.59         195,000   

7/26/12

     800,000         27.98         30.59         2,088,000   
            $ 12,678,375   

 

112


Table of Contents

Under certain circumstances, benefits payable to Mr. Calhoun in connection with a change in control of the Company that are deemed to constitute “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code may be reduced to the highest amount that would not subject Mr. Calhoun to any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

Named Executive Officers Other Than Mr. Calhoun

If the employment of any other Named Executive Officers is terminated by the Company without cause or by them for good reason (as those terms are defined in the form of Severance Agreement), subject to their compliance with certain restrictive covenants (as described under “—Restrictive Covenants”), and their execution (without revocation) of a general waiver and release of claims, they will be entitled to severance pay that includes:

 

  1. payment equal to two times the base salary;

 

  2. a pro-rata portion of their annual incentive award for the year of termination; and

 

  3. continued health and welfare benefits for the executive and their family members for the duration of the severance period, with premiums at employee rates.

If an executive’s employment had been terminated without cause by the Company, or for good reason by the executive on December 31, 2012 they would have received total payments as shown in the following table:

 

Name

   Two Times Base
Salary
     Annual Incentive
Award
     Health and Welfare
Benefits
     Total  

Mitchell Habib

   $ 1,750,000       $ 1,600,000       $ 13,800       $ 3,363,800   

Brian West

     1,700,000         1,350,000         13,800         3,063,800   

Susan Whiting

     1,900,000         950,000         13,800         2,863,800   

James Cuminale

     1,400,000         900,000         13,800         2,313,800   

Each NEO (other than Mr. Calhoun) would receive the payment described above in the event of termination of his or her employment. In addition, on a change in control, any unvested options and RSUs granted in 2011 and 2012 under the 2010 Plan, as amended, would become vested and exercisable in full if the acquiring entity does not provide for the issuance of substitute awards on an equitable basis. Unvested options under the 2006 Plan would also vest on a change in control.

 

113


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012, the value of any accelerated vesting of options and RSUs would be as set forth in the following table. This includes the value of options and RSUs awarded in 2011 and 2012 which would vest if not assumed by the acquiring entity.

 

Name

   Grant Date      Unvested Options      Unvested RSUs      Strike Price      Fair Market
Value as of
12/31/2012
     Value of
Accelerated
Unvested Options
& RSUs
 

Mitchell Habib

     3/21/07         80,156          $ 16.00       $ 30.59       $ 1,169,476   
     3/21/07         13,359            32.00         30.59         —     
     5/11/11         131,250            30.19         30.59         52,500   
     7/26/12         175,000            27.98         30.59         456,750   
     7/26/12            15,000         —           30.59         458,850   
                  $ 2,137,576   

Brian West

     3/21/07         89,062          $ 16.00       $ 30.59       $ 1,299,415   
     3/21/07         14,843            32.00         30.59         —     
     3/18/10         20,833            18.40         30.59         253,954   
     5/11/11         93,750            30.19         30.59         37,500   
     7/26/12         150,000            27.98         30.59         391,500   
     7/26/12            15,000         —           30.59         458,850   
                  $ 2,441,219   

Susan Whiting

     2/2/07         106,874          $ 16.00       $ 30.59       $ 1,559,292   
     2/2/07         17,813            32.00         30.59         —     
     5/11/11         75,000            30.19         30.59       $ 30,000   
     7/26/12         95,000            27.98         30.59         247,950   
     7/26/12            10,000         —           30.59       $ 305,900   
                  $ 2,143,142   

James Cuminale

     2/2/07         71,250          $ 16.00       $ 30.59       $ 1,039,538   
     2/2/07         11,875            32.00         30.59         —     
     3/18/10         20,833            18.40         30.59         253,954   
     5/11/11         93,750            30.19         30.59         37,500   
     7/26/12         115,000            27.98         30.59         300,150   
     7/26/12            10,000         —           30.59         305,900   
                  $ 1,937,042   

In addition, Mr. Cuminale’s severance agreement provides that Nielsen may provide an excise tax indemnity in the event that certain payments and benefits (including vesting of equity incentives) that he receives (whether or not his employment terminates) in connection with a change in control of the Company become subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code. However, no indemnity will be paid if certain cash payments are reduced by an amount necessary so as not to give rise to such excise tax, so long as the remaining cash payments due to Mr. Cuminale are at least 90% of all cash payments that would otherwise be payable to him. We have determined that if a change in control of the Company had occurred (whether or not Mr. Cuminale’s employment had also terminated) on December 31, 2012, no excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code would have been due.

Restrictive Covenants

Pursuant to Mr. Calhoun’s employment agreement, he has agreed not to disclose any Company confidential information at any time during or after his employment with Nielsen. In addition, Mr. Calhoun has agreed that, for a period of two years following a termination of his employment with Nielsen, he will not solicit or hire Nielsen’s employees or solicit Nielsen’s customers or materially interfere with any of Nielsen’s business relationships. He has also agreed not to act as an employee, investor or in another significant function in any business that directly or indirectly competes with any business of the Company.

 

114


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the severance agreements of the other Named Executive Officers, they have agreed not to disclose any Company confidential information at any time during or after their employment with Nielsen. In addition, they have agreed that, for a period of two years following a termination of their employment with Nielsen, they will not solicit Nielsen’s employees or customers or materially interfere with any of Nielsen’s business relationships. They have also agreed not to act as an employee, investor or in another significant function in any business that directly or indirectly competes with any business of the Company.

If a Named Executive Officer breaches the restrictive covenants, in addition to all other remedies that may be available to the Company, the Named Executive Officer will be required to pay to the Company any amounts actually paid to him or her by the Company in respect of any repurchase by the Company of the options or shares of common stock underlying the options held by the officer.

Director Compensation

All the members of our supervisory board also serve as members of Holdings’ board of directors. The disclsoure below relates to their compensation as members of Holdings’ board of directors. They do not receive any extra compensation for their service as members of our supervisory board.

Dutch law requires the shareholders of Holdings to adopt a general compensation policy applicable to our Board of Directors and covering, among other things, fixed and variable compensation and equity plans. Our shareholders have adopted such policy. Our articles of association provide, consistent with applicable Dutch law, that the Board may decide on the individual compensation applicable to our directors, within the framework permitted by the approved general compensation policy. In making its decision, our Board is assisted by the Compensation Committee. To the extent the Board decides to include in the compensation package for directors an equity plan, the plan (at an aggregated level for all directors stating the amount of equity that may be granted and the material terms) is subject to the approval of our general meeting of shareholders. The equity plan applicable to our directors has been approved by our general meeting of shareholders. As discussed under “Proposal No. 6—Approval of the Amended and Restated Nielsen Holdings 2010 Stock Incentive Plan,” we are seeking approval of an amended equity plan applicable to our directors and our employees.

Our Chief Executive Officer does not receive compensation for his services as a director. Until May 1, 2013, each of our non-executive directors who are not affiliated with the Sponsors (the “Independent Directors”) received an annual cash retainer of $60,000. Independent Directors who are members of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee each received additional annual compensation of $10,000, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively, and the chairperson of each of these committees received additional annual compensation of $15,000, $10,000 and $10,000, respectively. Each Independent Director receives $2,000 of additional compensation for each meeting attended in excess of five meetings in one year. Fees are paid quarterly. We also issued annually to each of our Independent Directors a number of stock options having a value, as determined by the Company, of $100,000, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of issuance. These options vest in four substantially equal quarterly installments and have a term of ten years from the date of grant.

Until November 1, 2012, our directors could elect to receive their annual cash compensation in the form of shares of our capital stock. On July 26, 2012, the Board of Directors adopted a deferred compensation plan (effective for compensation earned on and after November 1, 2012) for Independent Directors under which they may defer the receipt of their cash payments into Deferred Stock Units (“DSUs”). A DSU represents an unfunded and unsecured right to receive one share of Nielsen common stock following the termination of the director’s services with Nielsen. Also on July 26, 2012, the Board of Directors determined that each annual equity grant to Independent Directors should be made half in stock options and half in DSUs that vest in four quarterly installments subject to continued service on the vesting date. The total value of the grants (including both stock options and DSUs) remained at $100,000.

 

115


Table of Contents

Following a competitive study performed by Meridian, the Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant, changes to Independent Director compensation were adopted by our Board of Directors on February 21, 2013 to be effective May 1, 2013. Each of our Independent Directors receives an annual cash retainer of $70,000. Committee membership fees will remain as described above, but chairpersons of the Audit, Compensation and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committees receive $20,000, $15,000 and $15,000, respectively. Annual equity grants are made entirely in DSUs with a fair market value of $120,000. The DSUs vest in four substantially equal quarterly installments.

Also, on February 21, 2013, our Board of Directors approved the accrual of dividend equivalents (in the form of additional DSUs) on unvested DSUs granted to our directors.

In June 2011, our Board of Directors adopted share ownership guidelines, pursuant to which our Independent Directors are required to maintain equity ownership in our company equivalent to at least five times their annual fees. Shares beneficially owned by the Independent Directors, including DSUs, jointly-owned shares and shares held in 401(k) plans, are included in the calculation. The Independent Directors are expected to meet the guidelines within five years from the adoption, although Mr. Pozen already meets the guidelines.

Director Compensation For the 2012 Fiscal Year

All the members of our supervisory board also serve as members of Holdings’ board of directors. The disclsoure below relates to their compensation as members of Holdings’ board of directors. They do not receive any extra compensation for the service as members of our supervisory board.

The 2012 compensation of non-employee directors who served on the Board in 2012 is displayed in the table below:

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash 1  ($)
    Stock Awards 1   ($)     Option Awards ($)     Total ($)  

James A. Attwood Jr. 2

     —          —          —          —     

Richard J. Bressler 2

     —          —          —          —     

Simon E. Brown 2

     —          —          —          —     

Michael S. Chae 2

     —          —          —          —     

Patrick J. Healy 2

     —          —          —          —     

Karen M. Hoguet

     —          86,000 3       100,000 6       186,000   

James M. Kilts 2

     —          —          —          —     

Iain Leigh 2

     —          —          —          —     

Eliot Merrill 2

     —          —          —          —     

Alexander Navab 2

     —          —          —          —     

Robert C. Pozen

     —          84,000 3       100,000 6       184,000   

Vivek Ranadivé

     15,000 4       47,500 5       37,500 6       100,000   

Robert Reid 2

     —          —          —          —     

Scott Schoen 2

     —          —          —          —     

Javier G. Teruel

     —          75,000 3       100,000 6       175,000   

 

1 From January 1, 2012 to October 31, 2012, Messrs. Pozen and Teruel and Ms. Hoguet elected to receive 100% of their Board and Committee fees in the form of shares of our common stock. The number of shares each director received in lieu of his or her quarterly fees was based on the closing trading price of a share of Nielsen common stock on the date the cash fees would otherwise be payable. Effective November 1, 2012, the effective date of the deferred compensation plan, all directors elected to defer their cash compensation into DSUs (as described above). The number of DSUs credited to the director’s DSU account in lieu of his or her quarterly fees is based on the closing trading price of a share of Nielsen common stock on the date the cash fees would otherwise be payable.
2 These directors are affiliated with our Sponsors and received no additional compensation for serving on our Board of Directors.

 

116


Table of Contents
3 Represents an annual retainer of $60,000, Audit Committee membership fees of $10,000 for Messrs. Pozen and Teruel, Audit Committee chairperson fees of $15,000 for Ms. Hoguet, Compensation Committee membership fees of $5,000 for Ms. Hoguet and Mr. Teruel and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee chairperson fees of $10,000 for Mr. Pozen. Mr. Pozen and Ms. Hoguet received additional compensation of $4,000 and $6,000, respectively, for each Board meeting attended in excess of five meetings in calendar year 2012. The dollar amount shown represents the aggregate fair value of stock calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC Topic 718”). Ms. Hoguet and Messrs. Pozen and Teruel have 4,000, 180,664, 3,855, shares of our common stock outstanding at fiscal year-end, respectively.
4 Mr. Ranadivé began his services as a director on July 26, 2012. The amount shown represents the pro-rated annual retainer paid in cash for the period commencing on his start date and ending October 31, 2012.
5 Represents for Mr. Ranadivé (1) the cash compensation of $10,000 he earned for November and December 2012 that he elected to defer into DSUs and (2) an award of DSUs on August 1, 2012 with a grant date fair value of $37,500, representing a pro-rated award based on his start date in 2012. DSUs were granted at fair market value on date of grant and vest in four substantially equal quarterly installments from the grant date. The dollar amount shown represents the aggregate fair value of DSUs calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Mr. Ranadivé has an aggregate of 1,314 DSUs outstanding at December 31, 2012.
6 Represents for each of Messrs. Pozen and Teruel and Ms. Hoguet an award on May 11, 2012 of options to purchase 12,500 shares of the Company’s common stock with a grant date fair value of $100,000. Represents for Mr. Ranadivé an award on August 1, 2012 of options to purchase 4,941 shares of the Company’s common stock with a grant date fair value of $37,500, representing a pro-rated award based on his start date in 2012. All options were granted at fair market value on date of grant, vest in four substantially equal quarterly installments from the grant date and have a term of ten years from the date of grant. The dollar amount shown represents the aggregate fair value of stock options calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Messrs. Pozen, Ranadivé and Teruel and Ms. Hoguet have an aggregate of 34,085, 1,235, 27,922 and 24,870 options to purchase shares of our common stock, respectively, outstanding at December 31, 2012.

 

117


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The Nielsen Company B.V. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings N.V.

 

118


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Shareholders’ Agreement

Nielsen was purchased on May 24, 2006 (the “Acquisition”) by a consortium of private equity firms (AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. and Thomas H. Lee Partners), who we collectively refer to as the “Original Sponsors.” Subsequently, Centerview Partners invested in the Company. In connection with the Acquisition and related financing transactions, investment funds associated with or designated by the Original Sponsors acquired, indirectly, shares of Nielsen. On December 21, 2006, investment funds associated with or designated by the Original Sponsors and Nielsen, Luxco and Valcon Acquisition B.V. (“Valcon”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a shareholders’ agreement. The shareholders’ agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to, among other matters, the election of the members of our Board, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of securities (including tag-along rights, drag-along rights and public offering rights) and other special corporate governance provisions (including the right to approve various corporate actions and control committee composition). The shareholders’ agreement also provides for customary registration rights.

The shareholders’ agreement was amended and restated in connection with Holdings’ IPO in January 2011 and Centerview became a party to it. The amended and restated shareholders’ agreement provides our Sponsors with the contractual right to nominate for appointment one or more designees to Holdings’ Board of Directors based on their percentage of stock ownership. Initially, the Sponsors had the right to nominate for appointment the following number of directors: one director from AlpInvest Partners, two from The Blackstone Group, two from The Carlyle Group, one from Hellman & Friedman, two from Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., two from Thomas H. Lee Partners and one from Centerview, who must be James M. Kilts. Effective July 26, 2012, AlpInvest Partners relinquished its right to nominate a director and, instead, an independent director was appointed to the Board. Effective December 13, 2012, the shareholders’ agreement was further amended and the size of the Board of Directors was reduced from 15 to 11 by having each of The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. and Thomas H. Lee Partners relinquish their rights to nominate one director each. In the event that the Sponsors collectively hold 50% or less, but greater than or equal to 25%, of the then outstanding shares of Holdings’ common stock directly or indirectly through Luxco, the Sponsors will have the right to nominate for appointment the following number of directors: one director each from The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Thomas H. Lee Partners and one from Centerview, who must be James M. Kilts, plus four additional directors who must be independent directors within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE, one of which will be selected by each of the four Sponsors owning the largest percentage of Holdings’ common stock. In the event that the Sponsors collectively hold less than 25% of the then outstanding shares of Holdings’ common stock directly or indirectly through Luxco, each Sponsor that owns at least 3% of the then outstanding shares of Holdings’ common stock directly or indirectly through Luxco will have the right to nominate one director and each Sponsor that owns less than 3% will no longer have the right to nominate any directors.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with Holdings’ IPO, we entered into a registration rights agreement with each of the Sponsors and Luxco. Pursuant to this registration rights agreement, the Sponsors collectively have the right to an unlimited number of demand registrations, which may be exercised by Luxco at any time and from time to time after the expiration of lock-up agreements. Pursuant to such demand registration rights, Holdings is required to register the shares of common stock beneficially owned by them directly or through Luxco with the SEC for sale by them to the public, provided that any demand that will result in the imposition of a lock-up on Holdings and the Sponsors may not be made unless the shares requested to be sold by the demanding shareholders in such offering have an aggregate market value of at least $100 million. In addition, in the event that Holdings is registering additional shares of common stock for sale to the public, whether on its own behalf or on behalf of the Sponsors or other shareholders with registration rights, the Sponsors have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to have Holdings include the shares of common stock owned by them in any such registration. In each such event, Holdings is required to pay the registration expenses.

 

119


Table of Contents

Sponsor-Held Debt

A portion of the borrowings under our senior secured credit facility as well as certain of our senior debenture loans have been purchased by certain of the Sponsors in market transactions not involving the Company. Based on information made available to the Company, amounts held by the Sponsors and their affiliates was $412 million as of December 31, 2012. Interest expense associated with amounts held by the Sponsors and their affiliates approximated $20 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, $401 million of the senior secured credit facilities and $11 million of senior debenture loans were held by the Sponsors and their affiliates. Of the $412 million of debt held by the Sponsors and their affiliates, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. and its affiliates held $134 million, The Blackstone Group and its affiliates held $203 million and The Carlyle Group and its affiliates held $75 million. The Sponsors, their subsidiaries, affiliates and controlling shareholders may, from time to time, depending on market conditions, seek to purchase debt securities issued by Nielsen or its subsidiaries or affiliates in open market or privately negotiated transactions or by other means. We make no undertaking to disclose any such transactions except as may be required by applicable laws and regulations.

Equity Healthcare Arrangement

Effective January 1, 2009, we entered into an employer health program arrangement with Equity Healthcare LLC (“Equity Healthcare”). Equity Healthcare negotiates with providers of standard administrative services for health benefit plans and other related services for cost discounts, quality of service monitoring, data services and clinical consulting and oversight by Equity Healthcare. Because of the combined purchasing power of its client participants, Equity Healthcare is able to negotiate pricing terms from providers that are believed to be more favorable than the companies could obtain for themselves on an individual basis. Equity Healthcare is an affiliate of The Blackstone Group with whom Mr. Reid, a member of the Board of Directors of Holdings and the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V., is affiliated and in which he may have an indirect interest.

In consideration for Equity Healthcare’s provision of access to these favorable arrangements and its monitoring of the contracted third parties’ delivery of contracted services to us, we have paid Equity Healthcare a fee of $2.50 per participating employee per month (“PEPM”). As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 7,067 employees enrolled in our self-insured health benefit plans in the United States. Equity Healthcare may also receive a fee from one or more of the health plans with whom Equity Healthcare has contractual arrangements if the total number of employees joining such health plans from participating companies exceeds specified thresholds. Beginning in January 2013, the PEPM fee increased to $2.60.

Commercial Relationship with TIBCO

Mr. Ranadivé, who has served on Holdings’ Board of Directors and the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. since July 26, 2012, is the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of TIBCO and owns approximately 8.18% of TIBCO’s capital stock. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company paid approximately $11.6 million to TIBCO for certain software licenses and related support, maintenance and training.

The disinterested members of Holdings’ Board of Directors and the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V., as well as our Audit Committee have approved our transactions with TIBCO from the date Mr. Ranadivé began serving on Holdings’ Board of Directors and the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. in accordance with our Related Person Transaction Policy described below. On March 28, 2013, our Audit Committee preapproved the purchases of products and services from TIBCO in the amount of $10 million in any calendar year or, if less, the limits imposed by the NYSE listing rules relating to director independence.

 

120


Table of Contents

Investment in the Pereg Fund

On December 3, 2012, we entered into certain agreements (the “Agreements”) with Pereg Venture Fund I, LP (“Pereg Fund”), an investment vehicle focused on investments primarily in marketing, media and advertising related to early stage technology innovations. Itzhak Fisher, our Executive Vice President, serves as the Chairman of both Pereg Ventures LLC, the investment manager of Pereg Fund (the “Investment Manager”), and Pereg Ventures GP LP, the general partner of Pereg Fund (the “General Partner”). As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Fisher owned approximately 89% of each of the Investment Manager and the General Partner. Additionally, Mr. Fisher is an investor in Pereg Fund.

Pursuant to the Agreements, we became a Limited Partner of Pereg Fund and committed to make an investment in Pereg Fund in the amount of the lesser of (a) 19.9% of total commitments in Pereg Fund; and (b) $10,000,000. We are not obligated to fund our investment until such time as Pereg Fund has accepted subscriptions for commitments of $25,000,000 or more (inclusive of our commitment). As of the date of this prospectus, we have not funded our investment in Pereg Fund.

The Agreements provide us with the following rights (among others): (a) Pereg Fund will apply the most favorable terms that it offers to any investor to our investment; (b) the General Partner will not accept commitments from, nor allow transfers to, any person identified by us as our competitor without our prior written consent; (c) the General Partner and Pereg Fund will give us a right of first refusal to pursue any investment in a portfolio company considered by Pereg Fund which operates in a business in which we currently operate or desire to operate (a “Nielsen Business”); and (d) we will have the opportunity to make an offer to acquire Pereg Fund’s interest in a portfolio company which Pereg Fund seeks to dispose of and which is engaged in a Nielsen Business. Notwithstanding the foregoing rights, we have no role in the management of Pereg Fund nor in the selection of or the decision by Pereg Fund to invest in or dispose of any of Pereg Fund’s investments. Additionally, we have no oversight authority with respect to Pereg Fund, nor will we be a sponsor or manager of Pereg Fund.

The Investment Manager will charge Pereg Fund a management fee of 2% per year of each investor’s committed capital in Pereg Fund. Additionally, the General Partner will receive 20% of the profits which are distributable from Pereg Fund (payable after Pereg Fund has returned invested capital to investors)(the “Carried Interest”). Mr. Fisher did not receive any form of compensation from Pereg Fund, the General Partner or the Investment Manager in the year ended December 31, 2012. Additionally, Mr. Fisher is not expected to receive any compensation when Pereg Fund closes or during its operation, and is only expected to receive his share of the Carried Interest and any amounts payable to him as a result of his investment in Pereg Fund.

On July 26, 2012, our Board of Directors (composed entirely of disinterested members) approved our investment in Pereg Fund.

Advisory Services by KKR Capital Markets

On February 11, 2013, in connection with the commencement of an amendment process to improve the pricing of our senior secured term loan facilities, we entered into an advisory agreement with certain financial institutions, including KKR Capital Markets (“KCM”), whereby such institutions agreed to provide advisory services in connection with the amendment. KCM is a subsidiary of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., an entity that is one of our Sponsors and has one of its members, Alexander Navab, serving on Holdings’ Board of Directors and the Supervisory Board of The Nielsen Company B.V. In February 2013, KCM received fees of $517,903 pursuant to the agreement.

This transaction was approved by our Audit Committee (composed entirely of disinterested members) on February 11, 2013 in accordance with our Related Person Transaction Policy.

 

121


Table of Contents

Review, Approval or Ratification of Certain Transactions with Related Persons

We have adopted a written Related Person Transaction Policy which requires that all Related Person Transactions (defined as all transactions that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which the Company was or is to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any Related Person (defined as any person described in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) will have a direct or indirect material interest) be approved or ratified by a committee of the Board composed solely of independent directors who are disinterested or by the disinterested members of the Board.

The above described transactions with Related Persons were approved prior to the time of Holdings’ IPO, and prior to the time we had adopted the Related Person Transaction Policy, except for the transactions described under “Commercial Relationship with TIBCO,” “Investment in the Pereg Fund” and “Advisory Services by KKR Capital Markets.”

Director Independence

The Nielsen Company B.V. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, and is not required to have a majority of its directors be independent. The board of directors of Holdings has affirmatively determined that each of Messrs. Pozen, Ranadivé and Teruel and Ms. Hoguet is independent for purposes of Section 303A.02 of the NYSE listing rules and under Holdings’ Corporate Governance Guidelines and that each of Messrs. Pozen and Teruel and Ms. Hoguet is independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3(b)(i) of the Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 303A.02 of the NYSE listing Rules. We believe that Messrs. Pozen, Ranadivé and Teruel and Ms. Hoguet would also be deemed independent directors of The Nielsen Company B.V. under the same standards.

 

122


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain definitions.” In this description, (i) the term “ Issuers ” refers to Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. and not any of their subsidiaries, and (ii) the terms “ we ,” “ our ” and “ us ” each refer to the Covenant Parties and their consolidated Subsidiaries.

On October 2, 2012, the Issuers issued $800 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Old Notes ”) under an indenture dated October 2, 2012 (as amended and restated from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Except as set forth herein, the terms of the notes to be issued in this offering (the “ Exchange Notes ,” and, together with the Old Notes, the “ Notes ”) will be substantially identical and will include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of that agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture because that agreement, not this description, define your rights as Holders of the Notes. You may request a copy of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading “Incorporation of certain information by reference.”

Furthermore, the following description of the Indenture and the Notes contains references to the final Offering Memorandum (the “ original offering memorandum ”) of the Issuers, dated August 1, 2006, covering the Issuers’ $650 million in aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due 2014 and €150 million aggregate principal amount of 9% Senior Notes due 2014 issued on August 9, 2006, as certain disclosure in the original offering memorandum is relevant to covenants set forth in the Indenture and the Notes. Where indicated, such disclosure defines your rights as holders of the Notes.

Brief description of notes

The Notes are:

 

   

unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers;

 

   

pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes) of the Issuers;

 

   

effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Issuers (including the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

   

senior in right of payment to any existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers; and

 

   

guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Foreign Parents and Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities.

Guarantees

The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of or interest on or Additional Interest in respect of the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

123


Table of Contents

The Foreign Parents and Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities also guarantee the Notes. Each of the Guarantees of the Notes is a general unsecured obligation of each Guarantor, is pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such entity, and is effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity and is senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of each such entity. The Notes are structurally subordinated to Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Covenant Parties that do not Guarantee the Notes.

Not all of the Restricted Subsidiaries guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute or contribute, as the case may be, any of their assets to a Guarantor. None of (a) the Foreign Subsidiaries of Domestic Subsidiaries, (b) non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Covenant Parties or any Receivables Subsidiary and (c) certain other Foreign Subsidiaries not required to guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities guarantee the Notes. The non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for $2,767 million, or 49%, of The Nielsen Company B.V. (f/k/a VNU B.V., the “Parent”) total revenue and had total operating income of $434 million as compared to Parent’s operating income of $964 million for 2012, $662 million, or 48%, of Parent’s total revenue and had total operating income of $64 million as compared to Parent’s total operating income of $171 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and approximately $5,463 million, or 38%, of Parent’s total assets, and approximately $1,802 million, or 20%, of Parent’s total liabilities, in each case as of March 31, 2013.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantees is limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantees from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee is entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor’s liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk factors—Risks relating to an investment in the Notes—Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void notes and guarantees and require note holders to return payments received.”

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1)(a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (other than VNU HF) (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or a Subsidiary of a Guarantor or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor (other than VNU HF) which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner not in violation of the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(b) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor (other than VNU HF) of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(c) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (other than VNU HF) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(d) the Issuers exercising their legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in a manner not in violation of the terms of the Indenture; and

 

124


Table of Contents

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Ranking

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment of any Guarantee ranks pari passu in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuers or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Issuers and such Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes.

The Notes are effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future Secured Indebtedness of each Issuer and each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness. As of March 31, 2013, the Issuers and the Guarantors had $4,113 million of Secured Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities and $580 million of unutilized capacity under the revolving credit facility, not including $13 million of outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees. In addition, as of March 31, 2013, the non-Guarantor Subsidiaries had $1,802 million of liabilities that were structurally senior to the Notes.

Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuers and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Paying agent and registrar for the notes

The Issuers will maintain one or more paying agents for the Notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The paying agent for the Notes will be Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

The Issuers will also maintain a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York in respect of the Notes. If the Issuers fail to appoint a registrar the Trustee will act as such. The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of Notes on behalf of the Issuers.

The Issuers may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers, a Restricted Subsidiary or any Subsidiaries of a Restricted Subsidiary may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuers will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

Principal, maturity and interest

On October 2, 2012, the Issuers issued $800 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes. The Notes will mature on October 1, 2020. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuers may issue additional Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“ Additional Notes ”). The Notes offered by the Issuers and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture are treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of notes” include any Additional Notes that are actually issued.

 

125


Table of Contents

The Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.5% per annum. Interest on the Notes will be payable semiannually using a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date on April 1 and October 1 of each year with the initial interest payment on the Notes being April 1, 2013.

Additional interest

Additional Interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes is payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory redemption; offers to purchase; open market purchases

The Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the option of holders.” We may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuers are not entitled to redeem the Notes at their option prior to maturity.

At any time prior to October 1, 2016, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On and after October 1, 2016 the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the option of holders—Selection and notice” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Dollar
notes
percentage
 

2016

     102.250

2017

     101.125

2018 and thereafter

     100.000

In addition, until October 1, 2015, the Issuers may, at their option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 104.5% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, with the

 

126


Table of Contents

net cash proceeds of (a) one or more Equity Offerings and /or (b) one or more sales of a business unit of Parent, in each case to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Covenant Party; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering or sale.

Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Repurchase at the option of holders—Selection and notice.”

Repurchase at the option of holders

Change of Control

The Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) that if the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued Notes and such Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in each case in principal amount; and

 

127


Table of Contents

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

The Senior Credit Facilities and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Covenant Parties become a party may provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Covenant Parties would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under one or more of our Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance the applicable Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the applicable Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound-down.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. We have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain covenants—Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all

 

128


Table of Contents

Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Covenant Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuers to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(a) any liabilities (as shown on such Covenant Party’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Covenant Parties and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

(b) any securities received by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 15 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce:

(a) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(b) Obligations under the Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

129


Table of Contents

(c) Obligations under (i) Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuers shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under “Optional redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid,

(d) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary, or

(e) Obligations under Subordinated Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Asset Sale Prepayment Amount; or

(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in a Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties, (c) capital expenditures or (d) acquisitions of other assets that, in the case of each of (a), (b), (c) and (d) are either (x) used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Covenant Party, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any Net Proceeds from the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of ACN and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent otherwise permitted under the Indenture, will be applied in accordance with this paragraph within 12 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds, and the proviso to the previous sentence with respect to Acceptable Commitments and Second Commitments will not be applicable to the application of such Net Proceeds.

Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is par passu with the Notes (“ Par Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or €2,000, as applicable, or an integral multiple of $1,000 or €1,000, as applicable (in each case in aggregate principal amount), that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess

 

130


Table of Contents

Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Selection and notice

If the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the Notes at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

The Issuers will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants that will be contained in the Indenture. Beginning on the day of a Covenant Suspension Event and ending on a Reversion Date (such period a “ Suspension Period ”) with respect to the Notes, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in the “Description of Notes” will not be applicable to the Notes:

(1) “Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset Sales”;

(2) “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(3) “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(4) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “—Merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets”;

(5) “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(6) “—Dividend and other payment restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”; and

(7) “—Limitation on guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.”

 

131


Table of Contents

On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to the first paragraph of “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” below or one of the clauses set forth in the second paragraph of “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” below (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be Incurred or issued pursuant to the first or second paragraph of “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (3) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.” Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be made as though the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” As described above, however, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period.

For purposes of the “Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset Sales” covenant, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero.

In addition, during any period of time that: (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenant described under “Repurchase at the option of holders—Change of Control” (the “ Suspended Covenant ”). In the event that the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies (a) withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (b) the Issuers or any of their Affiliates enter into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenant under the Indenture with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (b) above.

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of any Covenant Parties’ or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) dividends or distributions by a Covenant Party (other than VNU HF) or a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Covenant Party (other than VNU HF) or such Restricted Subsidiary, a Covenant

 

132


Table of Contents

Party or another Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of VNU HF or any direct or indirect parent of VNU HF, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, or make any interest or principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value the Parent Intercompany Debt, other than:

(a) Indebtedness permitted under clause (7) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

(b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuers could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries after August 9, 2006 (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) the EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the period beginning July 1, 2006, to the end of the Issuers’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, less the product of 1.4 times the Consolidated Interest Expense of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the same period; plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary since immediately after August 9, 2006 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (11)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:

(i)(A) Equity Interests of VNU HF, or a direct or indirect parent company of VNU HF, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of Parent, the Covenant Parties, Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of VNU HF, after August 9, 2006 to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and

 

133


Table of Contents

(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, Equity Interests of VNU HF’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

(ii) debt securities of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of VNU HF, or a direct or indirect parent company of VNU HF;

provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities sold to a Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of a Covenant Party following August 9, 2006 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (11)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) (other than by another Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any Excluded Contributions); plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, of marketable securities or other property received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Covenant Parties or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Covenant Parties or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Covenant Parties or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after August 9, 2006; or

(ii) the sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after August 9, 2006; plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after August 9, 2006, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuers in good faith or if such fair market value may exceed $150 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

As of the Issue Date, the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be permitted to make substantial Restricted Payments pursuant to the foregoing clause (3).

The foregoing provisions do not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

 

134


Table of Contents

(2)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any (i) Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor or the Parent Intercompany Debt or (ii) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of VNU HF, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of VNU HF, or any direct or indirect parent company of VNU HF to the extent contributed to a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph and not made pursuant to clause (2)(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of VNU HF) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of VNU HF or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of a Covenant Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year (plus, without duplication, “unused amounts” being carried over pursuant to the similar provision in the Existing Senior Notes Indenture) $25 million (which shall increase to $50 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $50 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $100 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of VNU HF and, to the extent contributed to a Covenant Party, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect

 

135


Table of Contents

parent companies of VNU HF, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Covenant Parties, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after August 9, 2006, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after August 9, 2006; plus

(c) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of a Covenant Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests; less

(d) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to any Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management of Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Parent or any of Parent’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(6)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after August 9, 2006, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock;

(b) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after August 9, 2006, provided that the amount of Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided , however , in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 6.75 to 1.00;

(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) or after August 9, 2006, but before the Issue Date, under the similar provision in the Existing Senior Notes Indenture, that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed 1.25% of Total Assets, in each case, at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

136


Table of Contents

(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on a Covenant Party’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to a Covenant Party in or from any public Equity Offering;

(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) or after August 9, 2006, but before the Issue Date, under the similar provision in the Existing Senior Notes Indenture, not to exceed 2.00% of Total Assets at the time made;

(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(13) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness (a) pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the option of holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset Sales”; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value or (b) with the proceeds of Asset Sales in an amount not to exceed the Asset Sale Prepayment Amount;

(15) the declaration and payment of dividends by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans to, any of their respective direct or indirect parents, or the making of any payment of interest or principal on, or redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of, the Parent Intercompany Debt in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(b) federal, foreign, state and local income taxes provided that, in each fiscal year, the amount of such payments does not exceed the amount that the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income taxes if such entities were corporations paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state and local tax rate for such fiscal year;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(f) interest payable on Holdings Debt;

(g) amounts payable to Valcon Acquisition, B.V. by Parent pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreements; and

 

137


Table of Contents

(h) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuers related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity;

(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(17) [Reserved];

(18) [Reserved];

(19) the forgiveness, cancellation, termination or disposition of the Transactions Intercompany Obligations; and

(20) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenant described under “—Merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets”; provided that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuers shall have made a Change of Control Offer and that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

As of the date of Issuance of the Notes, all of the Subsidiaries of the Covenant Parties are Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuers will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently, or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuers and the Restricted Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Issuers and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been no greater than 6.75 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

 

138


Table of Contents

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $6,000 million outstanding at any one time;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuers and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes);

(3) Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that

(a) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FIN 45 as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence on August 9, 2006) of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(a)); and

(b) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by an Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (8);

 

139


Table of Contents

(9) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this covenant, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(10) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11)(a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after August 9, 2006 from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of VNU HF or any direct or indirect parent entity of VNU HF (which proceeds are contributed to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary) or cash contributed to the capital of a Covenant Party (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, any Covenant Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (11)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (11)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which a Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (11)(b));

(12) the incurrence by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance:

(a) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3) and (11)(a) above, this clause (12) and clause (13) below, or

(b) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause (a) above,

including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (collectively, the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

 

140


Table of Contents

(C) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further that subclause (A) of this clause (12) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of Indebtedness under a Credit Facility;

(13) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that either

(i) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock:

(a) is not Secured Indebtedness and is subordinated to the Notes on terms no less favorable to the holders thereof than the subordination terms set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes as in effect on August 9, 2006;

(b) is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom; and

(c) matures and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity or the Notes (other than in a manner consistent with the terms of the Indenture); or

(ii) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

(a) the Issuers would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant, or

(b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(14) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(15) Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(16)(a) any guarantee by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Covenant Party that is not an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or

(b) any guarantee by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuers; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “—Limitation on guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

(17) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (17) 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries (it being understood that any Indebtedness

 

141


Table of Contents

incurred pursuant to this clause (17) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (17) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (17));

(18) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $200 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (18) (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));

(19) Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of a Covenant Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption “Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

(21) Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures of a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary not in excess of $25 million at any time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuers, in their sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and

(2) at the time of incurrence, the Issuers will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

As of the date of this prospectus, there were no amounts outstanding under the baskets in the Existing Senior Notes Indenture that are similar to clauses (11), (17), (18) or (21) set forth above.

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing

 

142


Table of Contents

would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The Indenture provides that the Issuers will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be.

The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Liens

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuers or any Restricted Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.

The foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees, (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (c) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described above under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.75 to 1.0.

Merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets

Neither Issuer nor VNU HF may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Person is the surviving corporation), and VNU HF may not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) such Issuer or VNU HF, as applicable, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer or VNU HF, as applicable) or the Person to whom such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

 

143


Table of Contents

(2) the Successor Company, if other than such Issuer or VNU HF, as applicable, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the Notes or VNU HF under its Guarantee, as applicable, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or

(b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be less than such Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for such Issuer or VNU HF, as applicable, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

(1) any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to an Issuer or Restricted Guarantor; and

(2) an Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of such Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reorganizing such Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Restricted Guarantor will, and the Covenant Parties will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1)(a) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(b) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(d) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

144


Table of Contents

(2) in the case of any Restricted Guarantor other than VNU HF, the transaction does not violate the covenant described under “Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset Sales.”

In the case of clause (1) above, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under the Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or an Issuer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for purposes of this covenant, the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of ACN and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries shall not constitute a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, so long as, at the time of such transaction, (a) the EBITDA of ACN and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four most recently ended fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available represented less than 45% of the EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the same four-quarter period and (b) the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Transactions with Affiliates

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuers (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the relevant Covenant Party or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

(2) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuers approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Permitted Investments;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and termination fees and related expenses to Valcon Acquisition, B.V., in each case pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreements;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, Officers, directors, employees or consultants of Covenant Parties, any of their direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions in which any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to such Covenant Party or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

145


Table of Contents

(6) any agreement as in effect as of August 9, 2006 or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on August 9, 2006);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of August 9, 2006 and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after August 9, 2006 shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

(8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case as disclosed in the original offering memorandum;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuers or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of VNU HF to its direct or indirect parent or to any Permitted Holder or the contribution to the common equity of any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(12) payments by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuers in good faith;

(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Covenant Parties, any of their direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuers in good faith; and

(14) Investments by the Investors, a Foreign Parent or any direct or indirect parent of a Foreign Parent in securities of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Dividend and other payment restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Covenant Parties will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

146


Table of Contents

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries,

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on August 9, 2006 including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities in effect on such date and the related documentation;

(b) the Indenture and the Notes;

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) a Covenant Party or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to August 9, 2006 pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

(k) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuers, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(m) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuers are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

 

147


Table of Contents

Limitation on guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Covenant Parties will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of a Covenant Party (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary of a Domestic Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor:

(a) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

(b) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary shall within 30 days deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Reports and other information

Notwithstanding that the Covenant Parties may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require VNU HF to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

(1) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

(2) within the time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer, for each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

(4) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuers would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that VNU HF shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event VNU HF will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Note, in each case within 15 days

 

148


Table of Contents

after the time the Issuers would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; provided , further , that, with respect to (i) the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and (ii) the quarter with respect to which the Issuers notify the Trustee in writing that Parent intends to switch the currency in which its financial statements are reported, VNU HF shall not be required to make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes or provide such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes until 90 days after the end of such quarter. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Covenant Parties have agreed that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, they will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Covenant Parties shall not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement.

If any direct or indirect parent company of VNU HF is a Guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture will permit the Covenant Parties to satisfy their obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Covenant Parties by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Events of Default and remedies

The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes;

(3) failure by the Issuers or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less 30% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by any Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by any Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to a Covenant Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $100 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) failure by a Covenant Party or any Significant Party to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $100 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

149


Table of Contents

(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuers or any Significant Party; or

(7) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided , however , that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

(1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities; or

(2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuers and the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facilities.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such, Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

 

150


Table of Contents

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture provides that the Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required, within five Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No personal liability of directors, officers, employees and stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuers may, at their option and at anytime, elect to have all of their obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have the Issuers’ and each Guarantor’s Obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“ Legal Defeasance ”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

(1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at anytime, elect to have their obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuers) described under “Events of Default and remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

 

151


Table of Contents

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the indentures pursuant to which the Existing Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes were issued or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuers or any Restricted Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Restricted Guarantor is bound;

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor or others; and

(8) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

152


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2)(a) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption and redeemed within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and an Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the indentures governing the Existing Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes or any other material agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (other than the Indenture) to which an Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(c) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(d) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, supplement and waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by an Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

153


Table of Contents

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(9) make any change to the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder;

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

(4) to provide the assumption of an Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon an Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

(10) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;

(11) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of this “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Notes; or

(12) making any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

 

154


Table of Contents

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture will contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of an Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the issuance of the old notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes. Under this agreement, we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and to consummate the exchange offer for the old notes by September 27, 2013. If we do not consummate the exchange offer for the old notes by September 27, 2013, we will incur additional interest expense pursuant to the registration rights agreement. You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offer your old notes for exchange notes which are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that:

 

   

the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and will be freely tradable by persons who are not affiliated with us;

 

   

the exchange notes are not entitled to registration rights which are applicable to the old notes under the registration rights agreement; and

 

   

our obligation to pay additional interest on the old notes due to the failure to consummate the exchange offer by a prior date does not apply to the exchange notes.

Consent to jurisdiction and service

In relation to any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with the Indenture and the notes, each of the Guarantors that is not a U.S. Person in the Indenture irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America.

Governing law

The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

155


Table of Contents

Certain definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

7.75% Senior Notes ” means the Issuers’ 7.75% Senior Notes due October 15, 2018 issued October 12, 2010 and the Issuers’ 7.75% Senior Notes due October 15, 2018 issued November 9, 2010.

7.75% Senior Notes Indenture ” means the indenture dated as of October 12, 2010 governing the 7.75% Senior Notes.

11.625% Senior Notes ” means the Issuers’ 11.625% Senior Notes due 2014 issued January 27, 2009.

11.625% Senior Notes Indenture ” means the indenture dated as of January 27, 2009 governing the 11.625% Senior Notes.

ACN ” means ACN Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; and

(b) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) the redemption price of such Note at October 1, 2016 (such redemption price being set forth in the table above under the caption “Optional redemption”), plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Note through October 1, 2016 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Note.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

156


Table of Contents

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain covenants—Merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary or a Covenant Party to another Covenant Party or by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests of VNU HF;

(j) foreclosures on assets;

(k) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(l) any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the Transactions Intercompany Obligations; and

(m) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary after August 9, 2006 including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture.

Asset Sale Prepayment Amount ” means:

(1) at any time after the Issue Date and prior to the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of at least $150 million of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and $100 million aggregate principal amount of Notes with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales, $0;

(2) at any time after the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of at least $150 million (but less than $650 million) of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and $100 million (but less than $200 million) aggregate principal amount of Notes with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales, $50 million less the amount of Net Proceeds, if any, previously applied to the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (2);

 

157


Table of Contents

(3) at any time after the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of at least $650 million of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and $200 million aggregate principal amount of Notes with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales, $100 million less , without duplication, the amount of Net Proceeds, if any, previously applied to the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to clause (2) above and/or this clause (3).

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenants Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and such Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

(b) in the case of any Covenant Party or Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government, any member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

158


Table of Contents

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA— (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

(2) the Issuers become aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of a majority or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of an Issuer.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (2) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of the Issuers and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

159


Table of Contents

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (w) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to the Notes, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus

(3) Restricted Payments made by such Person of the type permitted to be made by clause (15)(f) of the second paragraph of the provisions described above under “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; less

(4) interest income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuers to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (b) EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than, for purposes of calculating EBITDA only, Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and other operational changes that a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP assuming that all such

 

160


Table of Contents

Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuers may designate. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Issuers as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions) and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “ Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 8 to the “Summary Historical and Pro forma Financial Information” under “Offering Memorandum Summary” in the original offering memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the aggregate amount of projected operating expense reductions, operating improvements and synergies included in any such pro forma calculation shall not exceed $125 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph).

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions), duplicative running costs associated with the European Data Factory, severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

 

161


Table of Contents

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, including changes from international financial reporting standards to United States financial reporting standards,

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuers, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Covenant Parties will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to August 9, 2006 and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, and

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after August 9, 2006 that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made

 

162


Table of Contents

by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (b) EBITDA of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than, for purposes of calculating EBITDA only, Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and other operational changes that a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change in any associated Fixed Charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of an Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be

 

163


Table of Contents

computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuers may designate. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Issuers as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions); and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “ Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 8 to the “Summary Historical and Pro forma Financial Information” under “Offering Memorandum Summary” in the original offering memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the aggregate amount of projected operating expense reductions, operating improvements and synergies included in any such pro forma calculation shall not exceed $125 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph).

For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Covenant Parties ” means each of VNU HF, VNU International, B.V., and the Issuers.

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

164


Table of Contents

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of an Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by a Covenant Party or any their respective Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuers, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Covenant Parties or their respective Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(b) Fixed Charges (other than clause (3) of the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense, except to the extent that such amount has been deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income) of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or

 

165


Table of Contents

repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, (iii) any Additional Interest and (iv) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility; plus

(e) the amount of any business optimization expense and restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after August 9, 2006 costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs and excess pension charges; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”; plus

(i) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

(j) any costs or expense incurred by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of an Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of an Issuer or Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(2) decreased by (without duplication) (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) solely for the purpose of calculating EBITDA on a cumulative basis for purposes of clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph under the heading “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” the amount of cost savings set forth in the adjustments used in connection with the calculation of “ Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 8 to the “Summary Historical and Pro forma Financial Information” under “Offering Memorandum Summary” in the original offering memorandum; and

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; plus or minus , as applicable,

(b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

 

166


Table of Contents

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of VNU HF or of a direct or indirect parent of VNU HF (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to a Covenant Party or any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to a Covenant Party from,

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Covenant Party or a Subsidiary of a Covenant Party or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of a Covenant Party or a Subsidiary of a Covenant Party) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of VNU HF or any direct or indirect parent of VNU HF,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Existing Senior Notes ” means the 11.625% Senior Notes and the 7.75% Senior Notes.

Existing Senior Notes Indenture ” means the 11.625% Senior Notes Indenture and the 7.75% Senior Notes Indenture.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or any such Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

Foreign Parent ” means The Nielsen Company B.V. (f/k/a VNU Group B.V.), VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. and any other direct or indirect parent organization of a Covenant Party that is a subsidiary of The Nielsen Company B.V.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

167


Table of Contents

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on August 9, 2006.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Indenture.

Guarantor ” means, each Person that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

Holdings Debt ” means Indebtedness of Parent outstanding on August 9, 2006 (after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions) as reflected in Parent’s balance sheet and refinancings thereof that do not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof, except to the extent of additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business; or

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

 

168


Table of Contents

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, (c) any intercompany indebtedness (including intercompany indebtedness to a Foreign Parent) having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (d) the Parent Intercompany Debt.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuers, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB—(or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuers and the Subsidiaries of any Covenant Party;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the applicable Covenant Party’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of a Covenant Party at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided ,

 

169


Table of Contents

however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuers or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Covenant Party’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Covenant Party’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuers.

Investors ” means AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Thomas H. Lee Partners and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Issue Date ” means October 2, 2012.

Issuers ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Covenant Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by any of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Obligations ” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for

 

170


Table of Contents

in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuers.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuers by an Officer of the Issuers, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuers, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.

Parent Intercompany Debt ” means the intercompany loan of Parent to VNU HF, as in effect on August 9, 2006 after giving effect to the Transactions.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the “Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset Sales” covenant.

Permitted Holders ” means each of the Investors and members of management of a Covenant Party, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent entity of the foregoing who are holders of Equity Interests of Parent or its direct or indirect parent organizations on August 9, 2006 and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided , that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

171


Table of Contents

(5) any Investment existing on August 9, 2006 or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on August 9, 2006 or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on August 9, 2006; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on August 9, 2006 or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) any Investment acquired by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by such Covenant Party or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (9) of the covenant described in “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) or prior to the Issue Date pursuant to the similar provision of the Existing Senior Notes Indenture (without duplication) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of a Covenant Party or any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments”;

(10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

(12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) or prior to the Issue Date pursuant to the similar provision of the Existing Senior Notes Indenture (without duplication) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuers are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

(15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $15 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(16) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuers or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; and

 

172


Table of Contents

(17) Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (11)(b), (17) or (18) of the second paragraph under “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (17) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18) are solely on acquired property or assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be;

(7) Liens existing on August 9, 2006;

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property at the time a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to a Covenant Party or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

173


Table of Contents

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as, in the case of Hedging Obligations related to interest, the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of an Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50 million at any one time outstanding;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of Default and remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

174


Table of Contents

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on and the costs in respect of such Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuers in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuers which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Covenant Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuers and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuers to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

 

175


Table of Contents

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Covenant Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Covenant Parties or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Cash ” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually restricted from being distributed to the Covenant Parties, except for such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture and that is secured by such cash or Cash Equivalents.

Restricted Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of each Covenant Party (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not an Issuer or that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Covenant Party or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of a Covenant Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities ” means, collectively, the Credit Facility under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 2, 2012 by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Original Senior Credit Facilities”), and the Senior Secured Loan Agreement, dated June 8, 2009, by and among Nielsen Finance LLC, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and the other lenders party thereto from time to time, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” above).

 

176


Table of Contents

Senior Indebtedness ” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes or Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuers or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Original Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Covenant Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; provided that obligations incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (c);

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Discount Notes ” means the Issuers’ 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2016 issued on August 9, 2006.

Significant Party ” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on August 9, 2006.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on August 9, 2006 or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Sponsor Management Agreements ” means the advisory agreements between each of ACN and VNU, Inc. and Valcon, in each case as in effect on August 9, 2006 and giving effect to amendments thereto that, taken as a whole, are not materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the Notes.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuers which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

 

177


Table of Contents

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Total Assets ” means total assets of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since August 9, 2006; provided that in no event shall the Transactions Intercompany Obligations constitute part of Total Assets.

Transactions ” means the transactions described under “Offering Memorandum Summary—The Transactions” in the original offering memorandum.

Transactions Intercompany Obligations ” means any intercompany loan made by a Covenant Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Foreign Parent outstanding on August 9, 2006 or made for the purpose of consummating the Transactions.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to October 1, 2016; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to October 1, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuers, as provided below);

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(3) from August 9, 2006 through the date on which they were redesignated as Restricted Subsidiaries under the Existing Senior Notes Indenture each of NetRatings, Inc. and BuzzMetrics, Inc.

The Issuers may designate any Subsidiary of a Covenant Party (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, a Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Covenant Party (other than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by a Covenant Party;

 

178


Table of Contents

(2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

(3) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of any Covenant Party or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuers may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Issuers could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under “Certain covenants—Limitation on incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

(2) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Covenant Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation,

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuers shall be notified by the Issuers to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuers or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

VNU HF ” means Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. (f/k/a VNU Holding and Finance B.V.).

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

179


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The exchange of old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss will be recognized by a holder upon receipt of an exchange note, the holding period of the exchange note will include the holding period of the old note exchanged therefor, and the basis of the exchange note will be the same as the basis of the old note immediately before the exchange.

In any event, persons considering the exchange of old notes for exchange notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for old notes only where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We and the guarantors of the notes have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we and the guarantors of the notes will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                     , 2013, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We and the guarantors of the notes will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is and “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendments or supplements to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We and the guarantors of the notes have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes), other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the old notes (including any broker-dealers), against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

180


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters relating to the validity of the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York; Clifford Chance LLP, Droogbak, Amsterdam; Clifford Chance, Luxembourg; A&L Goodbody, Dublin, Ireland; and James W. Cuminale, Esq., Chief Legal Officer of The Nielsen Company B.V.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of The Nielsen Company B.V. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We are required to file annual and quarterly reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C., 20549. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our filings will also be available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Our reports and other information that we have filed, or may in the future file, with the SEC are not incorporated by reference into and do not constitute part of this prospectus.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 to register with the SEC the exchange notes to be issued in exchange for the old notes. This prospectus is part of that registration statement. As allowed by the SEC’s rules, this prospectus does not contain all of the information you can find in the registration statement or the exhibits to the registration statement. You should note that where we summarize in this prospectus the material terms of any contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, the summary information provided in the prospectus is less complete than the actual contract, agreement or document. You should refer to the exhibits filed to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or document.

We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about us or the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. If you are given any information or representations about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law.

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

The Nielsen Company B.V. is a Netherlands besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid, or private company with limited liability. Certain of its officers and directors may be residents of various jurisdictions outside the United States. In addition, certain of The Nielsen Company B.V.’s assets, are located outside the United States. The Nielsen Company B.V. has agreed, in accordance with the terms of the indenture under which the exchange notes will be issued, to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the indenture, the notes or the security documents brought in any federal or state court located in New York City by an agent designated for such purpose, and to submit to the jurisdiction of such courts in connection

 

181


Table of Contents

with such suits, actions or proceedings. However, it may be difficult for holders of the notes to effect service within the United States upon directors, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States or to realize or enforce in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liability under U.S. federal securities laws. We have been advised by our Dutch counsel that there is doubt as to the enforceability in the Netherlands against The Nielsen Company B.V. or against its directors, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States, of liabilities predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws.

 

182


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     PAGE  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-2   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

    
F-3
  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012

     F-4   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-5   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-6   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-24   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-25   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income /(Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-26   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-27   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-28   

Consolidated Statements of Changes Equity for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-29   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-32   

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     F-81   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

       2013             2012      

Revenues

   $ 1,376      $ 1,334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     593        564   

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     451        446   

Depreciation and amortization

     126        129   

Restructuring charges

     35        37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     171        158   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     1        1   

Interest expense

     (81     (100

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

     (12     (10

Other expense, net

     (12     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss of affiliates

     67        43   

Provision for income taxes

     27        11   

Equity in net loss of affiliates

     1        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     39        30   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     3        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     36        28   

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     1        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to The Nielsen Company B.V.

   $ 37      $ 28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

       2013             2012      

Net income

   $ 36      $ 28   

Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $11 and $1

     (27     87   

Available for sale securities, net of tax

     3        —    

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(2) and $1

     2        (1

Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, net of tax of $(10) and $(1)

     4        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (18     88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     18        116   

Less; comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     1        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to The Nielsen Company, B.V.

   $ 17      $ 116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

   March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 
     (Unaudited)        

Assets:

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 232      $ 287   

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $43 and $38 as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively

     1,075        1,110   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     300        278   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,607        1,675   

Non-current assets

    

Property, plant and equipment, net

     537        560   

Goodwill

     7,322        7,352   

Other intangible assets, net

     4,519        4,555   

Deferred tax assets

     170        169   

Other non-current assets

     259        272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 14,414      $ 14,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 848      $ 971   

Deferred revenues

     345        373   

Income tax liabilities

     70        56   

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

     380        362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,643        1,762   

Non-current liabilities

    

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     5,948        5,941   

Deferred tax liabilities

     996        1,006   

Other non-current liabilities

     580        616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     9,167        9,325   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

    

Equity:

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

7% preferred stock, €8.00 par value, 150,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     1        1   

Common stock, €0.20 par value, 550,000,000 shares authorized and 258,463,857 shares issued at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     58        58   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,504        6,533   

Accumulated deficit

     (1,022     (1,059

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

     (343     (323
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Nielsen stockholders’ equity

     5,198        5,210   

Noncontrolling interests

     49        48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,247        5,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 14,414      $ 14,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   2013     2012  

Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 36      $ 28   

Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation expense

     10        8   

Gain on discontinued operations

     (1     —    

Currency exchange rate differences on financial transactions and other losses

     30        16   

Equity in net loss of affiliates, net of dividends received

     2        5   

Depreciation and amortization

     128        131   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of businesses acquired and divested:

    

Trade and other receivables, net

     27        51   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (31     (27

Accounts payable and other current liabilities and deferred revenues

     (172     (228

Other non-current liabilities

     (3     (1

Interest payable

     30        30   

Income taxes payable

     (4     (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     52        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

    

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     (11     (16

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     (9     (42

Additions to intangible assets

     (61     (40

Other investing activities

     (1     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (82     (98
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

    

Net borrowings under revolving credit facility

     55        120   

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

     1,867        1,209   

Repayment of debt

     (1,889     (1,271

Increase in other short-term borrowings

     1        6   

Payments made under stock plan

     (4     —    

Return of capital to parent

     (35     —    

Settlement of derivatives and other financing activities

     (5     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     (10     60   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (15     7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (55     (31

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     287        318   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 232      $ 287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

    

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ (29   $ (23

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

   $ (52   $ (71

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Background and Basis of Presentation

Background

The Nielsen Company B.V. (“Nielsen” or the “Company”), together with its subsidiaries, is a leading global information and measurement company that provides clients with a comprehensive understanding of consumers and consumer behavior. Nielsen is aligned into three reporting segments: what consumers buy (“Buy”), what consumers watch (“Watch”) and Expositions. Nielsen has a presence in approximately 100 countries, with its headquarters located in Diemen, the Netherlands and New York, USA. Nielsen’s parent company, Valcon Acquisition B.V. (“Valcon”), is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings N.V. (“Holdings”).

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, contain all the adjustments (consisting of those of a normal recurring nature) considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) applicable to interim periods. For a more complete discussion of significant accounting policies, commitments and contingencies and certain other information, refer to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. All amounts are presented in U.S. Dollars (“$”), except for share data or where expressly stated as being in other currencies, e.g., Euros (“€”). The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. The Company has evaluated events occurring subsequent to March 31, 2013 for potential recognition or disclosure in the condensed consolidated financial statements and concluded there were no subsequent events that required recognition or disclosure.

Devaluation of Venezuelan Currency

Nielsen has operations in both the Buy and Watch segments in Venezuela and the functional currency for these operations was the Venezuelan bolivares fuertes. Venezuela’s currency was considered hyperinflationary as of January 1, 2010 and further, in January 2010, Venezuela’s currency was devalued and a new currency exchange rate system was announced. In 2010, Nielsen evaluated the new exchange rate system and concluded that the local currency transactions will be denominated in U.S. dollars effective as of January 1, 2010 and until Venezuela’s currency is deemed to be non-hyperinflationary.

In February 2013, the Venezuelan government devalued its currency by 32%. The official exchange rate moved from 4.30 to 6.30 and the regulated System of Transactions with Securities in Foreign Currency market was suspended. As a result of this change Nielsen recorded a charge of $12 million during the first quarter of 2013 in the foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net line in the condensed consolidated statement of operations primarily reflecting the write-down of monetary assets and liabilities.

2. Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income

In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”, to improve the transparency of reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company has presented the significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification. This amended guidance does not have any other impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Matters

In March 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity”, to resolve the diversity in practice regarding the release into net income of the cumulative translation adjustment upon derecognition of a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity. The amendment requires an entity that ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. This guidance is effective for Nielsen interim and annual reporting periods in 2014. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

3. Business Acquisitions

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $11 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had the current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2013, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $16 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had the current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2012, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

4. Discontinued Operations

In March 2013, Nielsen completed the exit and shut down of one of its legacy online businesses and recorded a net loss of $3 million associated with this divestiture. The condensed consolidated statements of operations reflect the operating results of this business as a discontinued operation.

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Buy     Watch     Expositions      Total  

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 3,126      $ 3,661      $ 565       $ 7,352   

Acquisitions, divestitures and other adjustments

     4        1        —          5   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (34     (1     —          (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2013

   $ 3,096      $ 3,661      $ 565       $ 7,322   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2013, $113 million of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Other Intangible Assets

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Gross Amounts      Accumulated Amortization  
   March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
     March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

          

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 1,921       $ 1,921       $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortized intangibles:

          

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 126       $ 128       $ (48   $ (46

Customer-related intangibles

     2,882         2,882         (922     (886

Covenants-not-to-compete

     36         36         (26     (25

Computer software

     1,360         1,316         (843     (804

Patents and other

     93         90         (60     (57
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,497       $ 4,452       $ (1,899   $ (1,818
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense associated with the above intangible assets was $81 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and $79 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. These amounts included amortization expense associated with computer software of $39 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

6. Changes in and Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component

The table below summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax by component for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

(IN MILLIONS)    Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Unrealized
gains/(losses)
on Available-
for-Sale
Securities
     Gains/(losses) on
Cash Flow Hedges
    Post Employment
Benefits
    Total  

Balance December 31, 2012

   $ (13   $ —        $ (13   $ (297   $ (323
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income before reclassifications

     (27     3         —         1        (23

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     —         —          2        3        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (27     3         2        4        (18

Net current period other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     2        —          —         —         2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

     (29     3         2        4        (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance March 31, 2013

   $ (42   $ 3       $ (11   $ (293   $ (343
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive income by component for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

(IN MILLIONS)            

Details about Accumulated Other

Comprehensive Income components

   Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
     Affected Line Item in the
Condensed Consolidated
Statement of  Operations

Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

     

Interest rate contracts

   $ 4       Interest expense
     2       Tax expense
  

 

 

    

 

   $ 2       Total, net of tax
  

 

 

    

 

Amortization of Post Employment

     

Benefits

     

Actuarial loss

     4       (a)
     1       Tax expense
  

 

 

    

 

   $ 3       Total, net of tax
  

 

 

    

 

Total reclassification for the period

   $ 5       Net of tax
  

 

 

    

 

 

(a) This accumulated other comprehensive income component is included in the computation of net periodic pension cost.

7. Restructuring Activities

A summary of the changes in the liabilities for restructuring activities is provided below:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Total Initiatives  

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 64   

Charges

     35   

Payments

     (21

Non-cash charges and other adjustments

     (3

Effect of foreign currency translation and reclassification adjustments

     (1
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

   $ 74   
  

 

 

 

Nielsen recorded $35 million and $37 million in restructuring charges, primarily relating to severance and contract termination costs, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Of the $74 million in remaining liabilities for restructuring actions, $59 million is expected to be paid within one year and is classified as a current liability within the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2013.

8. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact, and also considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of non-performance.

There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

  Level  1: Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

 

  Level  2: Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date.

 

  Level  3: Pricing inputs that are generally unobservable and may not be corroborated by market data.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are measured and recorded at fair value, except for equity method investments, cost method investments, and long-term debt. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being measured and their placement within the fair value hierarchy. The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s material financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   March 31,
2013
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

     

Investments in equity securities (1)

   $ 16       $ 16       $ —        $ —    

Plan assets for deferred compensation (2)

     22         22         —          —    

Investment in mutual funds (3)

     2         2         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 40       $ 40       $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap arrangements (4)

   $ 18       $ —        $ 18       $ —    

Deferred compensation liabilities (5)

     22         22         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 40       $ 22       $ 18       $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2012
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

     

Investments in equity securities (1)

   $ 13       $ 13       $ —        $ —    

Plan assets for deferred compensation (2)

     22         22         —          —    

Investment in mutual funds (3)

     2         2         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37       $ 37       $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap arrangements (4)

   $ 22       $ —        $ 22       $ —    

Deferred compensation liabilities (5)

     22         22         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44       $ 22       $ 22       $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Investments in equity securities are carried at fair value, which is based on the quoted market price at period end in an active market. These investments are classified as available-for-sale with any unrealized gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value recorded, net of tax, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) until realized. Nielsen assesses declines in the value of individual investments to determine whether such decline is other than temporary and thus the investment is impaired by considering available evidence. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, Nielsen noted no such impairments.
(2) Plan assets are comprised of investments in mutual funds, which are intended to fund liabilities arising from deferred compensation plans. These investments are carried at fair value, which is based on quoted market prices at period end in active markets. These investments are classified as trading securities with any gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value recorded in other expense, net in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
(3) Investments in mutual funds are money-market accounts held with the intention of funding certain specific retirement plans.
(4) Derivative financial instruments include interest rate swap arrangements recorded at fair value based on externally-developed valuation models that use readily observable market parameters and the consideration of counterparty risk.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
(5) The Company offers certain employees the opportunity to participate in a deferred compensation plan. A participant’s deferrals are invested in a variety of participant directed stock and bond mutual funds and are classified as trading securities. Changes in the fair value of these securities are measured using quoted prices in active markets based on the market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held exclusive of any transaction costs. A corresponding adjustment for changes in fair value of the trading securities is also reflected in the changes in fair value of the deferred compensation obligation.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Nielsen uses interest rate swap derivative instruments principally to manage the risk that changes in interest rates will affect the cash flows of its underlying debt obligations.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. Nielsen documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions as well as the hedge effectiveness assessment, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis. Nielsen recognizes all derivatives at fair value either as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the fair values of such instruments are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If specific cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, Nielsen recognizes the changes in fair value of these instruments in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss).

Nielsen manages exposure to possible defaults on derivative financial instruments by monitoring the concentration of risk that Nielsen has with any individual bank and through the use of minimum credit quality standards for all counterparties. Nielsen does not require collateral or other security in relation to derivative financial instruments. A derivative contract entered into between Nielsen or certain of its subsidiaries and a counterparty that was also a lender under Nielsen’s senior secured credit facilities at the time the derivative contract was entered into is guaranteed under the senior secured credit facilities by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries (see Note 9 “Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements” for more information). Since it is Nielsen’s policy to only enter into derivative contracts with banks of internationally acknowledged standing, Nielsen considers the counterparty risk to be remote.

It is Nielsen’s policy to have an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement established with every bank with which it has entered into any derivative contract. Under each of these ISDA Master Agreements, Nielsen agrees to settle only the net amount of the combined market values of all derivative contracts outstanding with any one counterparty should that counterparty default. Certain of the ISDA Master Agreements contain cross-default provisions where if the Company either defaults in payment obligations under its credit facility or if such obligations are accelerated by the lenders, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. At March 31, 2013, Nielsen had no material exposure to potential economic losses due to counterparty credit default risk or cross-default risk on its derivative financial instruments.

Interest Rate Risk

Nielsen is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on the floating-rate U.S. Dollar and Euro Term Loans, and uses floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge this exposure. For these derivatives, Nielsen reports the after-tax gain or loss from the effective portion of the hedge as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) and reclassifies it into earnings in the same period or periods in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same income statement line item as the impact of the hedged transaction.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2013, the Company had the following outstanding interest rate swaps utilized in the management of its interest rate risk:

 

     Notional Amount      Maturity Date      Currency  

Interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments

        

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 1,000,000,000         November 2013         US Dollar   

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 250,000,000         November 2014         US Dollar   

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 250,000,000         September 2015         US Dollar   

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 125,000,000         November 2015         US Dollar   

Euro term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   125,000,000         November 2015         Euro   

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 500,000,000         November 2016         US Dollar   

Nielsen expects to recognize approximately $12 million of net pre-tax losses from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense in the next 12 months associated with its interest-related derivative financial instruments.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

The fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

(IN MILLIONS)

   Accounts
Payable and
Other
Current
Liabilities
     Other
Non-
Current
Liabilities
     Accounts
Payable and
Other
Current
Liabilities
     Other
Non-
Current
Liabilities
 

Interest rate swaps

   $ 3       $ 15       $ 6       $ 16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow

Hedging Relationships

(IN MILLIONS)

   Amount of Loss
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)
Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Location of Loss
Reclassified from OCI
into  Income

(Effective Portion)
     Amount of Loss
Reclassified from
OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2013      2012         2013      2012  

Interest rate swaps

   $ —        $ 8         Interest expense       $ 4       $ 6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value or provide valuation allowances for certain assets using fair value measurements. The Company’s equity method investments, cost method investments, and non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized.

The Company did not measure any material non-financial assets or liabilities at fair value during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

9. Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

Unless otherwise stated, interest rates are as of March 31, 2013.

 

     March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

(IN MILLIONS)

   Weighted
Interest
Rate
    Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Interest
Rate
    Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

$1,610 million Senior secured term loan due 2013

     $ —        $ —          $ 218       $ 218   

$2,386 million Senior secured term loan due 2016

       —          —            2,315         2,324   

$2,532 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 2.95%) due 2016

       2,526         2,549           —          —    

$1,222 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 2.20%) due 2017

       1,161         1,167           1,176         1,173   

€227 million Senior secured term loan due 2013

       —          —            34         34   

€273 million Senior secured term loan due 2016

       —          —            347         347   

€289 million Senior secured term loan (Euro LIBOR based variable rate of 3.06%) due 2016

       371         373           —          —    

$635 million senior secured revolving credit facility (Euro LIBOR or LIBOR based variable rate) due 2016

       55         55           —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total senior secured credit facilities (with weighted-average interest rate)

     2.90     4,113         4,144         3.46     4,090         4,096   

$215 million 11.625% senior debenture loan due 2014

       210         227           209         232   

$1,080 million 7.75% senior debenture loan due 2018

       1,084         1,203           1,084         1,211   

$800 million 4.50% senior debenture loan due 2020

       800         799           800         794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debenture loans (with weighted-average interest rate)

     7.60     2,094         2,229         7.60     2,093         2,237   

Other loans

       1         1           1         1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     4.49     6,208         6,374         4.86     6,184         6,334   

Capital lease and other financing obligations

       106              107      

Bank overdrafts

       6              5      

Short term debt

       8              7      
    

 

 

         

 

 

    

Total debt and other financing arrangements

       6,328              6,303      
    

 

 

         

 

 

    

Less: Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease and other financing obligations and other short-term borrowings

       380              362      
    

 

 

         

 

 

    

Non-current portion of long-term debt and capital lease and other financing obligations

     $ 5,948            $ 5,941      
    

 

 

         

 

 

    

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt instruments was based on the yield on public debt where available or current borrowing rates available for financings with similar terms and maturities and such fair value measurements are considered Level 1 or Level 2 in nature, respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Annual maturities of Nielsen’s long-term debt are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

      

For April 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013

   $ 124   

2014

     348   

2015

     151   

2016

     2,969   

2017

     733   

2018

     1,083   

Thereafter

     800   
  

 

 

 
   $ 6,208   
  

 

 

 

In December 2012, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire Arbitron Inc. (NYSE: ARB), an international media and marketing research firm, for $48 per share in cash (the “Transaction”). In addition, the Company entered into a commitment for an unsecured note or unsecured loan of up to $1,300 million (the “Commitment Letter”) to fund the closing of the Transaction. As of March 31, 2013, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Commitment Letter.

In April 2013, Arbitron’s shareholders voted to approve the Transaction, which remains subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory review.

Amendment to Senior Secured Credit Facility

In February 2013, the Second Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended and restated to provide for a new class of term loans (the “Class E Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $2,532 million and €289 million, the proceeds of which were used to repay or replace in full a like amount of our existing Class A Term Loans maturing August 9, 2013, Class B Term Loans maturing May 1, 2016 and Class C Term Loans maturing May 1, 2016. As a result of this transaction, the Company recorded a charge of $12 million primarily related to the write-off of previously capitalized deferred financing fees associated with the Class A, B and C term loans to other expense, net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

The Class E Term Loans will mature in full on May 1, 2016 and are required to be repaid in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of Class E Term Loans, with the balance payable on May 1, 2016. Class E Term Loans denominated in dollars bear interest equal to, at our election, a base rate or eurocurrency rate, in each case plus an applicable margin, which is equal to 1.75% (in the case of base rate loans) or 2.75% (in the case of eurocurrency rate loans). Class E Term Loan denominated in euros bear interest equal to the eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin of 3.00%. The newly Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains substantially the same affirmative and negative covenants as those of the Existing Credit Agreement, other than certain amendments to the limitation on the ability of Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates to incur indebtedness and make investments.

10. Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were 40% and 26% respectively. The tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was higher than statutory rate as a result of the tax impact of the Venezuela currency revaluation and accrual for future audit settlements offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities and release of tax contingencies. The tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to the tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities.

Liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits totaled $93 million and $94 million as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. If the Company’s tax positions are favorably sustained by the taxing authorities, the reversal of the underlying liabilities would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate in future periods

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The Company files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. and in many state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examination for 2006 and prior periods. In addition, the Company has subsidiaries in various states, provinces and countries that are currently under audit for years ranging from 2001 through 2011.

The Company is under Canadian audit for the years 2007 and 2008. It is anticipated that these examinations will be completed within the next twelve months. To date, the Company is not aware of any material adjustments not already accrued related to any of the current Federal, state or foreign audits under examination.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

Sunbeam Television Corp. (“Sunbeam”) filed a lawsuit in Federal District Court in Miami, Florida in April 2009. The lawsuit alleged that we violated Federal and Florida state antitrust laws and Florida’s unfair trade practices laws by attempting to maintain a monopoly and abuse our position in the market, and breached our contract with Sunbeam by producing defective ratings data through our sampling methodology. The complaint did not specify the amount of damages sought and also sought declaratory and equitable relief. In January 2011, the U.S. District Court in the Southern District of Florida dismissed all federal and state antitrust claims brought against us by Sunbeam stating that Sunbeam failed to show that any competitor was “willing and able” to enter the local television ratings market in Miami and was excluded from that market by us. The Court also determined that Sunbeam could not prove that the current ratings for Sunbeam’s local station WSVN are less accurate than they would be under a prospective competitor’s methodology. The Court deferred ruling on the remaining ancillary claims, including breach of contract and violation of Florida’s Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act. Subsequent to the court’s decision, Sunbeam voluntarily dismissed with prejudice the remaining claims in the case so that all claims have been dismissed. Sunbeam appealed the court’s dismissal of the antitrust claims. On March 4, 2013, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Judicial Circuit affirmed the lower court’s decision to dismiss the claims. On March 22, 2013, Sunbeam filed a petition for rehearing the case. The petition remains pending.

Nielsen is subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums. Accruals have been recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be determined, the Company does expect that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its operations or financial condition. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect the Company’s future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

Other Contractual Arrangements

In February 2013, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “MSA”), dated as of October 1, 2007 with Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited (jointly, “TCS”). The term of the MSA has been extended for an additional three years, so as to expire on December 31, 2020, with a one-year renewal option granted to Nielsen. In addition, the Company has increased its commitment to purchase services from TCS (the “Minimum Commitment”) from $1.0 billion to $2.5 billion over the life of the contract (from October 1, 2007), including a commitment to purchase at least $100 million in services per year (the “Annual Commitment”). TCS’ charges under the separate Global Infrastructure Services Agreement between the parties will be credited against the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment. TCS will continue to globally provide the Company with professional services relating to information technology (including application development and maintenance), business process outsourcing, client service knowledge process outsourcing, management sciences, analytics, and financial planning and analytics. As Nielsen orders specific services under the Agreement, the parties will execute Statements of Work (“SOWs”) describing the specific scope of the services to be performed by TCS. The amount of the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment may be reduced on the occurrence of certain events, some of which also provide the Company with the right to terminate the Agreement or SOWs, as applicable.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Cyprus Agreement

On March 25, 2013, Cyprus and certain members of the European Union reached an agreement on measures intended to restore the viability of the financial sector of Cyprus. As part of these measures Cyprus has agreed to downsize its local financial sector including:

(1) The immediate dissolution of Cyprus Popular Bank under which equity shareholders, bondholders and uninsured depositors (defined as those with deposits in excess of €100 thousand) will contribute to make up the losses of the bank; and

(2) The recapitalization of the Bank of Cyprus (“BoC”) through a deposit/equity conversion of uninsured deposits, with full contribution of equity shareholders and bondholders. Currently 37.5% of uninsured deposits of BoC have been converted into Class A shares with voting and dividend rights. An additional 22.5% have been “frozen” and may also be partially or fully used to issue new Class A shares, as necessary.

As a result of this agreement, the Company recorded a charge of $4 million during the first quarter of 2013 in Selling, General and Administrative expenses in the statement of operations representing the uninsured deposits either contributed to make up losses of Cyprus Popular Bank or converted into Class A shares of BoC, as described above. The Company does not expect this agreement to significantly impact future operating results.

12. Segments

The Company aligns its operating segments in order to conform to management’s internal reporting structure, which is reflective of service offerings by industry. Management aggregates such operating segments into three reporting segments: what consumers buy (“Buy”), consisting principally of market research information and analytical services; what consumers watch (“Watch”), consisting principally of television, online and mobile audience and advertising measurement and corresponding analytics and Expositions, consisting principally of trade shows, events and conferences.

Corporate consists principally of unallocated items such as certain facilities and infrastructure costs as well as intersegment eliminations. Certain corporate costs, other than those described above, including those related to selling, finance, legal, human resources, and information technology systems, are considered operating costs and are allocated to the Company’s segments based on either the actual amount of costs incurred or on a basis consistent with the operations of the underlying segment. Information with respect to the operations of each of Nielsen’s business segments is set forth below based on the nature of the services offered and geographic areas of operations.

Business Segment Information

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Buy      Watch      Expositions      Corporate     Total  

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

             

Revenues

   $ 825       $ 494       $ 57       $ —       $ 1,376   

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 51       $ 68       $ 6       $ 1      $ 126   

Restructuring charges

   $ 12       $ 7       $ —        $ 16      $ 35   

Stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3       $ 2       $ —        $ 5      $ 10   

Operating income/(loss)

   $ 53       $ 122       $ 26       $ (30   $ 171   

Total assets as of March 31, 2013

   $ 6,705       $ 6,696       $ 752       $ 261      $ 14,414   

 

F-16


Table of Contents

(IN MILLIONS)

   Buy      Watch      Expositions      Corporate     Total  

Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

             

Revenues

   $ 799       $ 474       $ 61       $ —        $ 1,334   

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 53       $ 68       $ 6       $ 2      $ 129   

Restructuring charges

   $ 31       $ 5       $ —         $ 1      $ 37   

Stock-based compensation expense

   $ 2       $ 2       $ —         $ 4      $ 8   

Operating income/(loss)

   $ 35       $ 111       $ 30       $ (18   $ 158   

Total assets as of December 31, 2012

   $ 6,885       $ 6,706       $ 758       $ 234      $ 14,583   

13. Guarantor Financial Information

The following supplemental financial information sets forth for the Company, its subsidiaries that have issued certain debt securities (the “Issuers”) and its guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries, all as defined in the credit agreements, the condensed consolidating balance sheet as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and condensed consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. The Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unconditional basis by Nielsen and, each of the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, including VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., VNU International B.V., Nielsen Business Media Holding Company, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., VNU Marketing Information, Inc. and ACN Holdings, Inc., and the wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof, including the wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and Nielsen Business Media Holding Company, in each case to the extent that such entities provide a guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities. The issuers are the Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., both wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary guarantors of the debt issued by Nielsen.

Nielsen is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the capital stock of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries, and, therefore, Nielsen is expected to continue to be dependent upon the cash flows of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Parent     Issuer     Guarantor     Non-
Guarantor
    Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —        $ —       $ 714      $ 662      $ —       $ 1,376   

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         272        321        —         593   

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         219        232        —         451   

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —         97        29        —         126   

Restructuring charges

     —         —         19        16        —         35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     —         —         107        64        —         171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     —         147        13        4        (163     1   

Interest expense

     —         (77     (155     (12     163        (81

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

     —         —          —          (12     —         (12

Other (expense)/income, net

     —         (12     19        (19     —         (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of subsidiaries and affiliates

     —         58        (16     25        —         67   

(Provision)/benefit for income taxes

     —         (20     4        (11     —         (27

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     37        —         51        —         (88     —    

Equity in net (loss)/income of affiliates

     —         —         (2     1        —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continue operations

     37        38        37        15        (88     39   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —         —         3        —         3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     37        38        37        12        (88     36   

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —         —         —         1        —         1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to controlling interest

     37        38        37        13        (88     37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

     (20     9        (19     (62     74        (18

Total other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —         —         —         2        —         2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to controlling interest

     (20     9        (19     (64     74        (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

     17        47        18        (50     (14     18   

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —         —         —         1        —         1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to controlling interest

   $ 17      $ 47      $ 18      $ (51   $ (14   $ 17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

For the Three months ended March 31, 2012

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Parent     Issuer     Guarantor     Non-
Guarantor
    Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

   $ —       $ —       $ 682      $ 652      $ —       $ 1,334   

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         253        311        —         564   

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     —         —         219        227        —         446   

Depreciation and amortization

     —         —         102        27        —         129   

Restructuring charges

     —         —         9        28        —         37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     —         —         99        59        —         158   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     1        139        17        8        (164     1   

Interest expense

     (1     (95     (152     (16     164        (100

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

     —         —         (1     (9     —         (10

Other (expense)/income, net

     —         (6     19        (19     —         (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of subsidiaries and affiliates

     —         38        (18     23        —         43   

(Provision)/benefit for income taxes

     —         (14     7        (4     —         (11

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     28        —         41        —         (69     —    

Equity in net loss of affiliates

     —         —         (2     —         —          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     28        24        28        19        (69     30   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —         —         2        —         2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     28        24        28        17        (69     28   

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

     88        (8     77        116        (185     88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 116      $ 16      $ 105      $ 133      $ (254   $ 116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

March 31, 2013

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Parent      Issuers      Guarantor      Non-Guarantor      Elimination     Consolidated  

Assets:

                

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ —        $ 12       $ 220       $ —       $ 232   

Trade and other receivables, net

     —          —          385         690         —         1,075   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          11         155         134         —         300   

Intercompany receivables

     —          197         176         109         (482     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     —          208         728         1,153         (482     1,607   

Non-current assets

                

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —          —          301         236         —         537   

Goodwill

     —          —          5,092         2,230         —         7,322   

Other intangible assets, net

     —          —          4,068         451         —         4,519   

Deferred tax assets

     10         —          78         82         —         170   

Other non-current assets

     —          37         161         61         —         259   

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     5,181         —          5,623         —          (10,804     —    

Intercompany receivables

     9         8,074         531         1,250         (9,864     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,200       $ 8,319       $ 16,582       $ 5,463       $ (21,150   $ 14,414   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

                

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ —        $ 72       $ 250       $ 526       $ —       $ 848   

Deferred revenues

     —          —          217         128         —         345   

Income tax liabilities

     —          —          29         41         —         70   

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

     —          300         73         7         —         380   

Intercompany payables

     —          —          318         164         (482     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     —          372         887         866         (482     1,643   

Non-current liabilities

                

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     —          5,851         81         16         —         5,948   

Deferred tax liabilities

     —          71         837         88         —         996   

Intercompany loans

     —          —          9,341         523         (9,864     —    

Other non-current liabilities

     2         14         255         309         —          580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2         6,308         11,401         1,802         (10,346     9,167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     5,198         2,011         5,181         3,612         (10,804     5,198   

Noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          49         —         49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,198         2,011         5,181         3,661         (10,804     5,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 5,200       $ 8,319       $ 16,582       $ 5,463       $ (21,150   $ 14,414   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2012

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Parent      Issuers      Guarantor      Non-Guarantor      Elimination     Consolidated  

Assets:

                

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ —        $ 24       $ 263       $ —       $ 287   

Trade and other receivables, net

     —          —          404         706         —         1,110   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          14         132         132         —         278   

Intercompany receivables

     —          270         177         134         (581     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     —          284         737         1,235         (581     1,675   

Non-current assets

                

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —          —          303         257         —         560   

Goodwill

     —          —          5,046         2,306         —         7,352   

Other intangible assets, net

     —          —          4,088         467         —         4,555   

Deferred tax assets

     10         3         77         79         —         169   

Other non-current assets

     —          46         165         61         —         272   

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     5,157         —          5,663         —          (10,820     —    

Intercompany receivables

     45         7,944         555         1,300         (9,844     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,212       $ 8,277       $ 16,634       $ 5,705       $ (21,245   $ 14,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

                

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ —        $ 52       $ 347       $ 572       $ —       $ 971   

Deferred revenues

     —          —          217         156         —         373   

Income tax liabilities

     —          —          12         44         —         56   

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

     —          340         15         7         —         362   

Intercompany payables

     —          14         414         153         (581     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     —          406         1,005         932         (581     1,762   

Non-current liabilities

                

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     —          5,843         81         17         —         5,941   

Deferred tax liabilities

     —          71         838         97         —         1,006   

Intercompany loans

     —          —          9,295         549         (9,844     —    

Other non-current liabilities

     2         16         258         340         —         616   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2         6,336         11,477         1,935         (10,425     9,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     5,210         1,941         5,157         3,722         (10,820     5,210   

Noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          48         —         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,210         1,941         5,157         3,770         (10,820     5,258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 5,212       $ 8,277       $ 16,634       $ 5,705       $ (21,245   $ 14,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2013

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

   $ —       $ 148      $ (71   $ (25   $ 52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (10     (1     (11

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —         (5     (4     (9

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —         (57     (4     (61

Other investing activities

     —         —         —         (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         —         (72     (10     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Net borrowings on revolving credit facility

     —         —         55        —         55   

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

     —         1,866        1        —         1,867   

Repayments of debt

     —         (1,889     —         —         (1,889

Increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —         —         1        1   

Return of capital to parent

     (35     —         —         —         (35

Activity under stock plans

     —         —         (2     (2     (4

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

     35        (125     77        8        (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     —         (148     131        7        (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         —         (15     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         (12     (43     (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —         —         24        263        287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ —       $ —       $ 12      $ 220      $ 232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 2012

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

   $ 1      $ 96      $ (118   $ 21      $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Acquisitions of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (14     (2     (16

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —         (29     (13     (42

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —         (34     (6     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         —         (77     (21     (98
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Net borrowings on revolver credit facility

     —         —         120        —         120   

Repayments of other debt

     (40     (1,229     (2     —         (1,271

Proceeds from the issuance of debt, net of issuance cost

     —         1,209        —         —         1,209   

Increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —         —         6        6   

Settlement of derivatives and other financing activities

     39        (76     56        (23     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     (1     (96     174        (17     60   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         —         7        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         (21     (10     (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     —         —         33        285        318   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ —       $ —       $ 12      $ 275      $ 287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

14. Subsequent Events

On May 4, 2013, VNU International B.V, an indirect subsidiary of Nielsen, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with an affiliate of Onex Corporation to sell its expositions business, Nielsen Business Media Holding Company, for total cash consideration of $950 million, subject to final working capital adjustments (the “Transaction”). The Transaction closed on June 17, 2013.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board and Stockholders

of The Nielsen Company B.V.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Nielsen Company B.V. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income/(loss), changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 99.3. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Nielsen Company B.V. at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), The Nielsen Company B.V.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 22, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

February 22, 2013, except for Note 19 as to which the date is June 19, 2013

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011     2010  

Revenues

   $ 5,590      $ 5,507      $ 5,103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     2,273        2,234        2,125   

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     1,756        1,867        1,632   

Depreciation and amortization

     513        524        554   

Restructuring charges

     84        84        61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     964        798        731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     4        6        5   

Interest expense

     (390     (456     (660

Loss on derivative instruments

     —         (1     (27

Foreign currency exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net

     (16     (9     135   

Other expense, net

     (118     (209     (81
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

     444        129        103   

(Provision)/benefit for income taxes

     (146     (21     46   

Equity in net income of affiliates

     5        3        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     303        111        154   

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (7     1        (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     296        112        132   

Net (loss)/income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1     3        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to The Nielsen Company B.V.

   $ 297      $ 109      $ 129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net income

   $ 296      $ 112      $ 132   

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

     74        (135     (37

Available for sale securities, net of tax

     (1     1        —    

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax

     1        1        32   

Defined benefit pension plan adjustments, net of tax

     (105     (71     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss

     (31     (204     (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

     265        (92     87   

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     2        2        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Nielsen stockholders

   $ 263      $ (94   $ 85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

   2012     2011  

Assets:

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 287      $ 318   

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $38 and $24 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     1,110        1,080   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     278        259   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,675        1,657   

Non-current assets

    

Property, plant and equipment, net

     560        609   

Goodwill

     7,352        7,155   

Other intangible assets, net

     4,555        4,561   

Deferred tax assets

     169        176   

Other non-current assets

     272        314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 14,583      $ 14,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 971      $ 1,050   

Deferred revenues

     373        443   

Income tax liabilities

     56        51   

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

     362        150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,762        1,694   

Non-current liabilities

    

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     5,941        6,331   

Deferred tax liabilities

     1,006        996   

Other non-current liabilities

     616        556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     9,325        9,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

    

Equity:

    

Nielsen stockholders’ equity

    

7% preferred stock, €8.00 par value, 150,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     1        1   

Common stock, €0.20 par value, 550,000,000 shares authorized and 258,463,857 shares issued at December 31, 2012 and 2011

     58        58   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,533        6,473   

Accumulated deficit

     (1,059     (1,356

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

     (323     (289
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Nielsen stockholders’ equity

     5,210        4,887   

Noncontrolling interests

     48        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,258        4,895   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 14,583      $ 14,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011     2010  

Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 296      $ 112      $ 132   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Stock-based compensation expense

     33        26        18   

(Gain)/loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         (1     5   

Deferred income taxes

     21        (124     (185

Currency exchange rate differences on financial transactions and other losses/(gains)

     140        212        (55

Loss on derivative instruments

     —         1        27   

Equity in net income from affiliates, net of dividends received

     3        7        6   

Depreciation and amortization

     520        529        558   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of businesses acquired and divested:

      

Trade and other receivables, net

     (13     (71     (77

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (19     (33     (18

Accounts payable and other current liabilities and deferred revenues

     (190     (32     11   

Other non-current liabilities

     (10     (2     (8

Interest payable

     24        23        129   

Income taxes payable

     (3     12        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     802        659        544   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

      

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     (160     (132     (55

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     (4     5        17   

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     (132     (177     (178

Additions to intangible assets

     (226     (190     (156

Other investing activities

     —         (1     7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (522     (495     (365
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

      

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

     1,999        6        1,065   

Repayment of debt

     (2,230     (2,110     (1,228

Increase/(decrease) in other short-term borrowings

     3        (6     (6

Capital contribution from parent

     —         2,077        —    

Cash dividends from/(paid to) parent

     15        —         (9

Activity under stock plans

     (5     (2     (4

Other financing activities

     (98     (222     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (316     (257     (264
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     5        (7     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (31     (100     (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     318        418        511   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 287      $ 318      $ 418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

      

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ (124   $ (132   $ (129

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

   $ (366   $ (433   $ (531

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  Total
Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income/(Loss), Net
    Total Nielsen
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 
          Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Cash
Flow
Hedges
    Post
Employment
Benefits
       

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 1      $ 58      $ 4,353      $ (1,585   $ 86      $ (47   $ (81   $ 2,785      $ 14      $ 2,799   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

          129              129        3        132   

Currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $17

            (36         (36     (1     (37

Unrealized loss on pension liability, net of tax of $10

                (40     (40       (40

Cash flow hedges, net of tax of $20

              32          32          32   

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries, net

        (4             (4     (4     (8

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests

                    (3     (3

Common stock option redemptions

        (4             (4       (4

Shares of common stock issued in business combinations

        11                11          11   

Stock-based compensation expense

        17                17          17   

Cash dividends paid to parent

          (9           (9       (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 1      $ 58      $ 4,373      $ (1,465   $ 50      $ (15   $ (121   $ 2,881      $ 9      $ 2,890   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents
                            Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income/(Loss), Net
                   

(IN MILLIONS)

  Total
Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Available
for Sale
Securities
    Cash
Flow
Hedges
    Post
Employment
Benefits
    Total Nielsen
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 1      $ 58      $ 4,373      $ (1,465   $ 50      $ —       $ (15   $ (121   $ 2,881      $ 9      $ 2,890   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

          109                109        3        112   

Currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $6

            (134           (134     (1     (135

Unrealized loss on pension liability, net of tax of $29

                  (71     (71       (71

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax of $1

              1            1          1   

Cash flow hedges, net of tax of $1

                1          1          1   

Return of capital to parent

        (2               (2       (2

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests

                      (3     (3

Common stock option redemptions

        (2               (2       (2

Stock-based compensation expense

        25                  25          25   

Capital contribution from parent

        2,079                  2,079          2,079   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 1      $ 58      $ 6,473      $ (1,356   $ (84   $ 1      $ (14   $ (192   $ 4,887      $ 8      $ 4,895   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

(IN MILLIONS)

  Total
Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated Other Comprehensive 
Income/(Loss), Net
    Total Nielsen
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 
          Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Available
for Sale
Securities
    Cash
Flow
Hedges
    Post
Employment
Benefits
       

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 1      $ 58      $ 6,473      $ (1,356   $ (84   $ 1      $ (14   $ (192   $ 4,887      $ 8      $ 4,895   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

          297                297        (1     296   

Currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $2

            71              71        3        74   

Unrealized loss on pension liability, net of tax of $23

                  (105     (105       (105

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax

              (1         (1       (1

Cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(1)

                1          1          1   

Noncontrolling interest in a consolidated subsidiary

        (11               (11     39        28   

Payments made under option plans

        (5               (5       (5

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests

                      (1     (1

Stock-based compensation expense

        32                  32          32   

Capital contribution from parent

        44                  44          44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $ 1      $ 58      $ 6,533      $ (1,059   $ (13   $ —        $ (13   $ (297   $ 5,210      $ 48      $ 5,258   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

On May 24, 2006, The Nielsen Company B.V. (“Nielsen” or “the Company”) was acquired through a tender offer to shareholders by Valcon Acquisition B.V. (“Valcon”), an entity formed by investment funds associated with AlpInvest Partners, The Blackstone Group, The Carlyle Group, Hellman & Friedman, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., and Thomas H. Lee Partners (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Valcon’s cumulative purchases totaled 99.4% of Nielsen’s outstanding common shares as of December 31, 2007. In May 2008, Valcon acquired the remaining Nielsen common shares through a statutory squeeze-out procedure pursuant to Dutch legal and regulatory requirements and therefore currently holds 100% of the Company’s outstanding common shares. Valcon also acquired 100% of the preferred B shares which were subsequently canceled during 2006.

Nielsen, together with its subsidiaries, is a leading global information and measurement company that provides clients with a comprehensive understanding of consumers and consumer behavior. Nielsen is aligned into three reporting segments: what consumers buy (“Buy”), what consumers watch (“Watch”) and Expositions. Nielsen has a presence in approximately 100 countries, with its headquarters located in Diemen, the Netherlands and New York, USA. See Note 16—“Segments” for a discussion of the Company’s reporting segments.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). All amounts are presented in U.S. Dollars (“$”), except for share and per share data or where expressly stated as being in other currencies, e.g., Euros (“€”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. Supplemental cash flows from discontinued operations are presented in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Business Divestitures.” The Company has evaluated events occurring subsequent to December 31, 2012 for potential recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements and concluded there were no subsequent events that required recognition or disclosure other than those provided.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries are reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements with disclosure, on the face of the consolidated statements of operations, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders and to the noncontrolling interests. The equity method of accounting is used for investments in affiliates and joint ventures where Nielsen has significant influence but not control, usually supported by a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in which Nielsen owns less than 20% are accounted for either as available-for-sale securities if the shares are publicly traded or as cost method investments. Intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation.

Foreign Currency Translation

Nielsen has significant investments outside the United States, primarily in the Euro-zone, Canada and the United Kingdom. Therefore, changes in the value of foreign currencies affect the consolidated financial statements when translated into U.S. Dollars. The functional currency for substantially all subsidiaries outside the U.S. is the local currency. Financial statements for these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars at period-end exchange rates as to the assets and liabilities and monthly average exchange rates as to revenues, expenses and cash flows. For these countries, currency translation adjustments are recognized in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net, whereas transaction gains and losses are recognized in foreign exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net line in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

In February 2013, Venezuela devalued its currency by 32%. As the Company has operations in both its Buy and Watch segments in Venezuela, this devaluation will result in a charge of approximately $12 million in the first quarter of 2013 in the foreign exchange transaction (losses)/gains, net line in the consolidated statement of operations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Investments

Investments include available-for-sale securities carried at fair value, or at cost if not publicly traded, investments in affiliates, and a trading asset portfolio maintained to generate returns to offset changes in certain liabilities related to deferred compensation arrangements. For the available-for-sale securities, any unrealized holding gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, are excluded from operating results and are recognized in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) until realized. Nielsen assesses declines in the value of individual investments to determine whether such decline is other than temporary and thus the investment is impaired by considering available evidence. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded a $6 million impairment in Other Expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations, for a decline in value of an investment in an equity security that was determined to be other-than-temporary. No such impairment was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Financial Instruments

Nielsen’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, investments, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments. These financial instruments potentially subject Nielsen to concentrations of credit risk. To minimize the risk of credit loss, these financial instruments are primarily held with acknowledged financial institutions. The carrying value of Nielsen’s financial instruments approximate fair value, except for differences with respect to long-term, fixed and variable-rate debt and certain differences relating to investments accounted for at cost. The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Cash equivalents have original maturities of three months or less.

In addition, the Company has accounts receivable that are not collateralized. The Buy and Watch segments service high quality clients dispersed across many geographic areas and the customer base within the Expositions segment consists of a large number of diverse customers. The Company analyzes the aging of accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer creditworthiness and current economic trends in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Nielsen uses derivative instruments principally to manage the risk associated with movements in foreign currency exchange rates and the risk that changes in interest rates will affect the fair value or cash flows of its debt obligations.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. Nielsen documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions as well as the hedge effectiveness assessment, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Nielsen recognizes all derivatives at fair value either as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the fair values of such instruments are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If specific cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, Nielsen recognizes the changes in fair value of these instruments in other comprehensive income.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated impairment losses, if any. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, are each tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such asset may not be recoverable. Nielsen has designated October 1 st as the date in which the annual assessment is performed as this timing corresponds with the development of the Company’s formal budget and business plan review. Nielsen reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the estimated fair values of reporting units with their respective carrying amounts. The Company established, and continues to evaluate, its reporting units based on its internal reporting structure and generally defines such reporting units at its operating segment level or one level below. The estimates of fair value of a reporting unit are determined using a combination of valuation techniques, primarily an income approach using a discounted cash flow analysis supplemented by a market-based approach .

A discounted cash flow analysis requires the use of various assumptions, including expectations of future cash flows, growth rates, discount rates and tax rates in developing the present value of future cash flow projections. Nielsen also uses a market-based approach in estimating the fair value of its reporting units. The market-based approach utilizes available market comparisons such as indicative industry multiples that are applied to current year revenue and earnings as well as recent comparable transactions.

There was no impairment noted in 2012, 2011 and 2010 with respect to the Company’s goodwill. (See Note 5—“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”).

The impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of trade names and trademarks are determined using a “relief from royalty” discounted cash flow valuation methodology. Significant assumptions inherent in this methodology include estimates of royalty rates and discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which comparable trade names and trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace. There was no impairment noted in any period presented with respect to the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Software and Other Amortized Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with finite lives are stated at historical cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually:

 

            Weighted
Average
 

Trade names and trademarks (with finite lives)

     5 - 20 years         16   

Customer-related intangibles

     6 - 25 years         22   

Covenants-not-to-compete

     2 - 7 years         5   

Computer software

     3 - 7 years         4   

Patents and other

     3 - 10 years         5   

Nielsen has purchased and internally developed software to facilitate its global information processing, financial reporting and client access needs. Costs that are related to the conceptual formulation and design of

 

F-34


Table of Contents

software programs are expensed as incurred; costs that are incurred to produce the finished product after technological feasibility has been established are capitalized as an intangible asset and are amortized over the estimated useful life. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of software may not be recovered, a recoverability analysis is performed based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the software in the future. If the analysis indicates that the carrying value is not recoverable from future cash flows, the software cost is written down to estimated fair value and an impairment is recognized. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and as our assessments change.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs, which were not material for any periods presented, are expensed as incurred.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 25 to 50 years for buildings and related leasehold improvements and 3 to 10 years for equipment, which includes computer hardware, metering equipment and office furniture.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other than Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets held and used by Nielsen, including property, plant and equipment and amortized intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. Nielsen evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment indicators were noted by the Company during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Nielsen recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered or information has been delivered, the fee is fixed or determinable and the collectibility of the related revenue is reasonably assured.

A significant portion of the Company’s revenue is generated from information (primarily retail measurement and consumer panel services) and measurement (primarily from television, internet and mobile audiences) services. The Company generally recognizes revenue from the sale of services as the services are performed, which is usually ratably over the term of the contract(s). Invoiced amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until earned. Substantially all of the Company’s customer contracts are non-cancellable and non-refundable.

Certain of the Company’s revenue arrangements include multiple deliverables and in these arrangements, the individual deliverables within the contract that have stand-alone value to the customer are separated and recognized upon delivery based upon the Company’s best estimate of their selling prices. These arrangements are not significant to the Company’s results of operations. In certain cases, software is included as part of these arrangements to allow Nielsen’s customers to supplementally view delivered information and is provided for the term of the arrangement and is not significant to the marketing effort and is not sold separately. Accordingly, software provided to Nielsen’s customers is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

A discussion of Nielsen’s revenue recognition policies, by segment, follows:

Buy

Revenue from the Buy segment, primarily from retail measurement services and consumer panel services is recognized over the period during which the services are performed and information is delivered to the customer, primarily on a straight-line basis.

The Company provides insights and solutions to customers through analytical studies that are recognized into revenue as value is delivered to the customer. The pattern of revenue recognition for these contracts varies depending on the terms of the individual contracts, and may be recognized proportionally or deferred until the end of the contract term and recognized when the information has been delivered to the customer.

Watch

Revenue from the Watch segment is primarily generated from television, internet and mobile measurement services and recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period, as the service is delivered to the customer.

Expositions

Revenue and certain costs within the Expositions segment are recognized upon completion of each event.

Discontinued Operations

Revenue for publications, sold in single copies via newsstands and/or dealers, was recognized in the month in which the magazine went on sale. Revenue from printed circulation and advertisements included therein was recognized on the date it was available to the consumer. Revenue from electronic circulation and advertising was recognized over the period during which both were electronically available. The unearned portion of paid magazine subscriptions was deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis with monthly amounts recognized on the magazines’ cover dates.

Deferred Costs

Incremental direct costs incurred related to establishing or significantly expanding a panel or an electronic metered sample in a designated market, are deferred at the point when Nielsen determines them to be recoverable. Prior to this point, these cost are expensed as incurred. These deferred costs are typically amortized over the original contract period beginning when the panel or electronic metered sample is ready for its intended use.

Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred and are reflected as selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These costs include all brand advertising, telemarketing, direct mail and other sales promotion associated with Nielsen’s exhibitions, and marketing/media research services. Advertising and marketing costs totaled $18 million, $20 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Nielsen measures the cost of all stock-based payments, including stock options, at fair value on the grant date and recognizes such costs within the Consolidated Statements of Operations; however, no expense is recognized for stock-based payments that do not ultimately vest. Nielsen recognizes the expense of its options

 

F-36


Table of Contents

that cliff vest using the straight-line method. For those that vest over time, an accelerated graded vesting is used. The Company recorded $33 million, $26 million and $18 million of expense associated with stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Income Taxes

Nielsen provides for income taxes utilizing the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each balance sheet date, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits associated with a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is provided. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as an adjustment to income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. See Note 13—“Income Taxes” for further discussion of income taxes.

Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

Comprehensive income/(loss) is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss) and consists of net income or loss and other gains and losses affecting equity that are excluded from net income or loss.

2. Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Fair Value Measurement

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting update that amends Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820—“Fair Value Measurement” regarding fair value measurements and disclosure requirements. The amendments were effective for Nielsen as of January 1, 2012. The adoption of this update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting update that amends ASC 220—“Presentation of Comprehensive Income”, which eliminates the option to present total other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of equity. The Company has presented the items of net income and other comprehensive income in two separate, but consecutive statements and this amended guidance did not have any other impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that amends ASC 220, which requires public companies to present the effect of significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification on the face of the financial statements or in a single footnote. This amendment is effective for Nielsen for interim and annual report periods in 2013. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Testing Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment

In September 2011 and July 2012, the FASB issued accounting updates that amend ASC 350—“Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, which were intended to simplify impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets by adding a qualitative review step to assess whether the required quantitative impairment analysis is necessary. The amended guidance permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the prescribed two-step impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. The Company considered the updated guidance in its October 1, 2012 annual impairment test. The adoption of these updates did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3. Business Acquisitions

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $160 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had the current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2012, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $123 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had the current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2011, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $55 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had such acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2010, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

4. Business Divestitures

During the year ended December 31, 2012, Nielsen paid net cash disbursements of $4 million associated with previously executed business divestitures.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, Nielsen received net cash proceeds of $5 million associated with previously executed business divestitures.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, Nielsen received net cash proceeds of $17 million associated with business divestitures, including the sale of its box-office tracking business as well as the remaining properties within the Publications operating segment discussed within discontinued operations below.

Discontinued Operations

In December 2009, the Company substantially completed its planned exit of the Publications operating segment through the sale of its media properties, including The Hollywood Reporter and Billboard, to e5 Global Media LLC.

In October 2010, the Company reached an agreement with the plaintiff in a lawsuit associated with its former Publications operating segment for a $12 million cash settlement, which was paid in October 2010. The Company recorded a $7 million charge (net of tax of $5 million) associated with this settlement, which has been reported as a component of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Summarized results of operations for discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012      2011      2010  

Revenues

   $ —         $ —         $ 8   

Goodwill impairment charges

     —           —           —     

Operating loss

     —           —           (26

Loss from operations before income taxes

     —           —           (26

Benefit for income taxes

     —           —           9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     —           —           (17

Gain/(Loss) on sale, net of tax (1)

     —           1         (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income/(Loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ —         $ 1       $ (22
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The gain for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily related to a Publications property that was previously sold. The $5 million loss (net of a tax benefit of $3 million) for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes the net loss on the sale of the remaining Publications properties.

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Buy     Watch     Expositions      Total  

Balance December 31, 2010

   $ 2,990      $ 3,546      $ 560       $ 7,096   

Acquisitions, divestitures and other adjustments

     123        —          —           123   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (58     (6     —           (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2011

   $ 3,055      $ 3,540      $ 560       $ 7,155   

Acquisitions, divestitures and other adjustments

     14        117        5         136   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     57        4        —           61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2012

   $ 3,126      $ 3,661      $ 565       $ 7,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cumulative Impairments

   $ —        $ 376      $ 2       $ 378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, $122 million of goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Other Intangible Assets

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Gross Amounts      Accumulated Amortization  
   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

          

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 1,921       $ 1,921       $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortized intangibles:

          

Trade names and trademarks

   $ 128       $ 113       $ (46   $ (37

Customer-related intangibles

     2,882         2,823         (886     (747

Covenants-not-to-compete

     36         32         (25     (22

Computer software

     1,316         1,089         (804     (648

Patents and other

     90         83         (57     (46
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,452       $ 4,140       $ (1,818   $ (1,500
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $320 million, $319 million and $319 million, respectively. These amounts include amortization expense associated with computer software of $156 million, $158 million and $164 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Certain of the trade names associated with Nielsen are deemed indefinite-lived intangible assets, as their associated Nielsen brand awareness and recognition has existed for over 50 years and the Company intends to continue to utilize these trade names. There are also no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that may limit their estimated useful lives. Nielsen reconsiders the remaining estimated useful life of indefinite-lived intangible assets each reporting period.

The Company’s 2012, 2011 and 2010 annual assessments did not result in an impairment for any of its underlying reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets.

All other intangible assets are subject to amortization. Future amortization expense is estimated to be as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

      

For the year ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 330   

2014

     303   

2015

     269   

2016

     194   

2017

     165   

Thereafter

     1,373   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,634   
  

 

 

 

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Land and buildings

   $ 341      $ 359   

Information and communication equipment

     839        771   

Furniture, equipment and other

     127        160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,307        1,290   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (747     (681
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 560      $ 609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense from continuing operations related to property, plant and equipment was $183 million, $171 million and $168 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The above amounts include amortization expense on assets under capital leases and other financing obligations of $7 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The net book value of assets under capital leases and other financing obligations was $139 million and $144 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Capital leases and other financing obligations are comprised primarily of buildings.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

7. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact, and also considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of non-performance.

There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1:

   Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

Level 2:

   Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date.

Level 3:

   Pricing inputs that are generally unobservable and may not be corroborated by market data.

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are measured and recorded at fair value, except for equity method investments, cost method investments, and long-term debt. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being measured and their placement within the fair value hierarchy. The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s material financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2012
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

     

Investments in equity securities (1)

   $ 13       $ 13       $ —        $ —    

Plan assets for deferred compensation (2)

     22         22         —          —    

Investments in mutual funds (3)

     2         2         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37       $ 37       $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap arrangements (4)

   $ 22       $ —        $ 22       $ —     

Deferred compensation liabilities (5)

     22         22         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44       $ 22       $ 22       $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2011
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

     

Investments in equity securities (1)

   $ 21       $ 21       $ —        $ —    

Plan assets for deferred compensation (2)

     20         20         —          —    

Investments in mutual funds (3)

     2         2         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 43       $ 43       $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap arrangements (4)

   $ 24       $ —        $ 24       $ —    

Deferred compensation liabilities (5)

     20         20         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44       $ 20       $ 24       $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

 

(1) Investments in equity securities are carried at fair value, which is based on the quoted market price at period end in an active market. These investments are classified as available-for-sale with any unrealized gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value recorded, net of tax, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) until realized. Nielsen assesses declines in the value of individual investments to determine whether such decline is other than temporary and thus the investment is impaired by considering available evidence. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded a $6 million impairment in Other Expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations for a decline in value of an investment in an equity security that was determined to be other-than-temporary.
(2) Plan assets are comprised of investments in mutual funds, which are intended to fund liabilities arising from deferred compensation plans. These investments are carried at fair value, which is based on quoted market prices at period end in active markets. These investments are classified as trading securities with any gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value recorded in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.
(3) Investments in mutual funds are money-market accounts held with the intention of funding certain specific retirement plans.
(4) Derivative financial instruments include interest rate swap arrangements recorded at fair value based on externally-developed valuation models that use readily observable market parameters and the consideration of counterparty risk.
(5) The Company offers certain employees the opportunity to participate in a deferred compensation plan. A participant’s deferrals are invested in a variety of participant directed stock and bond mutual funds and are classified as trading securities. Changes in the fair value of these securities are measured using quoted prices in active markets based on the market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held exclusive of any transaction costs. A corresponding adjustment for changes in fair value of the trading securities is also reflected in the changes in fair value of the deferred compensation obligation.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Nielsen uses interest rate swap derivative instruments principally to manage the risk that changes in interest rates will affect the cash flows of its underlying debt obligations.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. Nielsen documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions as well as the hedge effectiveness assessment, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis. Nielsen recognizes all derivatives at fair value either as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the fair values of such instruments are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If specific cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, Nielsen recognizes the changes in fair value of these instruments in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss).

Nielsen manages exposure to possible defaults on derivative financial instruments by monitoring the concentration of risk that Nielsen has with any individual bank and through the use of minimum credit quality standards for all counterparties. Nielsen does not require collateral or other security in relation to derivative financial instruments. A derivative contract entered into between Nielsen or certain of its subsidiaries and a counterparty that was also a lender under Nielsen’s senior secured credit facilities at the time the derivative contract was entered into is guaranteed under the senior secured credit facilities by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries (see Note 10 “Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements” for more information). Since it is Nielsen’s policy to only enter into derivative contracts with banks of internationally acknowledged standing, Nielsen considers the counterparty risk to be remote.

It is Nielsen’s policy to have an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement established with every bank with which it has entered into any derivative contract. Under each of

 

F-42


Table of Contents

these ISDA Master Agreements, Nielsen agrees to settle only the net amount of the combined market values of all derivative contracts outstanding with any one counterparty should that counterparty default. Certain of the ISDA Master Agreements contain cross-default provisions where if the Company either defaults in payment obligations under its credit facility or if such obligations are accelerated by the lenders, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. At December 31, 2012, Nielsen had no material exposure to potential economic losses due to counterparty credit default risk or cross-default risk on its derivative financial instruments.

Interest Rate Risk

Nielsen is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on the floating-rate U.S. Dollar and Euro Term Loans, and uses floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge this exposure. These interest rate swaps have various maturity dates through November 2016. For these derivatives, Nielsen reports the after-tax gain or loss from the effective portion of the hedge as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) and reclassifies it into earnings in the same period or periods in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same income statement line item as the impact of the hedged transaction.

In November 2012, the Company entered into $500 million in aggregate notional amount of four-year interest rate swap agreements with starting dates in November 2012. These agreements fix the LIBOR related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of our variable-rate debt at a weighted average rate of 0.57%. The commencement date of these interest rate swaps coincided with the $500 million aggregate notional amount of interest rate swaps that matured in November 2012. These derivative instruments have been designated as interest rate cash flow hedges.

In November 2011, the Company entered into a $125 million notional amount and a €125 million notional amount of four-year interest rate swap agreements with starting dates in November 2011. These agreements fix the LIBOR and Euro LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at a rate of 0.84% and 1.30%, respectively. These derivative instruments have been designated as interest rate cash flow hedges.

In August 2011, the Company entered into $250 million in aggregate notional amount of four-year forward interest swap agreements with starting dates in September 2011. These agreements fix the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 0.84%. These derivative instruments have been designated as interest rate cash flow hedges.

In October and November 2010, the Company entered into an aggregate of $1 billion notional amount of three-year forward interest rate swap agreements with starting dates in November 2010. These agreements fix the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 0.72%. The commencement date of the interest rate swaps coincided with the $1 billion notional amount of interest rate swaps that matured in November 2010. Additionally, in November 2010 the Company entered into a $250 million notional amount three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date in November 2011, which fixes the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at a rate of 1.26%. These derivative instruments have been designated as interest rate cash flow hedges.

In March 2010, Nielsen entered into a three-year interest swap to fix the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates for $250 million of the Company’s variable-rate debt at 1.69%. This swap replaced the $500 million notional amount interest rate swap that matured in February 2010. This derivative instrument has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

Nielsen expects to recognize approximately $14 million of net pre-tax losses from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense in the next 12 months associated with its interest-related derivative financial instruments.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012 the Company had the following outstanding interest rate swaps utilized in the management of its interest rate risk:

 

Interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments

        

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 250,000,000         March 2013         US Dollar   

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 1,000,000,000         November 2013         US Dollar   

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 250,000,000         November 2014         US Dollar   

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 250,000,000         September 2015         US Dollar   

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 125,000,000         November 2015         US Dollar   

Euro term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   125,000,000         November 2015         Euro   

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

   $ 500,000,000         November 2016         US Dollar   

Foreign Currency Risk

Nielsen has managed its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates attributable to certain of its long-term debt through the use of foreign currency swap derivative instruments. When the derivative financial instrument is deemed to be highly effective in offsetting variability in the hedged item, changes in its fair value are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and recognized contemporaneously with the earnings effects of the hedged item.

See Note 10—“Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements” for more information on the long-term debt transactions referenced in this note.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

The fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

(IN MILLIONS)

   Accounts
Payable and
Other
Current
Liabilities
     Other
Non-
Current
Liabilities
     Accounts
Payable and
Other
Current
Liabilities
     Other
Non-
Current
Liabilities
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ 6       $ 16       $ 10       $ 14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was as follows (amounts in millions):

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow

Hedging Relationships

   Amount of Loss
Recognized in OCI
on Derivatives
(Effective Portion)
December 31,
     Location of
(Loss)/Gain
Reclassified from
OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
   Amount of Loss
Reclassified from
OCI into Income
(Effective  Portion)
December 31,
     Amount of Loss
Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives
(Ineffective Portion
and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing)
December 31,
 
   2012      2011      2010         2012      2011      2010      2012      2011      2010  

Interest rate swaps

   $ 23       $ 38       $ 12       Interest expense    $ 25       $ 21       $ 14       $ —        $ 19       $ 50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments not designated as hedges for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was as follows (amounts in millions):

 

Derivatives Not Designated

as Hedging Instruments

   Location of Loss Recognized
in Statement of Operations on
Derivatives
   Amount of Loss
  Recognized in Statement of  

Operations on Derivatives
For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
      2012      2011      2010  

Interest rate swaps

   Loss on derivative instruments    $ —         $ 1       $ 18   

Foreign currency forward contracts

   Loss on derivative instruments      —          —          9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ —         $ 1       $ 27   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value or provide valuation allowances for certain assets using fair value measurements. The Company’s equity method investments, cost method investments, and non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized.

The Company did not measure any material non-financial assets or liabilities at fair value during the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.

8. Restructuring Activities

A summary of the changes in the liabilities for restructuring activities is provided below:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Transformation
Initiative
    Productivity
Initiatives
and Legacy
Programs
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 46      $ 29      $ 75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charges

     (9     70        61   

Payments

     (37     (33     (70

Non-cash charges and other adjustments

     3        (1     2   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (1     (2     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     2        63        65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charges

     —         84        84   

Payments

     (2     (80     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     —         67        67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charges

     —         84        84   

Non-cash charges and other adjustments

     —         (5     (5

Payments

     —         (82     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ —       $ 64      $ 64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of the $64 million in remaining liabilities for restructuring actions, $53 million is expected to be paid within one year and is classified as a current liability within the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Productivity Initiatives and Legacy Programs

In December 2009, Nielsen commenced certain specific restructuring actions attributable to defined cost reduction programs directed towards achieving increased productivity in future periods primarily through targeted employee terminations.

The Company recorded $84 million in restructuring charges associated with these initiatives during the year ended December 31, 2012. Of these amounts, $5 million related to property lease termination charges with the remainder relating to severance costs associated with employee terminations.

The Company recorded $84 million in restructuring charges associated with these initiatives during the year ended December 31, 2011. The charges primarily related to severance costs associated with employee terminations.

The Company recorded $70 million in restructuring charges associated with these initiatives during the year ended December 31, 2010. Of these amounts, $11 million related to property lease termination charges with the remainder relating to severance costs associated with employee terminations.

Transformation Initiative

The Transformation Initiative has been completed in all respects as of December 31, 2011.

Nielsen recorded net credits of $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 associated with adjustments to previously established liabilities for employee severance and other benefits.

9. Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

Nielsen sponsors both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans (the “Pension Plans”) for some of its employees in the Netherlands, the United States and other international locations.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

A summary of the activity for the Pension Plans follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Other     Total  

Change in projected benefit obligation

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 606      $ 284      $ 551      $ 1,441   

Service cost

     3        —         14        17   

Interest cost

     28        13        25        66   

Plan participants’ contributions

     —         —         2        2   

Actuarial losses

     112        8        84        204   

Benefits paid

     (33     (10     (26     (69

Expenses paid

     (2     —         (1     (3

Premiums paid

     —         —         (1     (1

Amendments

     —         —         (2     (2

Curtailments

     —         —         (1     (1

Settlements

     —         —         (2     (2

Acquisition

     —         —         2        2   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     13        —         19        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of period

     727        295        664        1,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

     639        221        412        1,272   

Actual return on plan assets

     79        29        39        147   

Employer contributions

     7        8        49        64   

Plan participants’ contributions

     —         —         2        2   

Benefits paid

     (33     (10     (26     (69

Expenses paid

     (2     —         (1     (3

Premiums paid

     —         —         (1     (1

Settlements

     —         —         (2     (2

Insurance

     4        —         —         4   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     13        —         14        27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

     707        248        486        1,441   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (20   $ (47   $ (178   $ (245
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

        

Pension assets included in other non-current assets

   $ —       $ —       $ 9      $ 9   

Current liabilities

     —         —         (2     (2

Accrued benefit liability included in other non-current liabilities

     (20     (47     (185     (252
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (20   $ (47   $ (178   $ (245
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), before tax

        

Net loss/(gain)

   $ 65      $ (3   $ 75      $ 137   

Amortization of net loss

     (3     (4     (4     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss)

   $ 62      $ (7   $ 71      $ 126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in Accumulated

        

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), before tax

        

Unrecognized losses

   $ 165      $ 74      $ 150      $ 389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Other     Total  

Change in projected benefit obligation

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 594      $ 267      $ 517      $ 1,378   

Service cost

     4        —         13        17   

Interest cost

     31        15        26        72   

Plan participants’ contributions

     1        —         2        3   

Actuarial losses

     29        12        27        68   

Benefits paid

     (35     (10     (23     (68

Expenses paid

     (3     —         (1     (4

Premiums paid

     —         —         (1     (1

Curtailments

     —         —         (2     (2

Settlements

     —         —         (2     (2

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (15     —         (5     (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of period

     606        284        551        1,441   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

     663        204        396        1,263   

Actual return on plan assets

     22        8        15        45   

Employer contributions

     5        19        29        53   

Plan participants’ contributions

     1        —         2        3   

Benefits paid

     (35     (10     (23     (68

Expenses paid

     (3     —         (1     (4

Premiums paid

     —         —         (1     (1

Settlements

     —         —         (2     (2

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (14     —         (3     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

     639        221        412        1,272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ 33      $ (63   $ (139   $ (169
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

        

Pension assets included in other non-current assets

   $ 36      $ —       $ 8      $ 44   

Current liabilities

     —         —         (2     (2

Accrued benefit liability included in other non-current liabilities

     (3     (63     (145     (211
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ 33      $ (63   $ (139   $ (169
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), before tax

        

Net loss

   $ 39      $ 22      $ 38      $ 99   

Amortization and impact of curtailments/settlements

     —         (3     (1     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss)

   $ 39      $ 19      $ 37      $ 95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), before tax

        

Unrecognized losses

   $ 103      $ 81      $ 79      $ 263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The total accumulated benefit obligation and minimum liability changes for the Pension Plans were as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 1,618       $ 1,392       $ 1,318   

 

     Pension Plans with Accumulated
Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan
Assets at December 31, 2012
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
     United
States
     Other      Total  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 727       $ 295       $ 528       $ 1,550   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     724         295         479         1,498   

Fair value of plan assets

     707         248         347         1,302   

 

     Pension Plans with Projected
Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan
Assets at December 31, 2012
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
     United
States
     Other      Total  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 727       $ 295       $ 625       $ 1,647   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     724         295         563         1,582   

Fair value of plan assets

     707         248         439         1,394   

 

     Pension Plans with Accumulated
Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan
Assets at December 31, 2011
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
     United
States
     Other      Total  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 48       $ 284       $ 517       $ 849   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     46         284         472         802   

Fair value of plan assets

     45         221         369         635   

 

     Pension Plans with Projected
Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan
Assets at December 31, 2011
 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
     United
States
     Other      Total  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 48       $ 284       $ 517       $ 849   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     46         284         472         802   

Fair value of plan assets

     45         221         369         635   

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, includes the following components:

 

     Net Periodic Pension Cost  

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Other     Total  

Year ended December 31, 2012

        

Service cost

   $ 3      $ —       $ 14      $ 17   

Interest cost

     28        13        25        66   

Expected return on plan assets

     (34     (18     (29     (81

Amortization of net loss

     3        4        4        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ —       $ (1   $ 14      $ 13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

        

Service cost

   $ 4      $ —       $ 13      $ 17   

Interest cost

     31        15        26        72   

Expected return on plan assets

     (37     (18     (28     (83

Amortization of net loss

     —         2        1        3   

Curtailment gain

     —         —         (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (2   $ (1   $ 11      $ 8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

        

Service cost

   $ 4      $ —       $ 10      $ 14   

Interest cost

     29        15        25        69   

Expected return on plan assets

     (37     (18     (26     (81

Amortization of net gain

     (1     —         —         (1

Curtailment gain

     —         —         (2     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (5   $ (3   $ 7      $ (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The curtailment gains of $1 million and $2 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, resulted from employee terminations primarily in Europe.

The deferred loss included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) that is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost during 2013 is as follows:

 

     The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Other     Total  

Net actuarial loss

   $ (6   $ (5   $ (10   $ (21

The weighted average assumptions underlying the pension computations were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011     2010  

Pension benefit obligation:

      

—discount rate

     3.8     4.7     5.2

—rate of compensation increase

     2.1     2.0     2.1

Net periodic pension costs:

      

—discount rate

     4.7     5.2     5.7

—rate of compensation increase

     2.0     2.1     2.1

—expected long-term return on plan assets

     6.2     6.3     6.5

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The assumptions for the expected return on plan assets for the Pension Plans were based on a review of the historical returns of the asset classes in which the assets of the Pension Plans are invested and long-term economic forecast for the type of investments held by the plans. The historical returns on these asset classes were weighted based on the expected long-term allocation of the assets of the Pension Plans.

Nielsen’s pension plans’ weighted average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

     The
Netherlands
    United
States
    Other     Total  

At December 31, 2012

        

Equity securities

     22     60     47     37

Fixed income securities

     62        40        49        54   

Other

     16        —         4        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

        

Equity securities

     23     60     44     36

Fixed income securities

     61        39        52        55   

Other

     16        1        4        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

No Holdings shares are held by the pension plans.

Nielsen’s primary objective with regard to the investment of the Pension Plans assets is to ensure that in each individual plan, sufficient funds are available to satisfy future benefit obligations. For this purpose, asset and liability management studies are made periodically at each pension fund. For each of the Pension Plans, an appropriate mix is determined on the basis of the outcome of these studies, taking into account the national rules and regulations. The overall target asset allocation among all plans for 2012 was 40% equity securities and 56% long-term interest-earning investments (debt or fixed income securities), and 4% other securities.

Equity securities primarily include investments in U.S. and non U.S. companies. Fixed income securities include corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries and mortgage-backed securities. Other types of investments are primarily insurance contracts.

Assets at fair value (See Note 7—“Fair Value Measurements” for additional information on fair value measurement and the underlying fair value hierarchy) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Asset Category

                       

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2       $ 1       $ —        $ 3       $ 10       $ 1       $ —        $ 11   

Equity securities—U.S.

     31         137         —          168         27         119         —          146   

Equity securities—non-U.S.

     35         326         —          361         33         281         —          314   

Real estate

     —          —          32         32         —          —          32         32   

Corporate bonds

     110         433         —          543         103         393         —          496   

Debt issued by national, state or local government

     41         195         —          236         53         142         —          195   

Other

     3         18         77         98         3         15         60         78   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets at Fair Value

   $ 222       $ 1,110         109       $ 1,441       $ 229       $ 951       $ 92       $ 1,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of changes in the fair value of the Pension Plans’ Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Real Estate     Other     Total  

Balance, end of year December 31, 2010

   $ 32      $ 53      $ 85   

Actual return on plan assets:

      

Unrealized gains

     1        9        10   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     (1     (2     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year December 31, 2011

   $ 32      $ 60      $ 92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets:

      

Unrealized gains

     —          16        16   

Effect of foreign currency translation

     —          1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year December 31, 2012

   $ 32      $ 77      $ 109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions to the Pension Plans in 2013 are expected to be approximately $7 million for the Dutch plans and $40 million for other plans. No contribution is expected to be made to the U.S. pension plan.

Estimated future benefit payments are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   The
Netherlands
     United
States
     Other      Total  

For the years ending December 31,

           

2013

   $ 35       $ 10       $ 21       $ 66   

2014

     36         10         22         68   

2015

     37         11         24         72   

2016

     37         11         25         73   

2017

     38         12         27         77   

2018-2022

     192         68         152         412   

Defined Contribution Plans

Nielsen also offers defined contribution plans to certain participants, primarily in the United States. Nielsen’s expense related to these plans was $37 million, $37 million and $35 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In the United States, Nielsen contributes cash to each employee’s account in an amount up to 3% of compensation (subject to IRS limitations). No contributions are made in shares of the Holdings’s common stock. Effective October 7, 2011, participants were allowed to invest in The Nielsen Company Stock Fund, which is an investment fund that exclusively invests in the common stock of Nielsen Holdings N.V.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

10. Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

Unless otherwise stated, interest rates are as of December 31, 2012.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
   Weighted
Interest
Rate
    Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Interest
Rate
    Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

$1,610 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 2.21%) due 2013

     $ 218       $ 218         $ 1,287       $ 1,270   

$2,386 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 3.67%) due 2016

       2,315         2,324           2,338         2,290   

$1,222 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 2.46%) due 2017

       1,176         1,173           —          —    

€227 million Senior secured term loan (Euro LIBOR based variable rate of 2.05%) due 2013

       34         34           186         183   

€273 million Senior secured term loan (Euro LIBOR based variable rate of 3.62%) due 2016

       347         347           345         338   

$500 million 8.50% senior secured term loan due 2017

       —          —            500         538   

$635 million senior secured revolving credit facility (Euro LIBOR or LIBOR based variable rate) due 2016

       —          —            —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total senior secured credit facilities (with weighted average interest rate)

     3.46     4,090         4,096         4.13     4,656         4,619   

$325 million 11.50% senior debenture loan due 2016

       —          —            307         350   

$215 million 11.625% senior debenture loan due 2014

       209         232           204         234   

$1,080 million 7.75% senior debenture loan due 2018

       1,084         1,211           1,084         1,165   

$800 million 4.50% senior debenture loan due 2020

       800         794           —          —    

€50 million private placement debenture loan (EMTN) (3-month EURIBOR based variable rate) due 2012

       —          —            65         64   

€30 million 6.75% private placement debenture loan (EMTN) due 2012

       —          —            39         39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debenture loans (with weighted average interest rate)

     7.60     2,093         2,237         9.94     1,699         1,852   

Other loans

       1         1           4         4   

Total long-term debt

     4.86     6,184         6,334         5.68     6,359         6,475   

Capital lease and other financing obligations

       107              115      

Bank overdrafts

       5              1      

Short-term debt

       7              6      
    

 

 

         

 

 

    

Total debt and other financing arrangements

       6,303              6,481      
    

 

 

         

 

 

    

Less: Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease and other financing obligations and other short-term borrowings

       362              150      
    

 

 

         

 

 

    

Non-current portion of long-term debt and capital lease and other financing obligations

     $ 5,941            $ 6,331      
    

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt instruments was based on the yield on public debt where available or current borrowing rates available for financings with similar terms and maturities and such fair value measurements are considered Level 1 or Level 2 in nature, respectively.

The carrying amounts of Nielsen’s long-term debt are denominated in the following currencies:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

U.S. Dollars

   $ 5,803       $ 5,724   

Euro

     381         635   

Japanese Yen

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,184       $ 6,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Annual maturities of Nielsen’s long-term debt are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

      

2013

   $ 341   

2014

     344   

2015

     150   

2016

     2,732   

2017

     733   

Thereafter

     1,884   
  

 

 

 
   $ 6,184   
  

 

 

 

On January 31, 2011, our indirect parent company, Holdings, completed an initial public offering of 82,142,858 shares of its €0.07 par value common stock at a price of $23.00 per share, generating proceeds of approximately $1,801 million, net of $88 million of underwriter discounts.

Concurrent with its offering of common stock, Holdings issued $288 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Mandatory Convertible Subordinated Bonds due February 1, 2013 (“the Bonds”), generating proceeds of approximately $277 million, net of $11 million of underwriter discounts. Interest on the Bonds is payable quarterly in arrears in February, May, August and November of each year, and commenced in May 2011. The Bonds provided for mandatory conversion into between 10,416,700 and 12,499,925 shares of Holdings’s common stock on February 1, 2013 at a conversion rate per $50.00 principal amount of the bonds of not more than 2.1739 shares and not less than 1.8116 shares depending on the market value of its common stock (the average of the volume weighted-average price of its common stock for a 20 consecutive trading day period beginning on the 25 th trading day immediately preceding February 1, 2013) relative to the initial price and the threshold appreciation price per share of $23.00 and $27.60, respectively. On February 1, 2013, the Bonds were converted into 10,416,700 shares of Holdings’s common stock at per share price of $27.60.

Holdings contributed substantially all of the combined net proceeds associated with the aforementioned transactions to the Company and it utilized the contributed amount to settle the Sponsor Advisory Agreements (See Note 14—“Investments in Affiliates and Related Party Transactions” for further information) and redeem and retire certain issuances of our long-term indebtedness as follows:

 

   

In February 2011, the Company paid approximately $201 million to redeem $164 million of its outstanding $467 million ($500 million aggregate principal amount) 11.50% Senior Discount Notes Due 2016 with a redemption cost of the stated rate applied to the principal amount being redeemed plus a proportionate amount of accrued interest to the principal amount.

 

   

In February 2011, the Company paid approximately $129 million to redeem $107 million of its outstanding $307 million ($330 million aggregate principal amount) 11.625% Senior Discount Notes Due 2014 with a redemption cost of the stated rate applied to the principal amount being redeemed plus a proportionate amount of accrued interest to the principal amount.

 

F-54


Table of Contents
   

In February 2011, the Company paid approximately $1,133 million to redeem all of its outstanding $999 million ($1,070 million aggregate principal amount) 12.50% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2016 at a price of 105.89% of the aggregate principal amount.

 

   

In February and March 2011, the Company paid approximately $495 million to redeem all of its outstanding 11.125% Senior Discount Debenture Notes due 2016 at a price of 104.87% of the aggregate principal amount.

The Company recorded a total debt extinguishment charge of approximately $231 million in other expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 associated with these redemptions.

As of December 31, 2011, Luxco owned 270,746,445 shares (or approximately 75%) of Holdings’s common stock. On March 26, 2012, Luxco and certain Nielsen employees (the “selling shareholders”) completed a public offering of 34,500,000 shares of Holdings’s common stock at a price of $30.25 per share. As of December 31, 2012, Luxco owned 236,266,399 shares (or approximately 65%) of Holdings’s outstanding shares of common stock. In February 2013, Luxco and certain Nielsen employees completed a public offering of 40,814,883 shares of the Holdings’s common stock at a price of 32.55 per share. Subsequent to this offering, Luxco owned 195,463,201 shares (or approximately 52%) of Holdings’s common stock.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Term Loan Facilities

In August 2006, certain of Nielsen’s subsidiaries entered into the Senior Secured Credit Agreement that was amended and restated in June 2009. The Senior Secured Credit Agreement provides for term loan facilities as shown in the table above.

The Company is required to repay installments on the borrowings under the senior secured term loan facilities due 2016 in quarterly principal amounts of 0.25% of their original principal amount, with the remaining amount payable upon maturity.

Borrowings under the senior secured term loan facilities bear interest at a rate as determined by the type of borrowing, equal to either (a) a “base rate” determined by reference to the higher of (1) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (2) the prime rate or (b) a LIBOR rate for the currency of such borrowings, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margins for the senior secured term loans that mature in 2013 vary depending on the Company’s secured leverage ratio, from 2.00% to 2.25% in the case of LIBOR loans and from 1.00% to 1.25% in the case of base rate loans. The applicable margins for two of the senior secured term loans that mature in 2016 are set at a fixed rate of 3.75% in the case of LIBOR loans and 2.75% in the case of base rate loans, and the margin for the remaining 2016 term loans vary depending upon the Company’s total leverage and credit rating, from 3.25% to 3.75% in the case of LIBOR loans and from 2.25% to 2.75% in the case of base rate loans.

In February 2012, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement was amended and restated to provide for a new five-year amortizing term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $1,222 million, the proceeds from which were used to repay a corresponding amount of the existing senior secured term loans due 2013. Borrowings under this new term loan facility bear interest at a rate as determined by the type of borrowing, equal to either the “base rate” or LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin on base rate loans under this new term loan facility ranges from 0.75% to 1.50% based on a total leverage ratio. The applicable margin on LIBOR loans under this new term loan facility ranges from 1.75% to 2.50% based on the total leverage ratio. Loans under this new term loan facility mature in full in February 2017, but the maturity date shall be January 2016 if at such time there is more than $750 million in the aggregate of existing other term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement with a maturity of May 2016. The loans under this new term loan facility are required to be repaid in an amount equal to 5% of the original principal amount in the first year after

 

F-55


Table of Contents

the closing date, 5% in the second year, 10% in the third year, 10% in the fourth year and 70% in the fifth year (with payments in each year being made in equal quarterly installments other than the fifth year, in which payments shall be equal to 3.33% of the original principal amount of loans in each of the first three quarters and the remaining principal balance due in February 2017 (unless repayment is required in January 2016 as indicated above)). Loans under this new term loan facility are secured on a pari passu basis with the Company’s existing obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and Senior Secured Loan Agreement.

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries (which together constitute most of its subsidiaries) to incur additional indebtedness or guarantees, incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make certain loans and investments, declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock, engage in certain mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations, prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, sell certain assets, transact with affiliates, enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions and alter the business they conduct. These entities are restricted, subject to certain exceptions, in their ability to transfer their net assets to Nielsen Holdings N.V. Such restricted net assets amounted to approximately $5.2 billion at December 31, 2012. In addition, these entities are required to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. Neither Nielsen Holdings nor TNC B.V. is currently bound by any financial or negative covenants contained in the credit agreement. The Senior Secured Credit Agreement also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement are guaranteed by us, substantially all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries and certain of the non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries, and are secured by substantially all of the existing and future property and assets of our U.S. subsidiaries and by a pledge of substantially all of the capital stock of the guarantors, the capital stock of substantially all of our U.S. subsidiaries, and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under a separate security agreement, substantially all of our assets are pledged as collateral for amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities.

Subsequent Event

In February 2013, the Company received the requisite lender consents to amend its Senior Secured Credit Agreement to allow for the replacement of its existing class A, B and C term loans with a new class of term loans. The amendment is expected to close during the first quarter of 2013, subject to customary closing conditions, and will be documented in an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement also contains a senior secured revolving credit facility under which Nielsen Finance LLC, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., and Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. can borrow revolving loans. The revolving credit facility can also be used for letters of credit, guarantees and swingline loans. In March 2011, the Company amended the Senior Secured Credit Agreement to provide for the termination of the existing revolving credit commitments totaling $688 million, which had a final maturity date of August 2012, and their replacement with new revolving credit commitments totaling $635 million with a final maturity date of April 2016.

Revolving loans made pursuant to the new revolving credit commitments may be drawn in U.S. Dollars or Euros (at the election of the borrowers) and bear a tiered floating interest rate depending on a total leverage ratio, from 2.25% to 3.50% in the case of LIBOR borrowings and from 1.25% to 2.50% in the case of base rate borrowings. A commitment fee is payable on the unused portion of the new revolving credit commitments ranging from 0.375% to 0.75% also depending on the total leverage ratio.

The senior secured revolving credit facility is provided under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and so contains covenants and restrictions as noted above with respect to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement under

 

F-56


Table of Contents

the “Term loan facilities” section above. Obligations under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the same entities that guarantee obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and Senior Secured Loan Agreement.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had no borrowings outstanding, but had outstanding letters of credit of $13 million and $19 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $622 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility.

Debenture Loans

The indentures governing the Senior Notes limit the majority of Nielsen’s subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase its capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, use assets as security in other transactions and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies subject to certain exceptions. Upon a change in control, Nielsen is required to make an offer to redeem all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the 101% of the aggregate accreted principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Company, substantially all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of the Company, and certain of the non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company.

In October 2012, the Company issued $800 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 which mature on October 1, 2020 at an issue price of $800, with cash proceeds of approximately $788 million, net of fees and expenses. Concurrent with this issuance, the Company redeemed and subsequently retired all of its 11.50% Senior Notes due 2016 and prepaid its 8.50% Senior Secured Term Loan due 2017. In connection with these transactions, the Company recorded a charge of $115 million in Other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

In October and November 2010, the Company issued a combined $1,080 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 at an issue price of $1,085 million with cash proceeds of approximately $1,065 million, net of fees and expenses.

In August 2006, Nielsen issued $650 million 10% and €150 million 9% senior notes due 2014. On April 16, 2008, Nielsen issued $220 million aggregate principal amount of additional 10% Senior Notes due 2014. In November and December 2010 the Company redeemed all $870 million aggregate principal amount of its 10% Senior Notes due 2014 at a price of 105% of the amount redeemed as well as all €150 million aggregate principal amount of its 9% Senior Notes due 2014 at a price of 104.5% of the amount redeemed. The redemption and subsequent retirement of these collective notes resulted in a loss of $90 million associated with the redemption option premium and recognition of previously deferred debt issuance costs recorded as a component of other expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations in the fourth quarter of 2010. These redemptions were consummated using the proceeds from the issuance of a combined $1,080 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 discussed above.

In January 2009, Nielsen issued $330 million in aggregate principal amount of 11.625 % Senior Notes due 2014 at an issue price of $297 million with cash proceeds of approximately $290 million, net of fees and expenses. These Senior Notes were partially redeemed during 2011 as described above.

In April 2009, Nielsen issued $500 million in aggregate principal amount of 11.50% Senior Notes due 2016 at an issue price of $461 million with cash proceeds of approximately $452 million, net of fees and expenses. These Senior Notes were partially redeemed during 2011 as described above.

In August 2006, Nielsen also issued $1,070 million 12.50% senior subordinated discount notes due 2016 (“Senior Subordinated Discount Notes”). The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes were entirely redeemed during 2011 as described above.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

In August 2006, Nielsen issued €343 million 11.125% senior discount notes due 2016 (“Senior Discount Notes”). The Senior Discount Notes were entirely redeemed during 2011 as described above.

Nielsen has a Euro Medium Term Note (“EMTN”) program in place under which no further debenture loans and private placements can be issued. All debenture loans and most private placements are quoted on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

In December 2011, Nielsen’s JPY 4,000 million 2.50% EMTN matured and was repaid and in May 2010, Nielsen’s €50 million variable rate EMTN matured and was repaid.

In February 2012, Nielsen’s €30 million 6.75% EMTN matured and was repaid and in April 2012, Nielsen’s €50 million variable note EMTN matured and was repaid.

Other Transactions

In December 2012, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire Arbitron Inc. (NYSE: ARB), an international media and marketing research firm, for $48 per share in cash (the “Transaction”). In addition, the Company entered into a commitment for an unsecured note or unsecured loan of up to $1,300 million (the “Commitment Letter”) to fund the closing of the Transaction. The Transaction has been approved by the board of directors of both companies and is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory review. As of December 31, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Commitment Letter.

Effective July 1, 2010, the Company designated its Euro denominated variable rate senior secured term loans due 2013 and 2016 as non-derivative hedges of its net investment in a European subsidiary. Beginning on July 1, 2010, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the Euro as compared to the U.S. Dollar associated with this debenture were recorded to the cumulative translation adjustment within stockholders’ equity, net of income tax. The Company recorded losses of $43 million (net of tax of $17 million) to the cumulative translation adjustment during the second half of 2010 associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates attributable to these loans and therefore no gains or losses were recorded within the Company’s net income during that period. The Company’s net income reflected foreign currency exchange gains of $96 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and losses of $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 associated with these loans.

Deferred Financing Costs

The costs related to the issuance of debt are capitalized and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the related debt. Deferred financing costs were $60 million and $68 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Related Party Lenders

A portion of the borrowings under the senior secured credit facility, as well as certain of the Company’s senior debenture loans, have been purchased by certain of the Sponsors in market transactions not involving the Company. Amounts held by the Sponsors were $412 million and $600 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest expense associated with amounts held by the Sponsors approximated $20 million, $26 million and $29 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Capital Lease and Other Obligations

Nielsen finances certain computer equipment, software, buildings and automobiles under capital leases and related transactions. These arrangements do not include terms of renewal, purchase options, or escalation clauses.

Assets under capital lease are recorded within property, plant and equipment. See Note 6—“Property, Plant and Equipment.”

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Future minimum capital lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

      

2013

   $ 19   

2014

     15   

2015

     14   

2016

     14   

2017

     14   

Thereafter

     91   
  

 

 

 

Total

     167   

Less: amount representing interest

     60   
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

   $ 107   
  

 

 

 

Current portion

   $ 10   

Total non-current portion

     97   
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

   $ 107   
  

 

 

 

Capital leases and other financing transactions have effective interest rates ranging from 8% to 10%. Interest expense recorded related to capital leases and other financing transactions during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $9 million, $10 million and $11 million, respectively. Nielsen recognizes rental income from non-cancelable subleases. Rental income will commence in 2013. Nielsen had aggregate future proceeds to be received under non-cancelable subleases of $5 million at December 31, 2012.

11. Stockholders’ Equity

Outstanding common shares were 258,463,857 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Each share of common stock has the right to one vote and a dividend determined at the general meeting of shareholders. No dividends were declared or paid on the common stock in 2012 or 2011. During 2010, Nielsen paid cash dividends of €7 million (approximately $9 million) to Holdings in order to fund Holdings’ redemption of shares of Holdings’ common stock held by certain former employees.

On January 31, 2013, the unitary board of directors of Nielsen Holdings N.V. and The Nielsen Company B.V. adopted a cash dividend policy with the present intent to pay quarterly cash dividends on Holdings’s outstanding common stock. The board also declared the first quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share, to be paid on March 20, 2013 to holders of record of Holdings’s common stock on March 6, 2013. The dividend policy and the payment of future cash dividends are subject to the discretion of the Holding’s board of directors.

12. Stock-Based Compensation

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen implemented an equity-based, management compensation plan (“Equity Participation Plan” or “EPP”) to align compensation for certain key executives with the performance of the Company. Under this plan, certain of the Company’s executives may be granted stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and dividend equivalent rights in the shares of the Company or purchase its shares. In connection with the completion of Nielsen’s initial public offering of common stock on January 31, 2011 the Company implemented the Nielsen Holdings 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Stock Incentive Plan”) and suspended further grants under the EPP. The Stock Incentive Plan is the source of new equity-based awards permitting the Company to grant to its key employees, directors and other service providers the following types of awards: incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other awards valued in whole or in part by reference to shares of Nielsen’s common stock and performance-based awards denominated in shares or cash. There were no awards granted under the Stock Incentive Plan during the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Under the Stock Incentive Plan, Nielsen granted 4,133,381 and 4,307,002 time-based stock options to purchase shares during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Under the Equity Participation Plan, Nielsen granted 919,052 time-based and 175,301 performance-based stock options to purchase shares during the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2012, the total number of shares authorized for award of options or other equity-based awards was 34,795,000 under the Stock Incentive Plan. The 2012 and 2011 time-based awards become exercisable over a four-year vesting period at a rate of 25% per year on the anniversary day of the award, and are tied to the executives’ continuing employment. The majority of the 2010 time-based awards become exercisable ratably on the first three anniversaries of the grant date of the award, contingent on continuing employment on each vesting date. In addition, time-based awards granted in 2010 become exercisable over a four-year vesting period tied to the executives’ continuing employment as follows: 75% vested on December 31, 2012 and 25% will vest on December 31, 2013. The 2009, 2008 and 2007 time-based awards became exercisable over a four-year, four-year and five-year vesting period, respectively, and were fully vested as of December 31, 2012. The 2010, 2009 and 2008 performance options are tied to the executives’ continued employment and become vested and exercisable based on the achievement of certain annual EBITDA targets over a four-year vesting period. The 2007 and 2006 performance options are tied to the executives’ targets over a five-year vesting period. If the annual EBITDA targets are achieved on a cumulative basis for any current year and prior years, the options become vested as to a pro-rata portion for any prior year installments which were not vested because of failure to achieve the applicable annual EBITDA target. Both option tranches expire ten years from date of grant. Upon a change in control, any then-unvested time options will fully vest and any then-unvested performance options can vest, subject to certain conditions.

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the fair values of the time-based and performance-based awards were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected volatility has been based on a combination of the estimates of implied volatility of the Company’s peer-group and the Company’s historical volatility adjusted for leverage. For grants subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering, implied volatility based on trading Nielsen call options is also considered in the calculation of expected volatility because it is considered representative of future stock price trends.

The following assumptions were used during 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Expected life (years)

     3.50-6.00        3.50-6.00        2.85-4.17   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.38-0.83     1.18-2.23     1.28-2.12

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0

Expected volatility

     28.00-30.30     31.70-42.00     58.00-63.00

Weighted average volatility

     28.56     33.42     60.05

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $33 million, $26 million and $18 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The tax benefit related to the stock compensation expense was $13 million, $11 million and $8 million, for the respective periods.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Nielsen’s stock option plan activity is summarized below:

 

     Number of Options
(Time Based and
Performance Based)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in
Years
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value in
Millions
 

Stock Option Plan activity

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     16,354,797      $ 17.52        7.40       $ 29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     1,094,353        18.76        

Forfeited

     (703,387     (20.46     

Exercised

     (625,554     (13.42     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     16,120,209        17.63        6.51       $ 77   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     4,307,002        30.00        

Forfeited

     (684,306     (20.96     

Exercised

     (1,160,878     (13.20     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     18,582,027      $ 20.65        5.77       $ 175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     4,133,381        28.00        

Forfeited

     (655,034     (24.30     

Exercised

     (2,372,536     (14.64     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     19,687,838      $ 22.80        5.16       $ 156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

     9,986,984      $ 19.63        4.61       $ 112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time-based and performance-based options granted during 2010 have exercise prices of $18.41 per share and $36.80 per share, respectively. There were no performance-based awards granted in 2012 and 2011.

As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted was $7.25, $9.39 and $8.05, respectively, and the aggregate fair value of options vested was $21 million, $12 million and $12 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2012, there is approximately $36 million of unearned stock-based compensation related to stock options which the Company expects to record as stock-based compensation expense over the next four years. The compensation expense related to the time-based awards is amortized over the term of the award using the graded vesting method.

The intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $34 million, $18 million and $4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, cash proceeds from the exercise of options was $32 million.

As of December 31, 2012, affiliates of Centerview Partners, a stockholder of Luxco, collectively holds 312,500 performance-based options and 218,750 time-based options to purchase shares in the Company. Cumulative expense related to these outstanding options amounted to approximately $5 million through December 31, 2012.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, 687,300 and 248,450, respectively, of restricted stock units (RSUs) ultimately payable in shares of common stock were granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. The awards vest at a rate of 25% per year over four years on the anniversary of the award. There were 80,981 RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2012. In 2010, 6,250 RSUs ultimately payable in shares of common stock were granted. The 2010 awards fully vested on November 1, 2011. The estimated weighted average grant date fair value of these units in 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $27.99, $30.05 and $19.20, respectively.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012, approximately $16 million of unearned stock-based compensation related to unvested RSUs (net of estimated forfeitures) is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.4 years.

13. Income Taxes

The components of income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates, were:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012      2011      2010  

Dutch

   $ 46       $ 35       $ 146   

Non-Dutch

     398         94         (43
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

   $ 444       $ 129       $ 103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The above amounts for Dutch and non-Dutch activities were determined based on the location of the taxing authorities.

The provision/(benefit) for income taxes attributable to the income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates consisted of:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011     2010  

Current:

      

Dutch

   $ 8      $ 1      $ 13   

Non-Dutch

     117        144        117   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     125        145        130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Dutch

     (1     (13     (3

Non-Dutch

     22        (111     (173
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     21        (124     (176
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 146      $ 21      $ (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

The Company’s provision/(benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was different from the amount computed by applying the statutory Dutch federal income tax rates to the underlying income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates as a result of the following:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011     2010  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

   $ 444      $ 129      $ 103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dutch statutory tax rate

     25.0     25.0     25.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision/(benefit) for income taxes at the Dutch statutory rate

   $ 111      $ 32      $ 26   

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     —         —         —    

Basis difference in sale of subsidiary

     —         —         —    

Tax impact on distributions from foreign subsidiaries

     35        9        1   

Effect of operations in non-Dutch jurisdictions, including foreign tax credits

     15        (3     (35

U.S. state and local taxation

     7        (4     (24

Withholding and other taxation

     36        30        29   

Effect of global financing activities

     (51     (38     (28

Changes in estimates for uncertain tax positions

     43        12        2   

Changes in valuation allowances

     (16     (25     (25

Effect of change in deferred tax rates

     (40     —         —    

Other, net

     6        8        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (benefit)/provision for income taxes

   $ 146      $ 21      $ (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     32.9     16.3     (44.7 %) 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

The components of current and non-current deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) were:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Deferred tax assets (on balance):

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 348      $ 394   

Interest expense limitation

     577        557   

Deferred compensation

     7        6   

Deferred revenues/costs

     29        31   

Employee benefits

     59        51   

Tax credit carryforwards

     113        96   

Share-based payments

     59        46   

Accrued expenses

     26        35   

Other assets

     52        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,270        1,254   

Valuation allowances

     (248     (193
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances

     1,022        1,061   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities (on balance):

    

Intangible assets

     (1,661     (1,723

Financial instruments

     (50     (54

Fixed asset depreciation

     (21     (4

Computer software

     (69     (43
     (1,801     (1,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (779   $ (763
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recognized as:

    

Deferred income taxes, current

   $ 58      $ 57   

Deferred income taxes, non-current

     (837     (820
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (779   $ (763
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011 the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,259 million and $1,176 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2013. In addition, the Company had tax credit carryforwards of approximately $113 million and $96 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2014.

In certain jurisdictions, the Company has operating losses and other tax attributes that, due to the uncertainty of achieving sufficient profits to utilize these operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, the Company currently believes it is more likely than not that a portion of these losses will not be realized. Therefore, the Company has a valuation allowance of approximately $205 million and $169 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, related to these net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. In addition, the Company has valuation allowances of $43 million and $24 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, on deferred tax assets related to other temporary differences, which the Company currently believes will not be realized.

As a consequence of the significant restructuring of the ownership of the Nielsen non-U.S. subsidiaries in 2007 and 2008 the Company has determined that as of December 31, 2010 no income taxes are required to be provided for on the approximately $3.3 billion, which is the excess of the book value of its investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries over the corresponding tax basis. Certain of these differences can be eliminated at a future date without tax consequences and the remaining difference which is equal to the undistributed historic earnings of such subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested. It is not practical to estimate the additional income taxes and applicable withholding that would be payable on the remittance of such undistributed historic earnings.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had uncertain tax positions of $94 million and $96 million, respectively. The Company has also accrued interest and penalties associated with these unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $40 million and $29 million, respectively. Estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of benefit (provision) for income taxes in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. It is reasonably possible that a reduction in a range of $6 million to $14 million of uncertain tax positions may occur within the next twelve months as a result of projected resolutions of worldwide tax disputes.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions is as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Balance as of the beginning of period

   $ 96      $ 114      $ 129   

Additions for current year tax positions

     1        4        3   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     16        —         5   

Reductions for lapses of statute of limitations

     (19     (22     (22

Effect of foreign currency translation

     —         —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of the end of the period

   $ 94      $ 96      $ 114   

If the balance of the Company’s uncertain tax positions is sustained by the taxing authorities in the Company’s favor, the reversal of the entire balance would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate in future periods.

The Company files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and in many state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examinations for 2006 and prior periods. In addition, the Company has subsidiaries in various states, provinces and countries that are currently under audit for years ranging from 2001 through 2008.

14. Investments in Affiliates and Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions with Affiliates

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, Nielsen had investments in affiliates of $77 million and $74 million, respectively. Nielsen only significant investment, and its percentage of ownership as of December 31, 2012, was its 51% non-controlling ownership interest in Scarborough Research (“Scarborough”). As of December 31, 2012, the carrying value of the Company’s investment in Scarborough was $53 million.

Nielsen and Scarborough enter into various related party transactions in the ordinary course of business, including Nielsen’s providing certain general and administrative services to Scarborough. Nielsen pays royalties to Scarborough for the right to include Scarborough data in Nielsen services sold directly to Nielsen customers. Additionally, Nielsen sells various Scarborough services directly to its clients, for which it receives a commission from Scarborough. As a result of these transactions, Nielsen received net payments from Scarborough of $15 million, $14 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Obligations between Nielsen and its affiliates, including Scarborough, are regularly settled in cash in the ordinary course of business. Nielsen had net receivables from its affiliates of approximately $6 million and $12 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Transactions with Sponsors

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, two of Nielsen’s subsidiaries and the Sponsors entered into Advisory Agreements, which provided for an annual management fee, in connection with planning, strategy, oversight and support to management, and were payable quarterly and in advance to each Sponsor, on a pro rata

 

F-65


Table of Contents

basis, for the eight year duration of the agreements, as well as reimbursements for each Sponsor’s respective out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the management services provided under the agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded $12 million in selling, general and administrative expenses related to these management fees, sponsor travel and consulting.

The Advisory Agreements provided that upon the consummation of a change in control transaction or an initial public offering in excess of $200 million, each of the Sponsors would receive, in lieu of quarterly payments of the annual management fee, a fee equal to the net present value of the aggregate annual management fee that would have been payable to the Sponsors during the remainder of the term of the agreements (assuming an eight year term of the agreements), calculated using the treasury rate having a final maturity date that is closest to the eighth anniversary of the date of the agreements.

In January 2011 in conjunction with the Holdings’s initial public offering of common stock, the Advisory Agreements with the Sponsors were terminated for a settlement amount of $102 million and the Company recorded this charge as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

Equity Healthcare LLC

Effective in January 2009, Nielsen entered into an employer health program arrangement with Equity Healthcare LLC (“Equity Healthcare”). Equity Healthcare negotiates with providers of standard administrative services for health benefit plans and other related services for cost discounts, quality of service monitoring, data services and clinical consulting and oversight by Equity Healthcare. Because of the combined purchasing power of its client participants, Equity Healthcare is able to negotiate pricing terms from providers that are believed to be more favorable than the companies could obtain for themselves on an individual basis. Equity Healthcare is an affiliate of The Blackstone Group, one of the Sponsors.

In consideration for Equity Healthcare’s provision of access to these favorable arrangements and its monitoring of the contracted third parties’ delivery of contracted services to Nielsen, the Company pays Equity Healthcare a fee of $2.50 per participating employee per month (“PEPM Fee”). As of December 31, 2012, Nielsen had approximately 7,300 employees enrolled in its self-insured health benefit plans in the United States. Equity Healthcare may also receive a fee (“Health Plan Fees”) from one or more of the health plans with whom Equity Healthcare has contractual arrangements if the total number of employees joining such health plans from participating companies exceeds specified thresholds.

Board of Directors

On July 26, 2012, Iain Leigh resigned from the Boards of Directors of Nielsen Holdings, N.V. and The Nielsen Company B.V. and Vivek Y. Ranadivé was elected as a member of the Board of Directors to serve until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Mr. Ranadivé, has been the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of TIBCO Software Inc. (“TIBCO”) since its inception in 1997. The Company has an ongoing contractual relationship with TIBCO. In connection with his appointment, the Board of Directors of the Company affirmatively determined that Mr. Ranadivé is independent for purposes of the New York Stock Exchange listing rules and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases and Other Contractual Arrangements

In February 2013, The Company amended its Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “MSA”), dated as of October 1, 2007 with Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited (jointly, “TCS”). The term of the MSA has been extended for an additional three years, so as to expire on December 31, 2020, with a one-year renewal option granted to Nielsen. In addition, the Company has

 

F-66


Table of Contents

increased its commitment to purchase services from TCS (the “Minimum Commitment”) from $1.0 billion to $2.5 billion over the life of the contract (from October 1, 2007), including a commitment to purchase at least $100 million in services per year (the “Annual Commitment”). TCS’ charges under the separate Global Infrastructure Services Agreement between the parties will be credited against the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment. TCS will continue to globally provide the Company with professional services relating to information technology (including application development and maintenance), business process outsourcing, client service knowledge process outsourcing, management sciences, analytics, and financial planning and analytics. As Nielsen orders specific services under the Agreement, the parties will execute Statements of Work (“SOWs”) describing the specific scope of the services to be performed by TCS. The amount of the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment may be reduced on the occurrence of certain events, some of which also provide the Company with the right to terminate the Agreement or SOWs, as applicable.

Nielsen has also entered into operating leases and other contractual obligations to secure real estate facilities, agreements to purchase data processing services and leases of computers and other equipment used in the ordinary course of business and various outsourcing contracts. These agreements are not unilaterally cancelable by Nielsen, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices.

The amounts presented below represent the minimum annual payments under Nielsen’s purchase obligations that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year. These purchase obligations include data processing, building maintenance, trade show venues, equipment purchasing, photocopiers, land and mobile telephone service, computer software and hardware maintenance, and outsourcing.

 

     For the Years Ending December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Thereafter      Total  

Operating leases

     91         78         59         45         36         84         393   

Other contractual obligations

     150         47         26         12         2         2         239   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 241       $ 125       $ 85       $ 57       $ 38       $ 86       $ 632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses incurred under operating leases were $88 million, $97 million and $96 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Nielsen recognized rental income received under subleases of $8 million, $10 million and $13 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2012, Nielsen had aggregate future proceeds to be received under non-cancelable subleases of $40 million.

Nielsen also has minimum commitments under non-cancelable capital leases. See Note 10 “Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements” for further discussion.

Guarantees and Other Contingent Commitments

At December 31, 2012, Nielsen was committed under the following significant guarantee arrangements;

Sub-lease guarantees

Nielsen provides sub-lease guarantees in accordance with certain agreements pursuant to which Nielsen guarantees all rental payments upon default of rental payment by the sub-lessee. To date, the Company has not been required to perform under such arrangements, does not anticipate making any significant payments related to such guarantees and, accordingly, no amounts have been recorded.

Letters of credit

Letters of credit issued and outstanding amount to $13 million and $19 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

Nielsen is subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums. Accruals have been recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be determined, the Company does expect that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its operations or financial condition. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect the Company’s future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

16. Segments

The Company aligns its operating segments in order to conform to management’s internal reporting structure, which is reflective of service offerings by industry. Management aggregates such operating segments into three reporting segments: what consumers buy (“Buy”), consisting principally of market research information and analytical services; what consumers watch (“Watch”), consisting principally of television, online and mobile audience and advertising measurement and corresponding analytics and Expositions, consisting principally of trade shows, events and conferences.

Corporate consists principally of unallocated items such as certain facilities and infrastructure costs as well as intersegment eliminations. Certain corporate costs, other than those described above, including those related to selling, finance, legal, human resources, and information technology systems, are considered operating costs and are allocated to the Company’s segments based on either the actual amount of costs incurred or on a basis consistent with the operations of the underlying segment. Information with respect to the operations of each of Nielsen’s business segments is set forth below based on the nature of the services offered and geographic areas of operations.

Business Segment Information

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012      2011      2010  

Revenues

        

Buy

   $ 3,420       $ 3,409       $ 3,108   

Watch

     1,987         1,919         1,827   

Expositions

     183         179         168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,590       $ 5,507       $ 5,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012      2011      2010  

Depreciation and amortization

        

Buy

   $ 208       $ 198       $ 202   

Watch

     274         294         313   

Expositions

     23         25         27   

Corporate and eliminations

     8         7         12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 513       $ 524       $ 554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011      2010  

Restructuring charges

       

Buy

   $ 60      $ 57       $ 27   

Watch

     18        15         15   

Expositions

     (1     2         2   

Corporate and eliminations

     7        10         17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84      $ 84       $ 61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012      2011      2010  

Stock-based compensation expense

        

Buy

   $ 10       $ 8       $ 7   

Watch

     7         5         3   

Expositions

     —           —           —     

Corporate and eliminations

     16         13         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33       $ 26       $ 18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011     2010  

Operating income/(loss)

      

Buy

   $ 409      $ 432      $ 414   

Watch

     547        464        368   

Expositions

     72        60        49   

Corporate and eliminations

     (64     (158     (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 964      $ 798      $ 731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Total assets

     

Buy

   $ 6,885       $ 6,782   

Watch

     6,706         6,560   

Expositions

     758         794   

Corporate and eliminations (1)

     234         336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,583       $ 14,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes deferred financing costs of $60 million and $68 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012      2011      2010  

Capital expenditures

        

Buy

   $ 171       $ 178       $ 156   

Watch

     179         182         164   

Expositions

     5         7         6   

Corporate and eliminations

     3         —          8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 358       $ 367       $ 334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Geographic Segment Information

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)      Operating
Income/
(Loss)
     Long-
lived
Assets (2)
 

2012

        

United States

   $ 2,820       $ 529       $ 9,540   

North and South America, excluding the United States

     640         170         1,313   

The Netherlands

     39         4         8   

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     1,353         178         1,097   

Asia Pacific

     738         83         509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,590       $ 964       $ 12,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)      Operating
Income/
(Loss)
    Long-
lived
Assets (2)
 

2011

       

United States

   $ 2,677       $ 425      $ 9,531   

North and South America, excluding the United States

     625         184        1,212   

The Netherlands

     43         (90     3   

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     1,447         184        1,074   

Asia Pacific

     715         95        505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,507       $ 798      $ 12,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Revenues (1)      Operating
Income/
(Loss)
 

2010

     

United States

   $ 2,557       $ 297   

North and South America, excluding the United States

     551         157   

The Netherlands

     41         (5

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

     1,330         191   

Asia Pacific

     624         91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,103       $ 731   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of customers.
(2) Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets.

17. Additional Financial Information

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Trade payables

   $ 150       $ 180   

Personnel costs

     290         336   

Current portion of restructuring liabilities

     53         55   

Data and professional services

     203         167   

Interest payable

     46         51   

Other current liabilities (1)

     229         261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 971       $ 1,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Other includes multiple items, none of which is individually significant.

18. Guarantor Financial Information

The following supplemental financial information sets forth for the Company, its subsidiaries that have issued certain debt securities (the “Issuers”) and its guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries, all as defined in the credit agreements, the consolidating balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. The Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unconditional basis by Nielsen and, each of the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, including VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., VNU International B.V., Nielsen Business Media Holding Company, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., VNU Marketing Information, Inc. and ACN Holdings, Inc., and the wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof, including

 

F-70


Table of Contents

the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and Nielsen Business Media Holding Company, in each case to the extent that such entities provide a guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities. The Issuers are Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., both wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary guarantors of the debt issued by Nielsen.

Nielsen is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the capital stock of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries, and, therefore, Nielsen is expected to continue to be dependent upon the cash flows of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2012

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —       $ —       $ 2,823      $ 2,767      $ —       $ 5,590   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    —         —         1,018        1,255        —         2,273   

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    —         —         851        905        —         1,756   

Depreciation and amortization

    —         —         397        116        —         513   

Restructuring charges

    —         —         27        57        —         84   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    —         —         530        434        —         964   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

    2        569        59        28        (654     4   

Interest expense

    (1     (367     (615     (61     654        (390

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

    —         —         (2     (14     —         (16

Other (expense)/income, net

    —         (121     148        (145     —         (118
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

    1        81        120        242        —         444   

Provision for income taxes

    —         (32     (33     (81     —         (146

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

    296        —         206        —         (502     —    

Equity in net income of affiliates

    —         —         3        2        —         5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

    297        49        296        163        (502     303   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —         —         —         (7     —         (7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    297        49        296        156        (502     296   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         (1     —         (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income/(loss) attributable to controlling interests

  $ 297      $ 49      $ 296      $ 157      $ (502   $ 297   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

    (34     (4     (37     34        7        (34
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to controlling interests

    263        45        259        191        (495     263   

Total comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         2        —         2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    263        45        259        193        (495     265   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2011

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —       $ —       $ 2,680      $ 2,827      $ —       $ 5,507   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    —         —         970        1,264        —         2,234   

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    —         —         938        929        —         1,867   

Depreciation and amortization

    —         —         406        118        —         524   

Restructuring charges

    —         —         31        53        —         84   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    —         —         335        463        —         798   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

    7        548        25        30        (604     6   

Interest expense

    (13     (426     (593     (28     604        (456

Loss on derivative instruments

    —         (1     —         —         —         (1

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

    —         —         (7     (2     —         (9

Other (expense)/income, net

    (52     (182     191        (166     —         (209
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income/(loss) of affiliates

    (58     (61     (49     297        —         129   

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

    —         21        8        (50     —         (21

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

    167        —         207        —         (374     —    

Equity in net income of affiliates

    —         —         —         3        —         3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

    109        (40     166        250        (374     111   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —         —         1        —         —         1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income/(loss)

    109        (40     167        250        (374     112   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         3        —         3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income/(loss) attributable to controlling interests

  $ 109      $ (40   $ 167      $ 247      $ (374   $ 109   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

    (203     7        (182     (216     391        (203
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to controlling interests

    (94     (33     (15     31        17        (94

Total comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         2        —         2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income

    (94     (33     (15     33        17        (92
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2010

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Revenues

  $ —       $ —       $ 2,559      $ 2,544      $ —       $ 5,103   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    —         —         987        1,138        —         2,125   

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    —         —         817        815        —         1,632   

Depreciation and amortization

    —         —         437        117        —         554   

Restructuring charges

    —         —         42        19        —         61   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    —         —         276        455        —         731   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

    7        501        31        23        (557     5   

Interest expense

    (49     (597     (538     (33     557        (660

Loss on derivative instruments

    —         (27     —         —         —         (27

Foreign currency exchange transaction gains/(losses), net

    —         111        (26     50        —         135   

Other (expense)/income, net

    —         (91     45        (35     —         (81
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

    (42     (103     (212     460        —         103   

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

    1        36        81        (72     —         46   

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

    170        —         322        —         (492     —    

Equity in net income of affiliates

    —         —         1        4        —         5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

    129        (67     192        392        (492     154   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —         —         (22     —         —         (22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income/(loss)

    129        (67     170        392        (492     132   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         3        —         3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income/(loss) attributable to controlling interests

  $ 129      $ (67   $ 170      $ 389      $ (492   $ 129   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

    (44     6        (15     (163     172        (44
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to controlling interests

    85        (61     155        226        (320     85   

Total comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         2        —         2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

    85        (61     155        228        (320     87   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2012

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Elimination     Consolidated  

Assets:

           

Current assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —       $ —       $ 24      $ 263      $ —       $ 287   

Trade and other receivables, net

    —         —         404        706        —         1,110   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    —         14        132        132        —         278   

Intercompany receivables

    —         270        177        134        (581     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    —         284        737        1,235        (581     1,675   

Non-current assets

           

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —         —         303        257        —         560   

Goodwill

    —         —         5,046        2,306        —         7,352   

Other intangible assets, net

    —         —         4,088        467        —         4,555   

Deferred tax assets

    10        3        77        79        —         169   

Other non-current assets

    —         46        165        61        —         272   

Equity investment in subsidiaries

    5,157        —         5,663        —         (10,820     —    

Intercompany receivables

    45        7,944        555        1,300        (9,844     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 5,212      $ 8,277      $ 16,634      $ 5,705      $ (21,245   $ 14,583   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

           

Current liabilities

           

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

  $ —       $ 52      $ 347      $ 572      $ —       $ 971   

Deferred revenues

    —         —         217        156        —         373   

Income tax liabilities

    —         —         12        44        —         56   

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

    —         340        15        7        —         362   

Intercompany payables

    —         14        414        153        (581     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    —         406        1,005        932        (581     1,762   

Non-current liabilities

           

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

    —         5,843        81        17        —         5,941   

Deferred tax liabilities

    —         71        838        97        —         1,006   

Intercompany loans

    —         —         9,295        549        (9,844     —    

Other non-current liabilities

    2        16        258        340        —         616   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    2        6,336        11,477        1,935        (10,425     9,325   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    5,210        1,941        5,157        3,722        (10,820     5,210   

Noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         48        —         48   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    5,210        1,941        5,157        3,770        (10,820     5,258   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 5,212      $ 8,277      $ 16,634      $ 5,705      $ (21,245   $ 14,583   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2011

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Parent      Issuers      Guarantor      Non-Guarantor      Elimination     Consolidated  

Assets:

                

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ —        $ 33       $ 285       $ —       $ 318   

Trade and other receivables, net

     —          —          369         711         —         1,080   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          15         134         110         —         259   

Intercompany receivables

     300         123         224         326         (973     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     300         138         760         1,432         (973     1,657   

Non-current assets

                

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —          —          367         242         —         609   

Goodwill

     —          —          4,989         2,166         —         7,155   

Other intangible assets, net

     —          —          4,121         440         —         4,561   

Deferred tax assets

     1         —          67         108         —         176   

Other non-current assets

     —          53         162         99         —         314   

Equity investment in subsidiaries

     4,574         —          4,731         —          (9,305     —    

Intercompany receivables

     149         7,322         908         1,449         (9,828     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,024       $ 7,513       $ 16,105       $ 5,936       $ (20,106   $ 14,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

                

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

   $ 31       $ 55       $ 388       $ 576       $ —       $ 1,050   

Deferred revenues

     —          —          247         196         —         443   

Income tax liabilities

     —          —          7         44         —         51   

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

     104         28         16         2         —         150   

Intercompany payables

     —          47         729         197         (973     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     135         130         1,387         1,015         (973     1,694   

Non-current liabilities

                

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     —          6,223         92         16         —         6,331   

Deferred tax liabilities

     —          80         883         33         —         996   

Intercompany loans

     —          —          8,926         902         (9,828     —    

Other non-current liabilities

     2         14         243         297         —         556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     137         6,447         11,531         2,263         (10,801     9,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     4,887         1,066         4,574         3,665         (9,305     4,887   

Noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          8         —         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     4,887         1,066         4,574         3,673         (9,305     4,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 5,024       $ 7,513       $ 16,105       $ 5,936       $ (20,106   $ 14,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2012

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

   $ (1   $ 127      $ 303      $ 373      $ 802   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (142     (18     (160

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —         (4     —         (4

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —         (59     (73     (132

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —         (204     (22     (226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         —         (409     (113     (522
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

     —         1,998        —         1        1,999   

Repayments of debt

     (106     (2,120     (4     —         (2,230

Increase in other short-term borrowings

     —         —         —         3        3   

Capital contributions from parent

     15        —         —         —         15   

Activity under stock plans

     —         —         (3     (2     (5

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

     92        (5     104        (289     (98
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     1        (127     97        (287     (316
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         —         5        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         (9     (22     (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —         —         33        285        318   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ —       $ —       $ 24      $ 263      $ 287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2011

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 1      $ 132      $ 104      $ 422      $ 659   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (112     (20     (132

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

     —         —         4        1        5   

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

     —         —         (102     (75     (177

Additions to intangible assets

     —         —         (172     (18     (190

Other investing activities

     —         —         (1     —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         —         (383     (112     (495
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

     —         —         6        —         6   

Repayments of debt

     (505     (1,603     (2     —         (2,110

Decrease in other short-term borrowings

     —         —         (2     (4     (6

Capital contributions from parent

     2,077        —         —         —         2,077   

Activity under stock plans

     —         —         (2     —         (2

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

     (1,578     1,471        246        (361     (222
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     (6     (132     246        (365     (257
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     4        —         1        (12     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (1     —         (32     (67     (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     1        —         65        352        418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ —       $ —       $ 33      $ 285      $ 318   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2010

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  Parent     Issuers     Guarantor     Non-Guarantor     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

  $ 3      $ (15   $ 185      $ 371      $ 544   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

         

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

    —         —         (35     (20     (55

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

    —         —         17        —         17   

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

    —         —         (112     (66     (178

Additions to intangible assets

    —         —         (143     (13     (156

Other investing activities

    —         —         2        5        7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    —         —         (271     (94     (365
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

         

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

    —         1,065        —         —         1,065   

Repayments of debt

    (64     (1,161     (3     —         (1,228

Increase/(decrease) in other short-term borrowings

    —         —         4        (10     (6

Cash dividends paid to parent

    (9     —         —         —         (9

Activity under stock plans

    —         —         (4     —         (4

Settlement of derivatives, intercompany and other financing activities

    69        109        —         (260     (82
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

    (4     13        (3     (270     (264
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —         —         (6     (2     (8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (1     (2     (95     5        (93
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    2        2        160        347        511   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 1      $ —       $ 65      $ 352      $ 418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

19. Subsequent Events

As disclosed in the Company’s Form 10-Q for the first quarter ended March 31, 2013 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2013 (the “First Quarter 2013 Form 10-Q”), in March 2013, Nielsen completed the exit and shut down of one of its legacy online businesses and recorded a net loss of $3 million associated with this divestiture. This divestiture was reported as a discontinued operation in the condensed consolidated statements of operations in the First Quarter 2013 Form 10-Q, which requires retrospective restatement of prior periods to classify operating results of this business as discontinued operations.

The Company updated financial information and certain related disclosures in these consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 to reflect the presentation of one of the Company’s legacy online business as a discontinued operation. This update is consistent with the presentation of continuing and discontinued operations included in the Company’s First Quarter 2013 Form 10-Q.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Summarized results of operations for discontinued operations, including the discontinued operations disclosed in Note 4, are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(IN MILLIONS)

   2012     2011     2010  

Revenues

   $ 22      $ 25      $ 31   

Operating loss

     (10     (2     (27

Loss from operations before income taxes

     (10     (2     (27

Benefit for income taxes

     4        1        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6     (1     (18

Net (loss)/income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1     1        1   

Gain/(Loss) on sale, net of tax (1)

     —         1        (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (7   $ 1      $ (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On May 4, 2013, we signed a definitive agreement to sell Nielsen Business Media Holding Company, our indirect subsidiary, to Expo Event Transco Inc., an affiliate of Onex Corporation, for cash consideration. The transaction closed on June 17, 2013, for a purchase price of $950 million.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  Balance
Beginning of
Period
    Charges to
Expense
    Acquisitions
and
Divestitures
    Deductions     Effect of
Foreign
Currency
Translation
    Balance at
End of
Period
 

Allowance for accounts receivable and sales returns

           

For the year ended December 31, 2010

  $ 31      $ 4      $ —       $ (4   $ —       $ 31   

For the year ended December 31, 2011

  $ 31      $ 2      $ 1      $ (10   $ —       $ 24   

For the year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 24      $ 10      $ 4      $ —       $ —       $ 38   

 

(IN MILLIONS)

   Balance
Beginning of
Period
     Charges/
(Credits)
to Expense
    Charged to
Other
Accounts
     Effect of
Foreign
Currency
Translation
    Balance at
End of
Period
 

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

            

For the year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 233       $ (25   $ 14       $ (7   $ 215   

For the year ended December 31, 2011

   $ 215       $ (25   $ 9       $ (6   $ 193   

For the year ended December 31, 2012

   $ 193       $ (15   $ 62       $ 8      $ 248   

 

F-81


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Nielsen Company B.V.

Unless prohibited by law in a particular circumstance, our articles of association require us to reimburse the officers and members of the board of directors and the former officers and members of the board of directors for damages and various costs and expenses related to claims brought against them in connection with the exercise of their duties. However, we are not obligated to provide indemnification (i) if a Dutch court has established in a final and conclusive decision that the act or failure to act of the person concerned may be characterized as willful ( opzettelijk ), intentionally reckless ( bewust roekeloos ) or seriously culpable ( ernstig verwijtbaar ) conduct, unless Dutch law provides otherwise or this would, in view of the circumstances of the case, be unacceptable according to standards of reasonableness and fairness, (ii) for any action initiated by the indemnitee, other than actions brought to establish a right to indemnification or the advancement of expenses or actions authorized by the board of directors or (iii) for any expenses incurred by an indemnitee with respect to any action instituted by the indemnitee to interpret the indemnification provisions, unless the indemnitee is successful or the court finds that indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. We have entered into indemnification agreements with the members of the board of directors and our officers to provide for further details on these matters. We have purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the members of the board of directors and certain other officers.

Registrants Incorporated in Delaware

With respect to the registrants incorporated in Delaware, Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Further subsections of DGCL Section 145 provide that:

 

   

to the extent a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
   

the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for pursuant to Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; and

 

   

the corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance of behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.

As used in this Item 20, the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of Registrant, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise.

Section 145 of the DGCL makes provision for the indemnification of officers and directors in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify officers and directors of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware under certain circumstances from liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware may, in their discretion, similarly indemnify their employees and agents. The Bylaws of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware provide, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware will indemnify any and all of its officers, directors, employees and agents. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware relieves its directors from monetary damages to it or its stockholders for breach of such director’s fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, a corporation may relieve its directors from personal liability to such corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as directors except (i) for a breach of the duty of loyalty, (ii) for failure to act in good faith, (iii) for intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (iv) for willful or negligent violations of certain provisions in the DGCL imposing certain requirements with respect to stock repurchases, redemptions and dividends, or (v) for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Insurance

Each of the Registrants currently maintains an insurance policy which, within the limits and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, covers certain expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by directors and officers in connection with proceedings that may be brought against them as a result of an act or omission committed or suffered while acting as a director or officer of this Registrant.

Enforceability

Insofar as indemnification of liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to members of the board of directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.

 

(a) See the Exhibit Index which is herein incorporated by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedule

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 22. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually of in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

(i) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of the registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

Nielsen Finance LLC

By:

 

/S/    D AVID L. C ALHOUN        

Name:

  David L. Calhoun

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    D AVID L. C ALHOUN        

David L. Calhoun

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    B RIAN J. W EST        

Brian J. West

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Senior Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

Nielsen Finance Co.

By:

 

/S/    D AVID L. C ALHOUN        

Name:

  David L. Calhoun

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    D AVID L. C ALHOUN        

David L. Calhoun

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    B RIAN J. W EST        

Brian J. West

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Senior Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013

 

A. C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

A. C. Nielsen Company, LLC

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

ACN Holdings Inc.
By:  

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:   James W. Cuminale
Title:   President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013
    

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

ACNielsen Corporation
By:  

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

ACNielsen eRatings.com
By:  

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

AGB Nielsen Media Research B.V.

By:

 

/S/    M ARCEL R UTTE        

Name:

 

Marcel Rutte

Title:

  Managing Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    M ARCEL J.B. R UTTE        

Marcel J.B. Rutte

  

Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

 

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

ART Holding, L.L.C.

By:

 

A. C. Nielsen Company, LLC,

its sole member

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    
A. C. Nielsen Company, LLC   

Sole Member

  June 19, 2013
B Y :   /S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE                 

Name:

  James W. Cuminale     

Title:

  President     

 

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

Athenian Leasing Corporation

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-14


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

The Cambridge Group, Inc

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE         

James W. Cuminale

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
A. C. Nielsen Company, LLC   

Member

  June 19, 2013
B Y :   /S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE           
Name:   James W. Cuminale     
Title:   President     
The Nielsen Company (US), LLC   

Member

  June 19, 2013
B Y :   /S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE             
Name:   James W. Cuminale     
Title:   President     

 

II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

G4 Analytics, Inc.

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARTON        

Jeffrey R. Charton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

 

II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

Marketing Analytics, Inc.

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-18


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

NetRatings, LLC

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013
    

 

II-19


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

Neurofocus, Inc.

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

Name:   James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE        

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK        

Harris Black

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS        

Michael E. Elias

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-20


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

The Nielsen Company B.V.

By:

 

/S/    D AVID L. C ALHOUN        

Name:

  David L. Calhoun

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    B RIAN J. W EST        

Brian J. West

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON        

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Senior Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    D AVID L. C ALHOUN        

David L. Calhoun

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J AMES K ILTS        

James Kilts

  

Chairman of the Board

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J AMES A TTWOOD        

James Attwood

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    R ICHARD B RESSLER        

Richard Bressler

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    P ATRICK H EALY        

Patrick Healy

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-21


Table of Contents

/S/    K AREN H OGUET        

Karen Hoguet

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    A LEXANDER N AVAB        

Alexander Navab

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    R OBERT P OZEN        

Robert Pozen

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    V IVEK R ANADIVÉ        

Vivek Ranadivé

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    R OBERT R EID        

Robert Reid

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J AVIER T ERUEL        

Javier Teruel

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-22


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Dublin, Ireland, on June 19, 2013.

 

The Nielsen Company Finance (Ireland) Limited

By:

 

/S/    T IM F ARMER        

Name:

  Tim Farmer

Title:

  Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    T IM F ARMER        

Tim Farmer

  

Director

(Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M AUREEN M OONEY        

Maureen Mooney

  

Director

  June 19, 2013

 

II-23


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.

By:

 

/S/    R UTH V ON W YL        

Name:

  Ruth Von Wyl

Title:

  Manager A

By:

 

/S/    L ISA L ONGO        

Name:

  Lisa Longo

Title:

  Manager B

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    R UTH V ON W YL        

Ruth Von Wyl

   Manager A   June 19, 2013

/S/    L ISA L ONGO        

Lisa Longo

   Manager B   June 19, 2013

 

II-24


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

The Nielsen Company (US), LLC
By:  

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

Name:   James W. Cuminale
Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

 

II-25


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Diemen, country of The Netherlands, on June 19, 2013.

 

Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V.
By:  

/S/    M ARCEL R UTTE

Name:   Marcel Rutte
Title:   Managing Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    M ARCEL R UTTE

Marcel Rutte

  

Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer,

Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

 

II-26


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

Nielsen Mobile, LLC
By:  

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

Name:   James W. Cuminale
Title:   President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

 

II-27


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.
By:  

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

Name:   James W. Cuminale
Title:   President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK

Harris Black

   Director   June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS

Michael E. Elias

   Director   June 19, 2013

 

II-28


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

NMR Investing I, Inc.
By:  

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

Name:   James W. Cuminale
Title:   President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK

Harris Black

   Director   June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS

Michael E. Elias

   Director   June 19, 2013

 

II-29


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

NMR Licensing Associates, L.P.
By:   NMR Investing I, Inc., its general partner
By:  

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

Name:   James W. Cuminale
Title:   President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

  

Director of the general partner,

NMR Investing I, Inc.

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK

Harris Black

  

Director of the general partner,

NMR Investing I, Inc.

  June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS

Michael E. Elias

  

Director of the general partner,

NMR Investing I, Inc.

  June 19, 2013

 

II-30


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

The Perishables Group, Inc.

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK

Harris Black

   Director   June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS

Michael E. Elias

   Director   June 19, 2013

 

II-31


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

TNC (US) Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/S/    D AVID L. C ALHOUN

Name:   David L. Calhoun
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    D AVID L. C ALHOUN

David L. Calhoun

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    B RIAN J. W EST

Brian J. West

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Senior Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK

Harris Black

   Director   June 19, 2013

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

   Director   June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS

Michael E. Elias

   Director   June 19, 2013

 

II-32


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

Vizu Corporation

By:

 

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

Name:

  James W. Cuminale

Title:

  President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK

Harris Black

   Director   June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS

Michael E. Elias

   Director   June 19, 2013

 

II-33


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Diemen, country of The Netherlands, on June 19, 2013.

 

VNU Intermediate Holding B.V.
By:  

/S/    M ARCEL R UTTE

Name:  

Marcel Rutte

Title:   Managing Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

VNU Intermediate B.V.

    

B Y :

 

/S/    M ARCEL R UTTE

  

Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer,

Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

 

June 19, 2013

Name:  

Marcel Rutte

    
Title:   Managing Director     
      

 

 

II-34


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Diemen, country of The Netherlands, on June 19, 2013.

 

VNU International B.V.
By:  

/S/    M ARCEL R UTTE

Name:  

Marcel Rutte

Title:   Managing Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    M ARCEL R UTTE

Marcel Rutte

  

Managing Director

(Principal Executive Officer,

Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

 

II-35


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on June 19, 2013.

 

VNU Marketing Information, Inc.
By:  

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

Name:   James W. Cuminale
Title:   President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Harris A. Black his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    J AMES W. C UMINALE

James W. Cuminale

  

President and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    J EFFREY R. C HARLTON

Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

  June 19, 2013

/S/    H ARRIS B LACK

Harris Black

   Director   June 19, 2013

/S/    M ICHAEL E. E LIAS

Michael E. Elias

   Director   June 19, 2013

 

II-36


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by the registrant in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

 

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

3.1    Articles of Association of The Nielsen Company B.V. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.2    Certificate of Formation of Nielsen Finance LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File
No. 333-142546))
3.3    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Nielsen Finance LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.4    Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Finance Co. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File
No. 333-142546))
3.5    Bylaws of Nielsen Finance Co. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.6    Certificate of Incorporation of A.C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.7    Bylaws of A.C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.8    Certificate of Incorporation of A.C. Nielsen Company, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.10    Certificate of Incorporation of The Nielsen Company (US), LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.11    Certificate of Incorporation of ACN Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.12    Bylaws of ACN Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.13    Certificate of Incorporation of ACNielsen Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.14    Bylaws of ACNielsen Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))

 

II-37


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

3.15    Certificate of Formation of ART Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.20 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.16    Certificate of Incorporation of Athenian Leasing Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.21 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.17    Bylaws of Athenian Leasing Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.18    Certificate of Formation of CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.33 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.19    Limited Liability Company Agreement of CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.34 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.20    Articles of Incorporation of Foremost Exhibits, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.39 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.21    Certificate of Incorporation of NetRatings, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.45 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 4, 2008 (File
No. 333-151408-28))
3.22    Certificate of Incorporation of TNC (US) Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.48 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.23    Bylaws of TNC (US) Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.49 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.24    Articles of Association of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. (unofficial English translation) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.86 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.25    Certificate of Incorporation of Nielsen Mobile, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.66 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed June 4, 2008 (File No. 333-151408-28)
3.26    Articles of Incorporation of Nielsen National Research Group, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.60 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.27    Bylaws of Nielsen National Research Group, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.61 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.28    Certificate of Incorporation of NMR Investing I, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.62 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.29    Bylaws of NMR Investing I, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.63 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))

 

II-38


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

3.30    Certificate of Limited Partnership of NMR Licensing Associates, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.64 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.31    Agreement of Limited Partnership of NMR Licensing Associates, L.P. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.64 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.32    Deed of Incorporation of VNU Intermediate Holding B.V. (unofficial English translation) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.88 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.33    Articles of Association of VNU International B.V. (unofficial English translation) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.89 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.34    Certificate of Incorporation of VNU Marketing Information, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.78 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.35    Bylaws of VNU Marketing Information, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.79 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 2, 2007 (File No. 333-142546))
3.36    Amendment to the Articles of Association of AGB Nielsen Media Research B.V. (unofficial English translation) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.96 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on April 23, 2009 (File No. 333-158730))
3.37    Certificate of Conversion of A.C. Nielsen (US), Inc. to The Nielsen Company (US), LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.101 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on April 23, 2009 (File No. 333-158730))
3.38    Certificate of Conversion of NetRatings, Inc. to NetRatings, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.102 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on April 23, 2009 (File No. 333-158730))
3.39    Certificate of Conversion of Nielsen Mobile, Inc. to Nielsen Mobile, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.104 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on April 23, 2009 (File No. 333-158730))
3.40    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of The Nielsen Company (US), Inc. (changing its name to TNC (US) Holdings, Inc.) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.105 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on April 23, 2009 (File
No. 333-158730))
3.41    Certificate of Conversion of Nielsen Holdings, Inc. to Nielsen Holdings, L.L.C. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.106 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on April 23, 2009 (File No. 333-158730))
3.42    Articles of Incorporation of The Cambridge Group, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.107 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 2, 2009 (File No. 333-158730))
3.43    Bylaws of The Cambridge Group, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.108 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on June 2, 2009 (File No. 333-158730))
3.44    Certificate of Incorporation of ACNielsen eRatings.com . (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.48 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on July 6, 2011 (File No. 333-175374-14))

 

II-39


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

  3.45   Bylaws of ACNielsen eRatings.com (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.49 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on July 6, 2011 (File No. 333-175374-14))
  3.46   Articles of Association of The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.50 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on July 6, 2011 (File No. 333-175374-14))
  3.47   Articles of Association of The Nielsen Company Finance (Ireland) Limited (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.51 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on July 6, 2011 (File No. 333-175374-14))
  3.48†   Articles of Incorporation of Marketing Analytics, Inc.
  3.49†   Bylaws of Marketing Analytics, Inc.
  3.50†   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Neurofocus, Inc.
  3.51†   Bylaws of Neurofocus, Inc.
  3.52†   Articles of Incorporation of The Perishables Group, Inc.
  3.53†   Bylaws of The Perishables Group, Inc.
  3.54†   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Vizu Corporation
  3.55†   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Vizu Corporation
  3.56†   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of G4 Analytics, Inc.
  3.57†   Amended and Restated Bylaws of G4 Analytics, Inc.
  4.1(a)   Indenture, dated as of October 2, 2012, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a) to the Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on October 4, 2012 (File No. 001-35042))
  4.1(b)†   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 12, 2012, among Vizu Corporation, Nielsen Finance Co. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee
  4.1(c)†   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2013, among G4 Analytics, Inc., Nielsen Finance Co. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee
  4.2   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors (as defined therein), J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1(b) to the Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on October 4, 2012 (File No. 001-35042))
  5.1†   Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
  5.2†   Opinion of Clifford Chance LLP
  5.3†   Opinion of Clifford Chance, Luxembourg
  5.4†   Opinion of A&L Goodbody
  5.5†   Opinion of James W. Cuminale, Esq.
12.1†   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
23.1†   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

II-40


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  

DESCRIPTION

  23.2    Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.3    Consent of Clifford Chance LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)
  23.4    Consent of Clifford Chance, Luxembourg (included in Exhibit 5.3)
  23.5    Consent of A&L Goodbody (included in Exhibit 5.4)
  23.6    Consent of James W. Cuminale, Esq. (included in Exhibit 5.5)
  24.1    Powers of Attorney of the Directors and Officers of the Registrants (attached to signature pages)
  25.1†    Form T-1 (Law Debenture Trust Company of New York)
  99.1†    Letter to Clients regarding the Exchange Offer
  99.2†    Letter to Brokers regarding the Exchange Offer
101†    The following financial information from this Form S-4 formatted in XBRL, includes: (i) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, (ii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, (iii) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2013 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2012, (iv) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, (v) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, (vi) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (vii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (viii) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, (ix) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, (x) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and (xi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Filed herewith.

 

II-41

Exhibit 3.48

LOGO

 

Doc#: 1008929092 Fee: $38.00 Eugene “Gene” Moore FORM BCA 5.10/5.20 (rev. Dec. 2003) Cook County Recorder of Deeds STATEMENT OF CHANGE OF - Date: 03/30/2010 03:28 PM Pg: 1 of 2 REGISTERED AGENT AND/OR REGISTERED OFFICE Business Corporation Act Jesse White, Secretary of State Department of Business Services 501 S. Second St., Rm. 328 Springfield, IL 62756 217-782-7808 www.cyberdriveillinois.com Remit payment in the form of a [SECRETARY OF STATE JESSE WHITE FILED 03/22/2010 check or money order payable to Secretary of State. File#_62231718 Filing Fee: $25 Approved: SG Submit in duplicate -—— Type or Print clearly In black Ink Do not write above this line Corporate Name: MARKETING ANALYTICS, INC. State or Country of Incorporation: ILLINOIS CP0182829 Name and Address of Registered Agent and Registered Office as they appear on the records of the Office of the Secretary of State (before change): Registered Agent: SCOTT A. JOSEPH SON First Name Middle Name Last Name Registered Office: 180 NORTH LASALLE STREET SUITE 3700 Number Street Sulla 6 (P.O. Box atone is unacceptable) CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60601 COOK City ZIP Code County 4. Name and Address of Registered Agent and Registered Office shall be (after alt changes herein reported):


LOGO

 

7. if authorized by the board of directors, sign here. (See Note 5 below.) The undersigned corporation has caused this statement to be signed by a duly authorized officer who affirms, under penalties of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true and correct. Dated March 11th, 2010 MARKETING ANALYTICS, INC. Month & Day Year Exact Name of Corporation Any Authorized Officer’s Signature ROSS L. LINK. PRESIDENT Name and Title (typo or print) if change of registered office by registered agent, sign here. (See Note 6 below.) The undersigned, under penalties of perjury, affirms that the facts stated herein are true and correct. Dated , Month & Day Year Signature of Registered Agent of Record Name (type or print) If Registered Agent is a corporation, Name and Title of officer who Is signing on Its behalf. NOTES The registered office may, but need not be, the same as the principal office of the corporation. However, the registered office and the office address of the registered agent must be the same. The registered office must include a street or road address (P.O. Box alone is unacceptable). A corporation cannot act as its own registered agent. If the registered office is changed from one county to another, the corporation must file with the Recorder of Deeds of the new county a certified copy of the Articles of incorporation and a certified copy of the Statement of Change of Registered Office. Such certified copies may be obtained ONLY from the Secretary of State. Any change of registered agent must be by resolution adopted by the board of directors. This statement must be signed by a duly authorized officer. The registered agent may report a change of the registered office of the corporation for which he/she is a registered agent. When the agent reports such a change, this statement must be signed by the registered agent. If a corporation is acting as the registered agent, a duly authorized officer of such corporation must sign this statement. Printed by authority of the Slate of Illinois. September 2008 — 1 — C 135.19


LOGO

 

OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE JESSE WHITE Secretary of State 03/22/10 MARKETING ANALYTICS, INC. SEAN D AUTON 18 0 NORTH LASALLE ST STE 3 700 CHICAGO, IL 60601 Dear Sir or Madam: A change of Registered Agent/Office Address for the corporation has been filed with our office. The Illinois Business and Not For Profit Corporation Acts require that you record the enclosed form in the County Recorder of Deeds Office in which the current agent is located. If you have a question regarding county issues, please call the County Recorder of Deeds Office in Cook County at 312-603-5050. Sincerely, Dept of Business Services, Registered Agent Sec 501 S 2nd St, Rm 328 Howlett Bldg Springfield, IL 62756 217-782-7808


LOGO

 

Doc#: 0817531056 Fee; $38.50 FORM BCA 5.10/5.20 (rev. Dec. 2003} Eugene “Gene” Moore STATEMENT OF CHANGE OF Cook County Recorder of Deeds REGISTERED AGENT AND/OR Date: 06/23/2008 11:59 AM Pg: 1 of 2 REGISTERED OFFICE Business Corporation Act Jesse White, Secretary of State Department of Business Services 50f S. Second St.. Rm. 350 springfield, IL SECRETARY OF STATE JESSE WHITE FILED 06/11/08 www.cyberdriveillinois.com Remit payment in the form of a check or money order payable to Secretary of Stale. File # 62231718 Filing Fee: $25 Approved: SG ——— Submit in duplicate Type or Print clearly in black ink Do not write above this line — 1. Corporate Name: MARKETING ANALYTICS, INC. CP0309979 2. State or Country of Incorporation: 3. Name and Address of Registered Agent and Registered Office as they appear on the records of the Office of the

Secretary of State (before change): Registered Agent: RONALD L. PANTER First Name Middle Name Last Name Registered Office: 70 WEST MADISON SUITE 610 Number Street Suite # (P.O. Box alone is unacceptable) CHICAGO 60602 cook City ZIP Code County 4. Name and Address of Registered Agent and Registered Office shall be (after all changes herein reported):

Registered Agent: SCOTT A. JOSEPH SON First Name Middle Name Last Name Registered Office: 180 NORTH LA SALLE STREET SUITE 3700 Number Street Suite # (P.O. Box alone is unacceptable) CHICAGO 60601 COOK City ZIP Code County 5. The address of the registered office and the address of the business office of the registered agent, as changed, will


LOGO

 

7. if authorized by the board of directors, sign here. (See Note 5 below.) The undersigned corporation has caused this statement to be signed by a duly authorized officer who affirms, under penalties of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true and correct. Dated MAY 6 ,2008 MARKETING ANALYTICS, INC. Month & day Year Exact Name of Corporation [ILLEGIBLE] Any Authorized Officer’s Signature ROSS L, LINK, PRESIDENT Nam© and Title (type or print) If change of registered office by registered agent, sign here. (See Note 6 below.) The undersigned, under penalties of perjury, affirms that the facts stated herein are true and correct. Dated , Month & Day Year Signature of Registered Agent of Record Name (type or print) If Registered Agent is a corporation, Name and Title of officer who is signing on its behalf. NOTES 1. The registered office may, but need not be, the same as the principal office of the corporation. However, the registered office and the office address of the registered agent must be the same. 2, The registered office must include a street or road address (P.O. Box alone is unacceptable). 3. A corporation cannot act as its own registered agent. 4, if the registered office is changed from one county to another, the corporation must file with the Recorder of Deeds of the new county a certified copy of the Articles of Incorporation and a certified copy of the Statement of Change of


LOGO

 

FORM BCA 5.10/5.20 (rev, Dec. 2003) STATEMENT OF CHANGE OF REGISTERED AGENT AND/OR REGISTERED OFFICE Business Corporation Act Jesse White, Secretary of State FILED Department of Business Services Springfield, IL 62756 217-782-3647 JUL 16 2007 www.cyberdriveillinois.com Remit payment in the form of a SECRETARY OF STATE check or money order payable to Secretary of Stale. File # 62231718 Ring Fee: $25 Approved: [ILLEGIBLE] Submit in duplicate — Typ or Print clearly In black Ink Do not write above this line — Marketing Analytics, Inc. State or Country of Incorporation; Illinois Name and Address of Registered Agent and Registered Office as they appear on the records of the Office of the Secretary of State (before change): Jefferey P. Smith Registered Agent. First Name Middle Name Last Name Registered Office 1603 Orrington 800 Number Street Suite No. (P.O. Box alone is unacceptable) Evanston 60201 Cook City ZIP Code County 4. Name and Address of Registered Agent and Registered Office shall be (after all changes herein reported): Ronald L. Panter


LOGO

 

7. If authorized by the board of directors, sign here. See Note 5 below. The undersigned corporation has caused this statement to be signed by a duly authorized officer who affirms, under penalties of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true and correct. June 27 2007 Marketing Analytics, Inc. Dated , , Month & Day Year Exact Name of Corporation Any Authorized Officer’s Signature Ross Link, President Name end Title(type or print) If change of registered office by registered agent, sign here. See Note 6 below. The undersigned, under penalties of perjury, affirms that the facts stated herein are true and correct. Dated , Month & Day Year Signature of Registered Agent of Record Name (type or print) If Registered Agent is a corporation, Name and Title of officer who is signing on its behalf. NOTES The registered office may, but need not be, the same as the principal office of the corporation. However, the registered office and the office address of the registered agent must be the same. The registered office must include a street or road address (P.O. Sox alone is unacceptable). A corporation cannot act as its own registered agent If the registered office is changed from one county to another, the corporation must file with the Recorder of Deeds of the new county a certified copy of the Articles of incorporation and a certified copy of the Statement of Change of Registered Office. Such certified copies may be obtained ONLY from the Secretary of State. Any change of registered agent must be by resolution adopted by the board of directors. This statement must be signed by a duly authorized officer. The registered agent may report a change of the registered office of the corporation for which he/she is a registered agent. When the agent reports such a change, this statement must be signed by the registered agent, if a corporation is acting as the registered agent, a duly authorized officer of such corporation must sign this statement Printed by authority of the State of Illinois - 4/05 - 25M - C-135.17


LOGO

 

Filed 5/16/2002] Jesse White Secretary of Stele JESSE WHITE 25.00 Secretary of State 75.00 State of Illinois BE [$100.00 ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION 62231718 Pursuant to the relevant provisions of the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983, 805 LLCS 5/2.05 et seq., as amended, the undersigned incorporator hereby adopts the following Articles of Incorporation. ARTICLE ONE The name of the corporation is: Marketing Analytics, Inc. BE ARTICLE TWO The name and address of the initial registered agent and its initial registered office are: Registered Agent: Jeffrey P. Smith Registered Office: 1603 Orrington, Suite 800 Evanston, IL 60201 (Cook County) ARTICLE THREE The purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized are: 45. To research, study, conceive, create, design, develop, and implement computer software, programs, algorithms, and systems of every kind, nature, and description, especially including but not limited to workstation-based analytical modeling software and tools, personal computer-based decision support software, and computational server software; To directly or indirectly consult or assist businesses or other organizations or entities as to the necessity, advisability, development, implementation, customization, and utilization of all facets of software, programs, algorithms, and systems, including the interface and integration of the corporation’s products and services with other software, programs, algorithms, and systems; To gather, collect, purchase, upload, digest, analyze, interpret, download, rent, sell, distribute, and otherwise utilize statistics, data, and databases of any type and description;, To directly or indirectly facilitate or assist in the acquisition, transfer, installation, utilization, user training, manufacture, repair, replacement, and any other facet of software and hardware; To plan, devise, write, assemble, market, publish, distribute, sell, license, rent, lease, and otherwise use or deal in software programs, manuals, tutorials, articles, books, pamphlets, brochures, guides, instructions, and materials of all manner and in any media, including but not limited to print, electronic broadcast, software, multimedia, CD-ROM, DVD, and the Internet; To acquire, construct, establish, rent, maintain, operate, sell, sublet, contract for, or otherwise dispose of equipment, software, intellectual property, permits, licenses, vehicles, supplies, studios, offices, stores, laboratories, libraries, and any other means of facilitating the aforesaid purposes; and To engage in every and all other forms of business not otherwise prohibited by the Illinois Business Corporation Act.


LOGO

 

ARTICLE FOUR Paragraph 1: The number of shares authorized, the number of shares proposed to be issued initially, and the consideration to be received by the corporation therefor shall be: Par Value No. of Shares No. of Shares Class Per Share Authorized To Be Issued Consideration Common no par value 10,000 1,000 $1,000 Paragraph 2: The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and the special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are: N/A ARTICLE FIVE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ARTICLE SIX INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ARTICLE SEVEN Attach a separate sheet of this size for any other provision to be included in the Articles of Incorporation, e.g., authorizing pre-emptive rights; denying cumulative voting; regulating internal affairs; voting majority requirements; fixing a duration other than perpetual; etc. ARTICLE EIGHT NAME AND ADDRESS OF INCORPORATOR The undersigned incorporator hereby declares, under penalties of perjury, that the statements made in the foregoing Articles of Incorporation are true. Dated this 1st day of January, 2002 Signature and Name Post Office Address 1603 Orrington, Suite 800 Jeffrey P. Smith Evanston, IL 60201 Signatures must be in BLACK INK on original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies. NOTE: If a corporation acts as incorporator, the name of the corporation and the state of incorporation shall be shown and the execution shall be by its President or Vice President and verified by him, and attested by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.


LOGO

 

File Number 6223-171-8 To all to whom these Presents Shall Come, Greeting: I, Jesse White, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, do hereby certify that ATTACHED HERETO IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY, CONSISTING OF 4 PAGE(S), AS TAKEN FROM THE ORIGINAL ON FILE IN THIS OFFICE FOR MARKETING ANALYTICS, INC.. In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and cause to be affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois, this 24TH day of APRIL A.D. 2008 Authentication #: 0811501727 Authenticate at: http://www.cyberdriveillinois.com SECRETARY OF STATE

Exhibit 3.49

BYLAWS

OF

MARKETING ANALYTICS, INC.

an Illinois corporation

(Adopted May 16, 2002)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

The corporation may have offices at such places either within or without the State of Illinois as the board of directors may from time to time appoint or as the business of the corporation may require.

The registered office of the corporation required to be maintained in the State of Illinois by the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983, as such Act may be amended from time to time (the “Act”), may be, but need not be, identical with the business office in the State of Illinois, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on the first business day in June each year, or at such time as the board of directors may, by resolution, fix, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.

2.2 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the chief executive officer, by the board of directors or by the holders of not less than one-fifth of all the outstanding shares of the corporation.

2.3 Place of Meeting . The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors. A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders may designate any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place for the holding of any special meeting called by the shareholders. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the registered office of the corporation in the State of Illinois except as otherwise provided in these bylaws.


2.4 Notice of Meetings . Notice of shareholder meetings shall be made as required by the Act.

2.5 Meeting of All Shareholders . If all of the shareholders entitled to vote on a matter shall meet at any time and place, either within or without the State of Illinois, and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and at such meeting corporate action may be taken on all matters for which all the shareholders entitled to vote thereon are present.

2.6 Fixing of Record Date . Record dates for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, may be made in accordance with the Act.

2.7 Quorum . Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote on a matter, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for consideration of such matter at a meeting of shareholders; provided that if less than a quorum are represented at said meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on a matter shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the Act, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.8 Voting of Shares . Except as provided by law or in the articles of incorporation, (a) each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to vote at a meeting of shareholders and (b) the holders of shares of various classes, if more than one class of share shall exist, shall vote together as one class.

2.9 Voting of Shares by Certain Holders . Shares of its own stock belonging to this corporation shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time, but shares of its own stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

2.10 Voting By Ballot . Voting on any question or in any election may be by a vote by speech unless the presiding officer shall order or any shareholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

2.11 Inspectors . The Board of Directors may appoint one or more inspectors for any meeting of shareholders.

 

2


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors.

3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications . The number of directors of the corporation shall be at least one and no more than five. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified.

3.3 Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw, immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders. The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Illinois, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

3.4 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chief executive officer or any director. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.

3.5 Notice . Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least two days previous thereto by written notice delivered personally, by overnight delivery service, by facsimile or by electronic mail to each director at his or her address or electronic mail address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when received, if delivered personally or by overnight delivery service or when confirmation of receipt is received by the sender, if sent by facsimile or electronic mail.

3.6 Quorum . A quorum of directors will be determined in accordance with the Act, provided, that if a quorum is not present at said meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

3.7 Manner of Acting . The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors unless the vote of a greater number is required by the Act, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.8 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the board of directors and any directorship to be filled as provided in the Act; provided, that if a director is elected by a class or series of shares of the corporation, the director appointed to fill a vacancy shall be approved by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote with respect to the election of the director whose board seat w as vacated.

 

3


3.9 Compensation . The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise. By resolution of the board of directors the directors may be paid for their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board.

3.10 Presumption of Assent . A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless such director shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent to the secretary of the corporation in a manner described in Section 3.5 of these bylaws within forty-eight hours after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

3.11 Committees . A majority of the directors may create one or more committees, appoint members of the board to serve on the committee or committees, and delegate the authority of the board of directors to a committee, subject to any restrictions in the Act, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. Each committee shall have one or more members, who serve at the pleasure of the board.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

4.1 Number . The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a president, a chief financial officer and a secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the board of directors, and such vice-presidents, assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries or other officers (the number thereof to be determined by the board of directors) as may be elected or appointed by the board of directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of shareholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as is convenient. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his or her death or until such officer shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

4.3 Removal . Any officer or agent may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

4.4 Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

4


4.5 The Chief Executive Officer . The chief executive officer shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The chief executive officer shall have the power to execute bonds, mortgages, deeds, contracts and other documents on behalf of the corporation. The chief executive officer may vote all shares of stock of any other corporation standing in the name of the corporation, except where the voting thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of the chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time. The chief executive officer shall have general powers of supervision and management of the business of the corporation and shall be the final arbiter of all differences between officers of the corporation. The chief executive officer’s decision as to any matter affecting the officers of the corporation shall be final and binding as between the officers of the corporation, subject only to the board of directors of the corporation.

4.6 The President . The president shall be the principal operating officer of the corporation. In accordance with the policies and objectives prescribed by the board of directors and the chief executive officer, and under the general supervision of the chief executive officer, the president shall establish operating procedures for and administer and direct, all aspects of the corporation’s operations. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board or in the event of the Chairman of the Board’s inability or refusal to act, the president shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and directors and shall have and exercise the duties of the Chairman of the Board. The president shall have the power to execute bonds, deeds, mortgages, contracts and other documents on behalf of the corporation and to vote all shares of stock of any other corporation standing in the name of the corporation, except where the voting thereof shall be exclusively delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. In addition, the president shall have the power to execute documents where by law the signature of the president is required. In general, the president shall have all powers and shall perform all duties usually vested in the office of the president of a corporation.

4.7 The Chief Financial Officer . The chief financial officer shall be the principal financial officer of the corporation. Within the policies and objectives prescribed by the board of directors and under the general supervision of the president, the chief financial officer shall oversee all financial aspects of the corporation and have the responsibility and authority for the formulation and execution of the policies relating to, and the administration of, such activities.

4.8 The Vice Presidents . The corporation may have one or more vice presidents. The vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, each of the vice presidents) shall assist the president in the discharge of the president’s duties as the president may direct and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the vice president by the president or by the board of directors. In the absence of the president or in the event of the president’s inability or refusal to act, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated by the board of directors, or by the president if the board of directors has not made such a designation, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of seniority of tenure as vice president) shall perform the

 

5


duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. Except in those instances in which the authority to execute is expressly delegated to another officer or agent of the corporation or a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws, the vice president (or each of them if there are more than one) may execute for the corporation certificates for its shares and any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized to be executed.

4.9 The Secretary . The secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the shareholders’ and of the board of directors’ meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records of the corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address and other available contact information of each shareholder and director which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder or director; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; (f) in general perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the secretary by the president or by the board of directors; (g) have the authority to certify the bylaws, resolutions of the shareholders and the board of directors and committees thereof , and other corporate documents, as true and correct copies thereof; and (h) in general perform all the duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the president or by the board of directors.

4.10 The Treasurer . The treasurer shall (a) have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors and (b) in general perform all the duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the president or by the board of directors. The treasurer shall, if required by the board of directors, give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such sums and with such sureties as the board of directors shall determine.

4.11 Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers . The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or the treasurer, respectively, or by the board of directors or the president, and in the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary or the treasurer, the assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers (in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the secretary or the treasurer, respectively. The assistant treasurers shall, respectively, if required by the board of directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the board of directors shall determine.

4.12 Salaries . The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the corporation.

 

6


ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, LOANS AND CHECKS

5.1 Contracts . The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

5.2 Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the board of directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

5.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed or otherwise authenticated by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

6.1 Certificates for Shares . The issued shares of the corporation shall be represented in such form as may be determined by the board of directors and may be uncertificated shares. If used, certificates shall be signed by the president (or by a vice-president, if the corporation has such officer), and by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the person to whom the shares, whether certificated or uncertificated, are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled. No shares shall be transferred on the books of the corporation and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate, if any, for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.

6.2 Transfers of Shares . Transfers of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the secretary of the corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares, if such certificate was issued. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the corporation.

 

7


ARTICLE VII

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be determined by the board of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

DIVIDENDS

The board of directors may from time to time declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares or any class thereof in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the articles of incorporation. The board of directors may authorize, and the corporation may make, other distributions to its shareholders, subject to any restrictions in the articles of incorporation or imposed by law.

 

8


ARTICLE IX

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE X

SEAL

The corporation may have a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

11.1 Right to Indemnification . Directors and officers of the corporation shall be indemnified to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (including civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings or any settlements thereof) arising out of or in connection with their service to the corporation or to another organization at the corporation’s request; and without limiting the generality of the foregoing to the same extent as it is expressly given the power to do so by the Act.

11.2 Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The corporation may, to the extent authorized at any time from time to time by the board of directors, grant rights to indemnification and the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article XI with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the corporation.

11.3 Expenses . Expenses incurred with respect to any threatened, pending or contemplated action, suit or proceeding to which this Article XI may apply may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay such amount or amounts if and when it shall be ultimately determined, in accordance with Illinois law, that he or she is not entitled to indemnification.

11.4 Miscellaneous . The provisions of this Article XI shall be applicable to actions or proceedings commenced on or settled prior to or after the adoption hereof (whether the service to the corporation in connection with which such actions or proceedings arise shall have occurred

 

9


prior to or after the adoption hereof), and to persons who have ceased to be directors, officers, employees or agents of the corporation, and shall inure to the benefit of their heirs, executors and administrators. The indemnification provided by this Article XI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, statute, bylaw of the corporation or otherwise. It shall be conclusively presumed that every person entitled to indemnification under this Article XI served the corporation in reliance thereon. The revocation or modification of this Article XI shall have absolutely no adverse effect upon the rights of any person which, aside from said revocation or modification, may arise or shall have then arisen out of or in connection with his or her service to or at the request of the corporation prior to said revocation or modification.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new bylaws may be adopted at any meeting of the board of directors or at any meeting of the shareholders by a majority vote of the issued and outstanding shares of each class voting in accordance with the provisions contained in the articles of incorporation, but no bylaw adopted by the shareholders may be altered, or repealed by the board of directors.

 

10

Exhibit 3.50

A0656039

 

 

State of California

Secretary of State

   LOGO

I, DEBRA BOWEN, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:

That the attached transcript of 13 page(s) has been compared with the record on file in this office, of which it purports to be a copy, and that it is full, true and correct.

 

LOGO   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I execute this certificate and affix the Great Seal of the State of California this day of

 

FEB - 3 2007

 

/s/ Debra Bowen

  

DEBRA BOWEN

Secretary of State

 

Sec/State Form CE-107 (REV 1/2007)    OSP 06 99734


A0656039

 

    

ENDORSED – FILED

In the office of the Secretary of State

of the State of California

JAN 31 2007

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEUROFOCUS, INC.

The undersigned, Anantha Pradeep, hereby certifies that:

ONE: He is the duly appointed and acting President and Secretary of this corporation.

TWO: The Articles of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is NeuroFocus, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.

ARTICLE III

A. Authorized Stock . The corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is forty million (40,000,000) shares, having no par value. The number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is six million sixty thousand six hundred and seven (6,060,607) shares, having no par value, all of which is designated as Series A Preferred Stock.

B. Preferred Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at a rate of $0.0198 per share per annum (adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations), payable out of funds legally available therefor. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors and shall be noncumulative. No dividends (other than those payable solely in Common Stock or other securities


and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the corporation) shall be payable on any Common Stock of the corporation during any fiscal year of the corporation until dividends in the amount of $0.0198 per share (adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations) on the Preferred Stock shall have been paid or declared and set apart during that fiscal year. No dividend shall be paid on or declared and set apart for the shares of any series of Preferred Stock for any dividend period unless at the same time a like proportionate dividend for the same dividend period, ratably in proportion to the respective annual dividend rates fixed therefor, shall be paid on or declared and set apart for the shares of all other such series of Preferred Stock. After the holders of the Preferred Stock have received their dividend preference as set forth above, any dividends declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor shall be shared equally among all outstanding shares on an as-converted basis.

2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets or surplus funds of the corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the amount of $0.33 per share (adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations), plus all declared but unpaid dividends on each share of Preferred Stock (the “Liquidation Preference”) then held by them. If, upon the occurrence of such an event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Liquidation Preference, then the entire assets and funds of the corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is entitled to receive.

(b) After the distributions described in subsection (a) above have been paid in full, the remaining assets of the corporation available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock), subject to the limitation that any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to participate in the distribution described in this Section 2(b) only until such time as the aggregate proceeds received by such holder (including amounts received pursuant to Section 2(a) above) equals eighty-two and one half cents ($0.825) per share of Series A Preferred. Any holder of Preferred Stock electing to convert Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock prior to the liquidation event shall not be entitled to the liquidation preference described in Section 2(a) (with respect to such converted Preferred Stock), but shall have only the full rights under this Section 2(b) of a holder of the Common Stock issued upon such conversion.

(c) For purposes of this Section 2, any acquisition of the corporation by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which the outstanding shares of the corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary (other than a reincorporation transaction) or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation shall be treated as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation and shall entitle the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock to receive at the closing in cash, securities or other property amounts as specified in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above.

 

2


(d) Any securities to be delivered to the holders of the Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock pursuant to Section 2(c) above shall be valued as follows:

(i) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(A) If traded on a securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market System, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(B) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

(C) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (i) (A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

3. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right to Convert .

(i) Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.33 for each share of Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share. The initial Conversion Price for shares of Preferred Stock shall be $0.33 per share (the “Conversion Price”); provided, however, that such Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 3(c).

(ii) Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Price upon the consummation of the corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which results in aggregate gross cash proceeds to the corporation in excess of $10,000,000 and the public offering price of which is not less than $4.00 per share (adjusted to reflect subsequent stock

 

3


dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations). In the event of the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock upon a public offering as set forth above, the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(b) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the corporation or of any transfer agent for such stock, and shall give written notice by mail, postage prepaid, to the corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion will be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriter of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, unless otherwise designated in writing by the holders of such Preferred Stock, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(c) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock . The Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) (A) If the corporation, at any time or from time to time after the date of the first issuance of shares of Preferred Stock (the “Purchase Date”), shall issue any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, then and in such event, the Conversion Price shall be reduced concurrently with such issuance, to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the corporation for the total number of shares of Additional Stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of such shares of Additional Stock so issued. For the purposes of this subsection, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue shall be calculated on a fully diluted basis, as if all shares of Preferred Stock and all convertible securities had been fully converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such issuance and any outstanding

 

4


warrants, options or other rights for the purchase of shares of stock or convertible securities had been fully exercised immediately prior to such issuance (and the resulting securities fully converted into shares of Common Stock, if so convertible) as of such date, but not including in such calculation any additional shares of Common Stock issuable with respect to shares of Preferred Stock, convertible securities, or outstanding options, warrants or other rights for the purchase of shares of stock or convertible securities, solely as a result of the adjustment of the Conversion Price (or other conversion ratios) resulting from the issuance of the Additional Stock causing the adjustment in question. Immediately after any Additional Stock is deemed issued, such Additional Stock shall be deemed to be outstanding.

(B) No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to 3 years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of 3 years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections (E)(3) and (E)(4), no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this subsection 3(c)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(C) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(D) In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) In the case of the issuance, whether before, on or after the Purchase Date, of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities (which are not excluded from the definition of Additional Stock), the following provisions shall apply:

1. The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections 3(c)(i)(C) and 3(c)(i)(D)), if any, received by the corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum purchase price provided in such options or rights for the Common Stock covered thereby.

 

5


2. The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange for any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the additional consideration, if any, to be received by the corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 3(c)(i)(C) and 3(c)(i)(D)).

3. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or any increase in the consideration payable to the corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock obtained with respect to the adjustment which was made upon the issuance of such options, rights or securities, and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

4. Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock obtained with respect to the adjustment which was made upon the issuance of such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities. Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, only the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities shall continue to be deemed to be issued.

5. All Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to this subsection 3(c)(i)(E) shall be considered issued only at the time of its deemed issuance and any actual issuance of such stock shall not be an actual issuance or a deemed issuance of the corporation’s Common Stock under the provisions of this Section 3; provided however, that in the case of any options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock which expire by their terms not more than 30 days after the date of issue thereof, no adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made until the expiration or exercise of all such options or rights, whereupon such adjustment shall be made in the same manner provided in subsection (E)(4) above.

 

6


(ii) “Additional Stock” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 3(c)(i)(E)) by the corporation on or after the Purchase Date other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:

(A) pursuant to a transaction described in subsection 3(c)(iii) hereof,

(B) to employees, consultants or directors of this corporation pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation or a stock purchase agreement approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation,

(C) to banks, equipment lessors or landlords, provided such issuances are for other than equity financing purposes,

(D) for which adjustment of the Conversion Price is made pursuant to this Section 3,

(E) upon conversion of the Preferred Stock,

(F) (i) in a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock before or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted to Common Stock, or (ii) upon exercise of warrants or rights granted to underwriters in connection with such a public offering, which warrants or rights are unanimously approved by the Board of Directors, or

(G) upon conversion of bridge loans outstanding prior to the Purchase Date.

(iii) In the event the corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Purchase Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “Common Stock Equivalents”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.

 

7


(iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Purchase Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(d) Other Distributions . In the event the corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection 3(c)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection 3(d), the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(e) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in Sections 2 or 3) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 3 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 3 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

(f) No impairment . The corporation will not, by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 3 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

(g) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments.

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. Whether or not fractional shares would otherwise be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. In lieu of any fractional share to which any holder would otherwise be entitled upon conversion of some or all of the Preferred Stock owned by such holder, the corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

8


(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3, the corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Preferred Stock.

(h) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

(j) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 3 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent by airmail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the corporation, and shall be deemed given ten (10) days after deposit.

4. Voting Rights .

(a) Each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted (with any fractional share determined on an aggregate conversion basis being rounded to the nearest whole share), and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full

 

9


voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock (except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, voting together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote), and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the corporation.

(b) The Board of Directors shall consist of three (3) directors. The holders of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director. The holders of the Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors.

(c) In the case of any vacancy in the office of a director occurring among the directors, the remaining directors may, by affirmative vote of a majority thereof (or the remaining director if there is but one, or if there is no such director remaining, by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares entitled to elect such director, as the case may be, in accordance with California Corporations Code § 305) elect a successor or successors to hold the office for the unexpired term of the director or directors whose place or places shall be vacant. Any director who shall have been elected pursuant to Section 4(b) above or any director so elected as provided in this Section 4(c), may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, whether with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares entitled to elect such director pursuant to Section 4(b) above, as the case may be, in accordance with California Corporations Code § 303 and § 304.

5. Protective Provisions .

(a) So long as shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class:

(i) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the corporation’s Articles of Incorporation if such action would materially and adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Preferred Stock;

(ii) authorize or issue any new class or series of stock having any preference or priority as to dividends or assets superior to or on a parity with any such preference or priority of the Preferred Stock;

(iii) sell all or substantially all of its property or business or merge into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or effect any other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation is disposed of, provided that this Section 5(a)(iii) shall not apply to a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the corporation; or

(iv) liquidate or dissolve the corporation.

 

10


6. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the shares so converted shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by the corporation, and the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the corporation’s authorized capital stock.

7. Repurchase of Shares . In connection with repurchases by the corporation of its Common Stock pursuant to its agreements with certain of the holders thereof providing for such repurchases in the event of the termination of the status of such holder as an employee, director or consultant to the corporation, each holder of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have consented, for purposes of Sections 502 and 503 of the California General Corporation Law, to distributions made by the corporation with respect to such repurchases.

C. Common Stock .

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the assets of the corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section B.2. of this Article III.

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

4. Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

ARTICLE IV

(A) Limitation of Directors Liability . The liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

(B) Indemnification of Corporate Agents . The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

(C) Repeal or Modification . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article IV shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an agent of this corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification. ”

 

11


*    *    *

THREE: The foregoing amendment and restatement has been approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

FOUR: The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the corporation in accordance with Sections 902 and 903 of the California General Corporation Law. The total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote with respect to the foregoing amendment and restatement was 17,000,000 shares of Common Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the foregoing amendment and restatement equaled or exceed the vote required, such required vote being a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

12


The undersigned declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that he has read the foregoing Certificate and that the matters set forth in the foregoing Certificate are true and correct of his own knowledge.

Executed at Berkeley, California on Jan 30, 2007.

 

/s/ Anantha Pradeep
Anantha Pradeep, President and Secretary

 

LOGO

Exhibit 3.51

BYLAWS

OF

NEUROFOCUS, INC.


BYLAWS

OF

NEUROFOCUS, INC.

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The board of directors shall fix the location of the principal executive office of the corporation at any place within or outside the State of California. If the principal executive office is located outside such state and the corporation has one or more business offices in such state, then the board of directors shall fix and designate a principal business office in the State of California.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The board of directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of California designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on the third Thursday of April in each year at 6:00 p.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may be transacted.


2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, or by the chairman of the board, or by the president, or by one or more shareholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the board of directors or the president or the chairman of the board, then the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president or the secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, then the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) (or, if sent by third-class mail pursuant to Section 2.5 of these bylaws, thirty (30)) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted (no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders (but subject to the provisions of the next paragraph of this Section 2.4 any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, the board intends to present for election.

If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (i) a contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the Corporations Code of California (the “Code”), (ii) an amendment of the articles of incorporation, pursuant to Section 902 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code, (iv) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1900 of the Code, or (v) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, then the notice shall also state the general nature of that proposal.

 

-2-


2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

Written notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given either (i) personally or (ii) by first-class mail or (iii) by third-class mail but only if the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by five hundred (500) or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the Code) on the record date for the shareholders’ meeting, or (iv) by telegraphic or other written communication. Notices not personally delivered shall be sent charges prepaid and shall be addressed to the shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address appears on the corporation’s books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that shareholder by mail or telegraphic or other written communication to the corporation’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication.

If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, then all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available to the shareholder on written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one (1) year from the date of the giving of the notice.

An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any shareholders’ meeting, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice.

2.6 QUORUM

The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

Any shareholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy. In the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at that meeting except as provided in Section 2.6 of these bylaws.

When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. However, if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed or if the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original meeting, then

 

-3-


notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given. Notice of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these bylaws. At any adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.8 VOTING

The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 702 through 704 of the Code (relating to voting shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation or in joint ownership).

The shareholders’ vote may be by voice vote or by ballot; provided, however, that any election for directors must be by ballot if demanded by any shareholder at the meeting and before the voting has begun.

Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, or as maybe otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders. Any shareholder entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or, except when the matter is the election of directors, may vote them against the proposal; but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares which the shareholder is entitled to vote.

If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or a vote by classes is required by the Code or by the articles of incorporation.

At a shareholders’ meeting at which directors are to be elected, a shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any candidate a number of votes greater than the number of votes which such shareholder normally is entitled to cast) if the candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to commencement of the voting and the shareholder has given notice prior to commencement of the voting of the shareholder’s intention to cumulate votes. If any shareholder has given such a notice, then every shareholder entitled to vote may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination either (i) by giving one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which that shareholder’s shares are normally entitled or (ii) by distributing the shareholder’s votes on the same principle among any or all of the candidates, as the shareholder thinks fit. The candidates receiving the highest number of affirmative votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected; votes against any candidate and votes withheld shall have no legal effect.

 

-4-


2.9 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT

The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as though they had been taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, who was not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The waiver of notice or consent or approval need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or special meeting of shareholders, except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in the second paragraph of Section 2.4 of these bylaws, the waiver of notice or consent or approval shall state the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at that meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the Code to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.

2.10 SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted.

In the case of election of directors, such a consent shall be effective only if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. However, a director may be elected at any time to fill any vacancy on the board of directors, provided that it was not created by removal of a director and that it has not been filled by the directors, by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

All such consents shall be maintained in the corporate records. Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder’s proxy holders, or a transferee of the shares, or a personal representative of the shareholder, or their respective proxy holders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the secretary of the corporation before written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the secretary.

If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing and if the unanimous written consent of all such shareholders has not been received, then the secretary shall give prompt notice of the corporate action approved by the shareholders without a meeting. Such notice shall be given to those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing and shall be given in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these bylaws. In the case of approval of (i) a contract or

 

-5-


transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the Code, (ii) indemnification of a corporate “agent,” pursuant to Section 317 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code, and (iv) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that approval.

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote thereat or entitled to give consent to corporate action without a meeting, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any such action without a meeting, and in such event only shareholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote or to give consents, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Code.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and

(b) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action by the board has been taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the resolution relating to that action, or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of such other action, whichever is later.

The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Article VIII of these bylaws.

2.12 PROXIES

Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the shareholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the shareholder or the shareholder’s attorney-in-fact. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) the person who executed the proxy revokes it prior to the time of voting by delivering a writing to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by executing a subsequent proxy and presenting it to the meeting or by voting in person at the meeting, or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

-6-


The dates contained on the forms of proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 705(e) and 705(f) of the Code.

2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspector of election is so appointed, then the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are appointed at a meeting pursuant to the request of one (1) or more shareholders or proxies, then the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(a) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(b) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(c) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(d) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(e) determine when the polls shall close;

(f) determine the result; and

(g) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

 

-7-


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

Subject to the provisions of the Code and any limitations in the articles of incorporation and these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The authorized number of directors shall be three (3). This number may be changed by a duly adopted amendment to the articles of incorporation or by an amendment to this bylaw adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that an amendment reducing the fixed number or the minimum number of directors to a number less than five (5) cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of an action by written consent, are equal to more than sixteen and two-thirds percent (16 2/3%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of the hoard, the president, the secretary or the board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

Vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote or written consent of the shareholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum), or by the unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote thereon. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

 

-8-


A vacancy or vacancies in the board of directors shall be deemed to exist (i) in the event of the death, resignation or removal of any director, (ii) if the board of directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony, (iii) if the authorized number of directors is increased, or (iv) if the shareholders fail, at any meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are elected, to elect the number of directors to be elected at that meeting.

The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors, but any such election other than to fill a vacancy created by removal, if by written consent, shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the board. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Special meetings of the board may be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another; and all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice if the times of such meetings are fixed by the board of directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director

 

-9-


or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

3.8 QUORUM

A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.10 of these bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, subject to the provisions of Section 310 of the Code (as to approval of contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect material financial interest), Section 311 of the Code (as to appointment of committees), Section 317(e) of the Code (as to indemnification of directors), the articles of incorporation, and other applicable law.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such directors. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board of directors.

3.10 ADJOURNMENT

A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

3.11 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT

Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, then notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting shall be given before the adjourned meeting takes place, in the manner specified in Section 3.7 of these bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

 

-10-


3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, provided that all members of the board individually or collectively consent in writing to that action. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the board of directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.

3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the board of directors. This Section 3.13 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.

3.14 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS *

The corporation may, upon the approval of the board of directors alone, make loans of money or property to, or guarantee the obligations of, any officer of the corporation or its parent or subsidiary, whether or not a director, or adopt an employee benefit plan or plans authorizing such loans or guaranties provided that (i) the board of directors determines that such a loan or guaranty or plan may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation, (ii) the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by 100 or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the Code) on the date of approval by the board of directors, and (iii) the approval of the board of directors is by a vote sufficient without counting the vote of any interested director or directors.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one (1) or more committees, each consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board, shall have all the authority of the board, except with respect to:

 

 

* This section is effective only if it has been approved by the shareholders in accordance with Sections 315(b) and 152 of the Code.

 

-11-


(a) the approval of any action which, under the Code, also requires shareholders’ approval or approval of the outstanding shares;

(b) the filling of vacancies on the board of directors or in any committee;

(c) the fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the board or any committee;

(d) the amendment or repeal of these bylaws or the adoption of new bylaws;

(e) the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board of directors which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;

(f) a distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the board of directors; or

(g) the appointment of any other committees of the board of directors or the members of such committees.

4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings), Section 3.6 (regular meetings), Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.8 (quorum), Section 3.9 (waiver of notice), Section 3.10 (adjournment), Section 3.11 (notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

-12-


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or may empower the president to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

 

-13-


5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.

5.7 PRESIDENT

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS

In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

5.9 SECRETARY

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors and shareholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.

 

-14-


5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the Code, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Code, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this

 

-15-


Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER

The corporation shall keep either at its principal executive office or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar (if either be appointed), as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a record of its shareholders listing the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each shareholder.

A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation who holds at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or who holds at least one percent (1%) of such voting shares and has filed a Schedule 14B with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the election of directors, may (i) inspect and copy the records of shareholders’ names, addresses, and shareholdings during usual business hours on five (5) days’ prior written demand on the corporation, (ii) obtain from the transfer agent of the corporation, on written demand and on the tender of such transfer agent’s usual charges for such list, a list of the names and addresses of the shareholders who are entitled to vote for the election of directors, and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which that list has been compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder after the date of demand. Such list shall be made available to any such shareholder by the transfer agent on or before the later of five (5) days after the demand is received or five (5) days after the date specified in the demand as the date as of which the list is to be compiled.

The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection on the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate.

Any inspection and copying under this Section 7.1 may be made in person or by an agent or attorney of the shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate making the demand.

 

-16-


7.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS

The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office or, if its principal executive office is not in the State of California, at its principal business office in California the original or a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, which bylaws shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal executive office of the corporation is outside the State of California and the corporation has no principal business office in such state, then the secretary shall, upon the written request of any shareholder, furnish to that shareholder a copy of these bylaws as amended to date.

7.3 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS

The accounting books and records and the minutes of proceedings of the shareholders, of the board of directors, and of any committee or committees of the board of directors shall be kept at such place or places as are designated by the board of directors or, in absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written form, and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form.

The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate. The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and shall include the right to copy and make extracts. Such rights of inspection shall extend to the records of each subsidiary corporation of the corporation.

7.4 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, and documents of every kind as well as the physical properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by an agent or attorney. The right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

7.5 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS; WAIVER

The board of directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the shareholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal year adopted by the corporation. Such report shall be sent at least fifteen (15) days (or, if sent by third-class mail, thirty-five (35) days) before the annual meeting of shareholders to be held during the next fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these bylaws for giving notice to shareholders of the corporation.

The annual report shall contain (i) a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year, (ii) an income statement, (iii) a statement of changes in financial position for the fiscal year, and (iv) any report of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that the statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.

 

-17-


The foregoing requirement of an annual report shall be waived so long as the shares of the corporation are held by fewer than one hundred (100) holders of record.

7.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

If no annual report for the fiscal year has been sent to shareholders, then the corporation shall, upon the written request of any shareholder made more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of such fiscal year, deliver or mail to the person making the request, within thirty (30) days thereafter, a copy of a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year.

If a shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any class of stock of the corporation makes a written request to the corporation for an income statement of the corporation for the three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the then current fiscal year ended more than thirty (30) days before the date of the request, and for a balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of that period, then the chief financial officer shall cause that statement to be prepared, if not already prepared, and shall deliver personally or mail that statement or statements to the person making the request within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the request. If the corporation has not sent to the shareholders its annual report for the last fiscal year, the statements referred to in the first paragraph of this Section 7.6 shall likewise be delivered or mailed to the shareholder or shareholders within thirty (30) days after the request.

The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the corporation or by the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that the financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.

7.7 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

-18-


ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING

For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the shareholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (other than action by shareholders by written consent without a meeting), the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action. In that case, only shareholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided in the Code.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts the applicable resolution or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of that action, whichever is later.

8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS

From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED

The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.4 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

A certificate or certificates for shares of the corporation shall be issued to each shareholder when any of such shares are fully paid. The board of directors may authorize the issuance of certificates for shares partly paid provided that these certificates shall state the total amount of the consideration to be paid for them and the amount actually paid. All certificates shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the chairman of the board or the vice chairman of the board or the president or a vice president and by the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.

 

-19-


In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate ceases to be that officer, transfer agent or registrar before that certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time. The board of directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance of replacement certificates on such terms and conditions as the board may require; the board may require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.

8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Code shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

9.1 AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS

New bylaws may be adopted or these bylaws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that if the articles of incorporation of the corporation set forth the number of authorized directors of the corporation, then the authorized number of directors may be changed only by an amendment of the articles of incorporation.

 

-20-


9.2 AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS

Subject to the rights of the shareholders as provided in Section 9.1 of these bylaws, bylaws, other than a bylaw or an amendment of a bylaw changing the authorized number of directors (except to fix the authorized number of directors pursuant to a bylaw providing for a variable number of directors), may be adopted, amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-21-


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

OF

NEUROFOCUS, INC.

Certificate by Secretary of Adoption by Board of Directors

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of NeuroFocus, Inc. and that the foregoing Bylaws, comprising twenty-one (21) pages, were adopted as the Bylaws of the corporation effective as of July 31, 2006 by Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand as of August 30, 2006.

 

[ILLEGIBLE]
Secretary

 

-22-

Exhibit 3.52

LOGO

 

2000-04-04 15:12:44

File Number 6096-370-3

State of Illinois

Office of The Secretary of State

Whereas, articles of incorporation of

the perishables group, inc. incorporated under the laws of the state of Illinois have been filed in the office of the secretary of state as provided by the business corporation act of Illinois, in force july 1, a.d. 1984.

Now Therefore, I, Jesse White, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, by virtue of the powers vested in me by law, do hereby issue this certificate and attach hereto a copy of the Application of the aforesaid corporation.

In Testimony whereof, I hereto set my hand and cause to be

affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois,

at the City of Springfield, this 21ST

day of march A.D. 2000 and of

the Independence of the United States the two hundred and 24th

C-212.3 Secretary of State


LOGO

 

(Rev. Jan. 1995) This space for use by Secretary of State George H. Ryan SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE! Secretary of State Department of Business Services Springfield, IL 62756 FIELD E 11 This space for use by Secretary of State Date Payment must be made by certi- fied check, cashiers check, IIIi- MAR 21 2000 Franchise Tax $ nois attorney’s check, Illinois Filing Fee $ CPAs check or money order, payable to-Secretary of State.- | Jesse White Secretary of State 1. CORPORATE NAME: The Perishables Group, Inc. (The corporate name must contain the word “corporation”, “company,” “incorporated,’’ limited” or an abbreviation thereof.) 2. Initial Registered Agent: Raymond First Name Middle Initial Last name Initial Registered Office: 224 East Ontario Street Number Street Suite # Chicago IL 60611 Cook City Zip Code County 3. Purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organize: (If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.) i to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Illinois Business Corporation Act. 4. Paragraph 1: Authorized Shares, Issued Shares and Consideration Received: Par Value Number of Shares Number of Shares Consideration to be Class per Share Authorized Proposed to be issued Received Therefor common $npv 1,000 100 $100.00 TOTAL = $ 100.0 Paragraph 2: The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are: (If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.) (over)


LOGO

 

5. OPTIONAL: (a) Number of directors constituting the initial board of directors of the corporation: . (b) Names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and quality: Name Residential Address City. State. ZIP 6. OPTIONAL: (a) It is estimated that the value of all property to be owned by the corporation for the following year wherever located will be: $ — ——— (b) It is estimated that the value of the property to be located within the State of Illinois during the following year will be: S —. (c) It is estimated that the gross amount of business that will be transacted by the corporation during the following year will be: S — — (d) It is estimated that the gross amount of business that will be

transacted from places of business in the State of Illinois during the following year will be: S — 7. OPTIONAL: OTHER PROVISIONS Attach a separate sheet of this size for any other provision to be included in the Articles of Incorporation, e.g., authorizing preemptive rights, denying cumulative voting, regulating internal affairs, voting majority requirements, fixing a duration other than perpetual, etc. 8 NAME(S) & ADDRESS(ES) OF INCORPORATOR(s) The undersigned incorporator(s) hereby deciare(s). under penalties of perjury, that the statements made in the foregoing Articles of Incorporation are true. Dated March 21 , 19 2000 Signature and Name Address 1. [ILLEGIBLE] l. 208 S.LaSalle Street Signature Street Barbara Smith Chicago IL 60604 (Type or Print Name) 1 City/Town State Zip Code 2. [ILLEGIBLE] 2. 208 S. LaSalle Street Signature Street Angela Mose Chicago IL 60604 (Type or Print Name) City/Town State Zip Code 3. 3. Signature Street (Type or Print Name) City/Town State Zip Code (Signatures must be in BLACK INK on original document Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.) FEE SCHEDULE BOX 170 * The initial franchise tax is assessed at the rate of 15/100 of 1 percent ($1.50 per $1,000) on the paid-in capita!

represented in this state, with a minimum of $25.

The filing fee is $75. The minimum total due (franchise tax + filing fee) is $100. (Applies when the Consideration to be Received as set forth in Item 4 does not exceed $16.667) NOTE: If a corporation acts as incorporator, the name of the corporation and the state of incorporation shall be shown and the execution shall be by its president or vice president and verified by him, and attested by its secretary or assistant secretary.

Exhibit 3.53

BY-LAWS

OF

THE PERISHABLES GROUP, INC.

ARTICLE 1

OFFICES

The Corporation shall continuously maintain in the State of Illinois a registered office and a registered agent whose office is identical with such registered office, and may have other offices within or without the state.

ARTICLE 2

SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held at the office of the Corporation or such other location set by the Board of Directors on the third Thursday in February of each calendar year, for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be brought before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated herein for any annual meeting, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as convenient.

2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the President, by the Board of Directors, or by the holders of not less than one-fifth of all of the outstanding shares of stock of entitled to vote of the Corporation.

2.3 PLACE OF MEETING. The President, the Board of Directors or those calling the meeting may designate any place, within or without the State of Illinois, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by such parties. A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders may designate any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Illinois, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.4 of this Article.


2.4 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days (or in a case involving a merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of assets not less than 20 days nor more than 60 days) before the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

2.5 MEETING OF ALL SHAREHOLDERS. If all of the shareholders shall meet at any time and place, either within or without the State of Illinois, and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and at such meeting any corporate action may be taken.

2.6 QUORUM. A majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation, entitled to vote on a matter, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if less than a majority of the outstanding snares are represented at said meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

2.7 MANNER OF ACTING. Unless otherwise provided by law, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock represented at a meeting and entitled to vote shall be the act of the shareholders. In the case of a deadlock of the Shareholders, the Corporation’s accountant shall cast the final vote. Any determination made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.7 shall be a conclusive determination of the matter and shall be final and binding upon the shareholders and the Corporation. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. Withdrawal of shareholders from any meeting shall not cause failure of a duly constituted quorum at that meeting.

2.8 PROXIES.

2.8.1 A shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for such shareholder by signing an appointment form and delivering it to the person so appointed.

 

- 2 -


2.8.2 No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, every proxy continues in full force and effect until revoked by the person executing it prior to the vote pursuant thereto. Such revocation may be affected by a writing delivered to the Corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or by attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy. The dates contained on the forms of proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed.

2.8.3 An appointment of a proxy is revocable by the shareholder unless the appointment form conspicuously states that it is irrevocable and the appointment is coupled with an interest in the shares or in the Corporation generally. By way of example and. without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a proxy is coupled with an interest when the proxy appointed is one of the following:

2.8.3.1 a pledgee;

2.8.3.2 a person who has purchased or has agreed to purchase the shares;

2.8.3.3 a creditor of the Corporation who has extended it credit under terms requiring the appointment, if the appointment states the purpose for which it was given, the name of the creditor and the amount of the credit extended;

2.8.3.4 an employee of the Corporation whose employment contract requires the appointment, if the appointment states the purpose for which it was given, the name of the employee and the period of employment; or

2.8.3.5 a party to a voting agreement.

2.8.4 The death or incapacity of a shareholder appointing a proxy does not revoke the proxy’s authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the officer or agent who maintains the Corporation’s share transfer book before the proxy exercises his or her authority under the appointment.

2.8.5 An appointment made irrevocable under Section 2.8.3 above becomes revocable when the interest, in the proxy terminates (e.g., the pledge is redeemed, the shares are registered in the purchaser’s name, the creditor’s debt is paid, the employment contract ends or the voting agreement expires).

2.8.6 A transferee for value of shares subject to an irrevocable appointment may revoke me appointment if the transferee was ignorant of its existence when the shares were acquired and both the existence of the appointment and its irrevocability were not noted conspicuously on the certificate (or information statement for shares without certificates) representing the shares.

 

- 3 -


2.8.7 Unless the appointment of a proxy contains an express limitation on the proxy’s authority, the Corporation may accept the proxy’s vote or other action as that of the shareholder making the appointment. If the proxy appointed fails to vote or otherwise act in accordance with the appointment, the shareholder is entitled to such legal or equitable relief as is appropriate in the circumstances.

2.9 VOTING OF SHARES. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be voted by the shareholders as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation and/or the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois.

2.10 VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS.

2.10.1 Shares of stock of the Corporation held by the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote at any given time. Shares registered in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by any officer, agent, proxy or legal representative authorized to vote such shares under the law of the state of incorporation of such corporation. The Corporation may treat the president or other person holding the position of chief executive officer of such other corporation as authorized to vote such shares, together with any other person indicated and any other holder of an office indicated by the corporate shareholder to the Corporation as a person or an office authorized to vote such shares. Such persons and offices indicated shall be registered by the Corporation on the transfer books for shares and included in any voting list.

2.10.2 Shares registered in the name of a deceased person, a minor ward or an incompetent person under legal disability may be voted by his administrator, executor or court appointed guardian, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into the name of such administrator, executor or court appointed guardian. Shares registered in the name of a trustee may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy.

2.10.3 Shares registered in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into his or her name if authority so to do is contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.

 

- 4 -


2.10.4 A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

2.11 INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed (i) by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voting or (ii) by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof. If such consent is signed by less than all of the shareholders entitled to vote, then such consent shall become effective only if at least five days prior to the execution of the consent a notice in writing is delivered to all shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof and, after the effective date of the consent, prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be delivered in writing to those shareholders who have not consented in writing.

2 .12 VOTING BY BALLOT. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the presiding officer shall order or any shareholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

3.1 GENERAL POWERS. The affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

3.2 NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be one (1). The directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. A director need not be a resident of Illinois or a shareholder of the Corporation. The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by the amendment of this Section; but no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. The term of a director elected as a result of an increase in the number of directors expires at the next annual meeting of Shareholders.

3.3 INITIAL BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The initial Board of Directors shall be as set forth in the Preorganization Subscription Agreement.

 

- 5 -


3.4 REGULAR MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law, immediately after, and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Illinois, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

3.5 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President or by the Secretary on the written request of any director on at least two days’ notice to each director and shall be held at such place or places as may be determined by the Board of Directors or as shall be stated in the call of the meeting. Unless otherwise prohibited by the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute attendance and presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 QUORUM. A majority of the number of directors fixed in these By-Laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors provided that, if less than such a majority of the directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, said adjourned meeting to be held only after at least 24 hours’ personal or telegraphic notice to all directors.

3.7 MANNER OF ACTING. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

3.8 RESIGNATION. A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, its Chairman or to the President or Secretary of the Corporation. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a future date. The pending vacancy may be filled before the effective date, but the successor shall not take office until the effective date.

3.9 VACANCIES. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors and any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, a vacancy arising between meetings of the shareholders by reason of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors. The term of a director elected to fill a vacancy expires at the next annual meeting of shareholders at which his predecessor’s term would have expired.

 

- 6 -


3.10 COMPENSATION. By the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then if office, irrespective of any personal interest of any of the members, the Board of Directors may authorize payment to the directors of their expenses, if any, for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors may establish reasonable compensation for all directors for services to the Corporation as directors, officers or otherwise.

3.11 PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall be sent by certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

3.12 INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS.

3.12.1 Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the Directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof or by all the members of such committee, as the case may be.

3.12.2 The consent shall be evidenced by one or more written approvals, each of which sets forth the action taken and bears the signature of one or more directors. All the approvals evidencing the consent shall be delivered to the Secretary to be filed in the corporate records. The action taken shall be effective when all the directors have approved the consent unless the consent specifies a different effective date.

3.12.3 Any such consent signed by all of the directors or all the members of a committee shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote.

 

- 7 -


3.13 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

3.13.1 One or more of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, at a meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, no director shall be removed at a meeting of shareholders unless the notice of such meeting shall state that the purpose of the meeting is to vote upon the removal of one or more directors named in the notice. Only the named director or directors may be removed at such meeting.

ARTICLE 4

OFFICERS

4.1 NUMBER AND QUALIFICATIONS. The officers of the Corporation shall be determined and elected by the Board of Directors. Officers and assistant officers and agents as may be deemed necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Two or more offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of shareholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as convenient. Vacancies may be filled or new offices filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Election of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

4.3 REMOVAL. Any officer or agent of the Corporation elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

4.4 VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

4.5 BONDS. If the Board of Directors by resolution shall so require, any officer or agent of the Corporation shall give bond to the Corporation in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, conditioned upon the faithful performance of their respective duties and offices.

4.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall be the Chairman of the Board of Directors and preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may decide not to elect a Chairman of the Board and in such event the office may remain vacant.

 

- 8 -


4.7 PRESIDENT. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, he shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. He may sign with the Secretary or any other proper officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

4.8 VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the President or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, in the order designated or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President. Any Vice President may sign with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

4.9 TREASURER. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. He shall: (i) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation; (ii) receive and give receipts for monies due and payable to the Corporation from any sources whatsoever, and deposit all such monies in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 of these By-laws; (iii) in general perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

4.10 SECRETARY. The Secretary shall: (i) keep the minutes of the shareholders’ and of the Board of Directors’ meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose; (ii) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws or as required by law; (iii) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal of the Corporation is affixed to all certificates for shares prior to the

 

- 9 -


issue thereof and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws; (iv) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such shareholder; (v) sign with the President, or a Vice President, certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; (vi) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; (vii) certify the By-Laws, resolutions of the shareholders and Board of Directors and Committees thereof and other documents of the Corporation as true and correct copies thereof; and (viii) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

4.11 ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. Each Assistant Treasurer shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Assistant Secretaries may sign with the President or a Vice President certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Treasurer or the Secretary, respectively, or by the President or the Board of Directors.

4.12 SALARIES. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 5

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

5.1 CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general and/ or confined to specific instances.

5.2 LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

5.3 CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other order for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

- 10 -


5.4 DEPOSITS. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

ARTICLE 6

ISSUANCE, TRANSFER AND RESTRICTION OF SHARES

6.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall be respectively numbered serially for each class of shares, or series thereof, as they are issued, shall be impressed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof and shall be signed by the President or Vice President and by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, or as determined by the Board of Directors; provided that such signatures may be facsimile on any certificate countersigned by an independent transfer agent, or countersigned by a transfer clerk and registered by an independent registrar. Each certificate shall exhibit the name of the Corporation, state that the Corporation is organized or incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois, the name of the person to whom issued, the date of issue, the class (or series of any class) and number of shares represented thereby and the par value of the shares represented thereby or that such shares are without par value.

A statement of the designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights of the shares of each class shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificates which the Corporation shall issue, or in lieu thereof, the certificate may set forth that such a statement or summary will be furnished to any shareholder upon request without charge. Each certificate shall be otherwise in such form as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and as shall conform to the rules of any Stock Exchange on which the shares may be listed.

6.2 CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATES. All certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except as herein provided with respect to lost, stolen or destroyed certificates.

6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. Any shareholder who claims that his certificates for shares of stock are lost, stolen or destroyed may make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact and lodge the same with the Secretary of the Corporation, accompanied by a signed application for a new certificate. Thereupon, and as the Board of Directors may require, upon the

 

- 11 -


giving of a satisfactory bond of indemnity to the Corporation not exceeding in amount double the value of the shares represented by such certificate, such value to be determined by the Board of Directors, a new certificate may be issued of the same tenor and representing the same number, class and series of shares as were represented by the certificate alleged to be lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.4 TRANSFER OF SHARES. Subject to law, these By-Laws or any other Agreement, shares of the Corporation shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by his duly authorized attorney, upon the surrender and cancellation of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares. Upon presentation and surrender of a certificate for shares properly endorsed, the transferee shall be entitled to a new certificate or certificates in lieu thereof. As against the Corporation, a transfer of shares can be made only on the books of the Corporation and in the manner hereinabove provided, and the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any shares of stock as the owner thereof and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as expressly provided by the statutes of the State of Illinois.

ARTICLE 7

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8

DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of stock in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and its Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE 9

SEAL

The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Illinois.”

 

- 12 -


ARTICLE 10

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of these By-Laws, under the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, under the provisions of the Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois or otherwise, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice thereof unless the person at the meeting objects to the holding of the meeting because proper notice was not given.

ARTICLE 11

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,

EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS; INSURANCE

11.1 AUTHORIZATION FOR INDEMNIFICATION.

11.1.1 The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party , or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

- 13 -


11.1.2 The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, provided that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to have been liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper.

11.1.3 To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 11.1.1 or 11.1.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

11.2 AUTHORIZATION BY DIRECTORS, LEGAL COUNSEL OR SHAREHOLDERS. Any indemnification under Section 11.1.1 or Section 11.1.2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 11.1.1 or Section 11.1.2. Such determination shall be made: (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding; or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or (iii) by the shareholders.

11.3 REPAYMENT. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount, if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by Section 8.75 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act.

 

- 14 -


11.4 NOT EXCLUSIVE OF OTHER RIGHTS. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted under the other subsections of this Article 11 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any other By-law, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of that person.

11.5 INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of Section 8.75 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act.

11.6 REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS. If the Corporation has paid indemnity or has advanced expenses to a director, officer, employee or agent, the Corporation shall report the indemnification or advance in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice of the next shareholders meeting.

11.7 DEFINITIONS.

11.7.1 For purposes of this ARTICLE 11, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition of the surviving corporation, any merging corporation (including any corporation having merged with a merging corporation) absorbed in a merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who was a director, officer, employee or agent of such merging corporation, or was serving at the request of such merging corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE 11 with respect to the surviving corporation as such person would nave with respect to such merging corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11.7.2 For purposes of this ARTICLE 11, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the

 

- 15 -


Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries. A person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this ARTICLE 11.

ARTICLE 12

AMENDMENTS

The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation shall be vested in the Board of Directors or the shareholders, unless reserved solely to the shareholders by the Articles of Incorporation (but no By-Law adopted by the shareholders may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors). The By-Laws may contain any provisions for the regulation and management of the affairs of the Corporation not inconsistent with law or the Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE 13

GENDER AND NUMBER

The use of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender and the use of the singular and plural shall not be given the effect of any exclusion or limitation herein; and the use of the word “person” or “party” shall mean and include any individual, trust, Corporation, partnership or other entity.

CONCLUSION OF BY-LAWS

 

- 16 -

Exhibit 3.54

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 08:21 AM 07/02/2012

FILED 08:21 AM 07/02/2012

SRV 120796358 - 3922553 FILE

        

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

FOR THE MERGER OF PROJECT GEMINI ACQUISITION CORP.

WITH AND INTO

VIZU CORPORATION

Pursuant to Section 251(c) of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

 

Vizu Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company ”), does hereby certify to the following facts relating to the merger (the “ Merger ”) of Project Gemini Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”), with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation after the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”):

 

FIRST: The Company and Merger Sub are the constituent corporations in the Merger, and each is a corporation incorporated pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

SECOND: An Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by the Company and by Merger Sub in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 and Section 251 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

THIRD: The surviving corporation of the Merger shall be Vizu Corporation.

 

FOURTH: Upon the effectiveness of the Merger, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Surviving Corporation, shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth in Attachment A attached hereto.

 

FIFTH: The executed Merger Agreement is on file at the principal place of business of the Company, the Surviving Corporation, at 185 Berry Street, Suite 5200, San Francisco, CA 94107.

 

SIXTH: A copy of the executed Merger Agreement will be furnished by the Company, the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of any constituent corporation of the Merger.

 

SEVENTH: The Merger shall become effective upon filing with the Delaware Secretary of State.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank; next page is the signature page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Vizu Corporation has caused this Certificate of Merger to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of July 2, 2012.

 

Vizu Corporation
By   /s/ Dan Beltramo
  Dan Beltramo
  Chief Executive Officer

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO C ERTIFICATE OF M ERGER ]


Attachment A

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VIZU CORPORATION

1. The name of the corporation is Vizu Corporation.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, Zip Code 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

3. The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) with a par value of $0.01 per share. All such shares are of one class and are shares of common stock.

5. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the bylaws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the bylaws of the corporation.

9. No director shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not limit or eliminate the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If there is any amendment or revocation of this provision, the liability of any director for any action taken prior to the amendment or revocation will not be affected thereby.

10. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,


including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith. An indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the corporation the expense (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. No amendment or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the rights of indemnification of any indemnitee with respect to any acts or omissions of such indemnitee occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

********

Exhibit 3.55

UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT OF

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

VIZU CORPORATION

Pursuant to Section 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

The undersigned, being all of the directors of Vizu Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby consent to the adoption of the following resolutions without a meeting of the Board of Directors:

RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated By-laws in the form attached hereto are hereby approved and adopted; and it is further

RESOLVED that each of the directors or officers of the Corporation is hereby authorized and directed to do or cause to be done all such acts or things, to incur or cause to be incurred all such expenses or obligations, and to sign and deliver or cause to be signed and delivered all such documents, instruments or certificates, all in the name and on behalf of the Corporation or otherwise, as such directors or officers may deem necessary, advisable or appropriate to effectuate or carry out the purpose and intent of the foregoing resolutions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, constituting the entire board of directors of the Corporation, have executed this unanimous consent as of November 19, 2012.

 

/s/ Harris Black
Harris Black
/s/ James W. Cuminale
James W. Cuminale
/s/ Michael E. Elias
Michael E. Elias

 

Page 1 of 1


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

VIZU CORPORATION

Adopted November 19, 2012

PREAMBLE

These By-Laws are subject to, and governed by, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”) and the certificate of incorporation of Vizu Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) then in effect (the “Certificate”).

I. OFFICES

The registered office and registered agent of the Corporation shall be fixed in the Corporation’s Certificate, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

II. STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Time and Place of Meetings and Annual Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

2.2 Time and Place of Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders holding fifty percent (50%) of the common stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation. Such request shall state the purpose of the proposed meeting. All special meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

2.3 Notice of Meetings. Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

Page 1 of 13


2.4 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the common stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be presented or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.5 Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by a majority of votes cast by holders of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereon, with each such holder having the number of votes per share and voting as a member of such classes of stockholders as may be provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or after one year from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

2.6 Informal Action By Stockholders. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by stockholders having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all members having a right to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

2.7 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.

 

Page 2 of 13


2.8 Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 2.7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

III. DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.2 Number and Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more directors, the number of directors to be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Sections 3.3 and 3.12 of this Article, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at annual meetings of stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until the earliest of his death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.3 Vacancies. Except as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by the written consent of holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, and each director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until the earliest of his death, resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

3.4 Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.5 Regular Meetings. The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Notice of Meetings. Notice of any regular or special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the directors calling the meeting. The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date, hour and purpose(s) of the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (i) by giving notice to such director in person or by telephone or (ii) by sending a telegram or facsimile or electronic mail, or delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address in each case at least two (2) days in advance of a regular meeting and 72 hours in advance of a special meeting. Notice of any meeting of directors may be waived in writing or by attendance at such meeting without objection as to deficiency of notice.

 

Page 3 of 13


3.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by any director or the President. Two days notice of special meetings need be given in accordance with Section 3.6.

3.8 Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.9 Organization. The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President, or if the President is not present, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.10 Action without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

3.11 Attendance by Telephone . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.12 Removal and Replacement. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more or all of the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

3.13 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations or any of its stockholders in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

3.14 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate 1 or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may

 

Page 4 of 13


unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporate Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

IV. OFFICERS

4.1 Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and may include a Chairman of the Board, President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Chairmen, one or more Senior or other Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board, need such officers be directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these By-laws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

4.2 Authority and Duties. All officers shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent not so provided, by resolution of the Board. Any of the officers shall be authorized hereby to execute any and all duly authorized bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Corporation.

4.3 Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors. Each successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until the earliest of his death, resignation or removal.

4.4 Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board if any, when elected, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall preside at meetings of stockholders and shall have such other functions, authority and duties as customarily appertain to the Chairman of the Board of a business corporation or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws.

 

Page 5 of 13


4.5 President. The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

4.6 Vice President. At the request of the President or in his absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President or the Vice Presidents (which shall include any Executive Vice Presidents) if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Any Vice President may be designated Executive, Senior, Regional, or may be given any other designation or combination of designations.

4.7 Secretary. The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation, if any, and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation, if any, and to attest such affixing of the seal. The Secretary shall also keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder, sign with the President or Vice President, certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall be authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors, and have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation.

4.8 Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary.

 

Page 6 of 13


4.9 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board, the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

4.10 Assistant Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Treasurer.

4.11 Other Officers. The President or Board of Directors may appoint other officers and agents for any Group, Division or Department into which this Corporation may be divided by the Board of Directors, with titles as the President or Board of Directors may from time to time deem appropriate. All such officers and agents shall receive such compensation, have such tenure and exercise such authority as the President or Board of Directors may specify. All appointments made by the President hereunder and all the terms and conditions thereof must be reported to the Board of Directors.

4.12 Salaries. The salaries of the elected officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation.

4.13 Voting Securities Held by the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by any of the officers of the Corporation and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incidental to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors, may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Page 7 of 13


V. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

5.1 Form. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

5.2 Transfer. Except as otherwise established by rules or regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books; provided, however, that (i) prior to any transfer, confirmation is obtained from Moody’s Investors Service that the ratings of securities issued by the Corporation will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of such transfer, and (ii) the stock of the Corporation shall not be transferable to any U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended).

5.3 Replacement. In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

5.4 Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to

 

Page 8 of 13


express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

5.5 Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law. The Corporation shall not be required to register any transfer of shares made in violation of any agreement among a stockholder or investor in the Corporation and the Corporation, or recognize as a holder of any such shares any transferee in such a violative transaction.

VI. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

6.1 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 6.3 of this Article VI, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, now or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or executive officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; provided, however, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with any actions, suit or proceeding initiated by such person only if (i) such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors or (ii) the indemnification does not relate to any liability arising under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any of the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

6.2 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 6.3 of this Article VI, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer of the Corporation, or is or

 

Page 9 of 13


was a director or executive officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

6.3 Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VI (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or executive officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 of this Article VI, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding (even if such majority vote constitutes less than a quorum), or (ii) if the majority vote of disinterested directors so directs (even if such majority vote constitutes less than a quorum), by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or executive officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

6.4 Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 6.3 of this Article VI, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, if his action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 6.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or executive officer. The provisions of this Section 6.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI, as the case may be.

6.5 Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 6.3 of this Article VI, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or executive officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in

 

Page 10 of 13


the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of this Article VI. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or executive officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 6.3 of this Article VI nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or executive officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or executive officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

6.6 Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or executive officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or executive officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VI.

6.7 Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of this Article VI shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VI shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the GCL, or otherwise.

6.8 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or executive officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or executive officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

6.9 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VI, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or executive officers, so that any person who is or was a director or executive officer of such

 

Page 11 of 13


constituent corporation, or is or was a director or executive officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VI, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director or executive officer of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or executive officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VI.

6.10 Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

6.11 Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VI to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 6.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

VII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.2 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal, if any, shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.3 Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail or overnight courier, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, facsimile, electronic mail, or cable.

7.4 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

Page 12 of 13


7.5 Resignations and Removals. Any director or any officer, whenever elected or appointed, may resign at any time by serving written notice of such resignation on the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the date said notice is received by the President or Secretary. No formal action shall be required of the Board of Directors or the stockholders to make any such resignation effective. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the Corporation.

7.6 Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

VIII. AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

IX. SUBJECT TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND GCL

These By-Laws and the provisions hereof are subject to the terms and conditions of the mandatory provisions of the GCL and the Certificate (including any certificates of designations filed thereunder), and in the event of any conflict between these By-Laws and such provisions of the GCL or the Certificate, such provisions of the GCL or the Certificate, as the case may be, shall control.

 

Page 13 of 13

Exhibit 3.56

 

 

Delaware

   PAGE 1
  The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF MERGER, WHICH MERGES:

“G4 ACQUISITION CORP.”, A DELAWARE CORPORATION,

WITH AND INTO “G4 ANALYTICS, INC.” UNDER THE NAME OF “G4 ANALYTICS, INC.”, A CORPORATION ORGANIZED AND EXISTING UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AS RECEIVED AND FILED IN THIS OFFICE THE FIRST DAY OF FEBRUARY, A.D. 2013, AT 12:09 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE KENT COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

  LOGO      /s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock
       Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State

3396668    8100M

    AUTHENTICATION: 0186796

 

130119582

      

 

          DATE: 02-01-13

You may verify this certificate online

at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

      


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 12:12 PM 02/01/2013

FILED 12:09 PM 02/01/2013

SRV 130119582 – 3396668 FILE

     

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER OF

G4 ACQUISITION CORP. INTO

G4 ANALYTICS, INC.

The undersigned corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “State”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations of the merger is as follows:

 

Name    State of Incorporation
G4 Analytics, Inc.    Delaware
G4 Acquisition Corp.    Delaware

SECOND: That an Agreement of Merger between the parties to the merger has been approved, adopted, executed and acknowledged by each of the constituent corporations in accordance with the requirements of Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State.

THIRD: That the name of the surviving corporation of the merger is G4 Analytics, Inc.

FOURTH: That the certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

FIFTH: That the executed Agreement of Merger is on file at the principal place of business of the surviving corporation. The address of the principal place of business of the surviving corporation is 5705 Mohican Place, Bethesda, MD 20816.

SIXTH: That a copy of the Agreement of Merger will be furnished by the surviving corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of any constituent corporation.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned surviving corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its authorized officer this 31st day of January, 2013.

 

G4 ANALYTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Richard Hall
Name:   Richard Hall
Title:   CEO


Exhibit A

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

G4 ANALYTICS, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is G4 Analytics, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, Zip Code 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

3. The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) with a par value of $0.01 per share. All such shares are of one class and are shares of common stock.

5. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the bylaws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the bylaws of the corporation.

9. No director shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not limit or eliminate the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If there is any amendment or revocation of this provision, the liability of any director for any action taken prior to the amendment or revocation will not be affected thereby.

10. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law-permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss


reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith. An indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the corporation the expense (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. No amendment or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the rights of indemnification of any indemnitee with respect to any acts or omissions of such indemnitee occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

Exhibit 3.57

BY-LAWS

OF

G4 ACQUISITION CORP.

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

* * * * *

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office of the corporation shall be National Corporate Research Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware, Zip Code 19901.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and time during the first six months of each fiscal year of the corporation as shall be designated from time


to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect directors by a plurality vote and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation, or on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network.

Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Chairman of the Board or President and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, stockholders of this corporation shall not be entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders.

 

-2-


Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

-3-


Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The corporation shall have no less than one (1) director. The number of directors shall be the number fixed by resolution of the stockholders or directors, or, in the absence thereof, shall be the number of directors elected at the preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until the next annual stockholders meeting and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation, or removal from office in accordance with the provisions of the By-laws, death or incapacity.

Section 2. Any director may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section 3. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office in accordance with the provisions of the By-laws, or otherwise, may be filled by the directors remaining in office acting by a majority vote, and any director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual stockholders meeting and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation, removal from office in accordance with the provisions of the By-laws, death or incapacity.

 

-4-


Section 4. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 5. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 6. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 7. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 8. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board or President on three days’ notice to each director, either personally or by telegram or telefax, or on seven days’ notice to each director by mail; special meetings shall be called by the Chairman of

 

-5-


the Board or President in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the board consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the Chairman of the Board or President in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 9. At all meetings of the board a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the total number of directors shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes or proceedings of the board or committee.

Section 11. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-6-


ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by personal delivery, telegram or telefax.

Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. Other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors from time to time. A duly elected officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers, if authorized to do so by the Board of Directors. No officer need be a shareholder and the same individual may simultaneously hold more than one office in the corporation.

Section 2. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.

 

-7-


Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

Section 4. The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

Section 6. The Chairman of the Board shall have responsibility for the overall business policies of the corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors of the corporation.

THE PRESIDENT

Section 7. The President shall be the principal executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, if he is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

-8-


THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

Section 8. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY

Section 9. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation, and he shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

THE TREASURER

Section 10. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 11. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

-9-


ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate or certificates. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or a Vice-President of the corporation, and the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation.

Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

-10-


TRANSFER OF STOCK

Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

-11-


REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 3. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

-12-


FISCAL YEAR

Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SEAL

Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers according to the provisions set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal By-laws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal By-laws.

 

-13-

Exhibit 4.1(b)

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of December 12, 2012, between Vizu Corporation (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuers ”), and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of October 2, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.


(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any

 

2


time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

3


(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuers.

(5) Releases . The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuers exercising their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

4


(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

VIZU CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Harris A. Black
  Name: Harris A. Black
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary

[First Supplemental Indenture to 4.50% Senior Notes Indenture]


 

LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Michael A. Smith
  Name:   Michael A. Smith
  Title:   Vice President

[First Supplemental Indenture to 4.50% Senior Notes Indenture]

Exhibit 4.1(c)

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of June 17, 2013, between G4 Analytics, Inc. (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuers ”), and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of October 2, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.


(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any

 

2


time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

3


(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuers.

(5) Releases . The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuers exercising their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

4


(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

G4 ANALYTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Harris A. Black
  Name: Harris A. Black
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary

[Second Supplemental Indenture to 4.50% Senior Notes Indenture]


LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Frank Godino
  Name:   Frank Godino
  Title:   Vice President

[Second Supplemental Indenture to 4.50% Senior Notes Indenture]

Exhibit 5.1

June 19, 2013

Nielsen Finance LLC

Nielsen Finance Co.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to The Nielsen Company B.V., a company organized in the Netherlands (the “Company”), Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Nielsen Finance LLC”), Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (together with Nielsen Finance LLC, the “Issuers”), and the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Schedule I Guarantors”) and Schedule II hereto (the “Schedule II Guarantors” and, collectively with the Company and the Schedule I Guarantors, the “Guarantors”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Issuers and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the issuance by the Issuers of $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Exchange Notes”) and the issuance by the Guarantors of guarantees (the “Guarantees”) with respect to the Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes and the Guarantees will be issued under an indenture dated as of October 2, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Exchange Notes will be offered by the Issuers in exchange for $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their outstanding 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020.

We have examined the Registration Statement, and the Indenture and the form of Exchange Note, which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Issuers and the Guarantors.


Nielsen Finance LLC

Nielsen Finance Co.

   June 19, 2013

 

In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. We also have assumed that the Indenture is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Trustee.

We have assumed further that (1) the Company and the Schedule II Guarantors are validly existing under the law of the respective jurisdictions in which each of them is incorporated, organized or formed, as applicable, and have duly authorized, executed and delivered the Indenture and (2) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Schedule II Guarantors of the Indenture and the Guarantees do not and will not violate the law of the respective jurisdictions in which each of them is incorporated, organized or formed, as applicable, or any other applicable laws (excepting the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States).

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. When the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture upon the exchange, the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuers enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with their terms.

2. When (a) the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture upon the exchange and (b) the Guarantees have been duly issued, the Guarantees will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

Our opinions set forth above are subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and (iv) to the effects of the possible judicial application of foreign laws or foreign governmental or judicial action affecting creditors’ rights.

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the law of the State of New York, the federal law of the United States, the California Corporations Code, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, the Delaware Revised Limited Partnership Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

-2-


Nielsen Finance LLC

Nielsen Finance Co.

   June 19, 2013

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP

 

-3-


Schedule I

Guarantors Incorporated or Formed in the States of New York, Delaware or California

 

Subsidiary

  

State of Incorporation or Formation

TNC (US) Holdings, Inc.

   New York

A. C. Nielsen Company, LLC

   Delaware

A. C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.

   Delaware

ACN Holdings Inc.

   Delaware

ACNielsen Corporation

   Delaware

ACNielsen eRatings.com

   Delaware

ART Holding, L.L.C.

   Delaware

Athenian Leasing Corporation

   Delaware

CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.

   Delaware

G4 Analytics, Inc.

   Delaware

NetRatings, LLC

   Delaware

Nielsen Mobile, LLC

   Delaware

Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.

   California

NMR Investing I, Inc.

   Delaware

NMR Licensing Associates, L.P.

   Delaware

The Nielsen Company (US), LLC

   Delaware

VNU Marketing Information, Inc.

   Delaware

Neurofocus, Inc.

   California

Vizu Corporation

   Delaware


Schedule II

Guarantors Incorporated or Formed in Jurisdictions other than the States of New York,

Delaware or California

 

Subsidiary

  

State of Incorporation or Formation

Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V.

   Netherlands

The Cambridge Group, Inc.

   Illinois

Marketing Analytics, Inc.

   Illinois

The Perishables Group, Inc.

   Illinois

AGB Nielsen Media Research B.V.

   Netherlands

The Nielsen Company B.V.

   Netherlands

VNU Intermediate Holding B.V.

   Netherlands

VNU International B.V.

   Netherlands

The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.À.R.L.

   Luxembourg

The Nielsen Company Finance (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland

Exhibit 5.2

 

LOGO

    

 

 

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

  

  

 

 

CLIFFORD CHANCE AMSTERDAM OPINION

LETTER ISSUED IN CONNECTION WITH

THE INDENTURE RELATING TO

USD 800,000,000 4.5% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020

ISSUED BY

NIELSEN FINANCE LLC; AND

NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

 

 

 

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 1 -    55-40077522


LOGO

 

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

DROOGBAK 1A

1013 GE AMSTERDAM

PO BOX 251

1000 AG AMSTERDAM

 

TEL +31 20 7119 000

FAX +31 20 7119 999

 

www.cliffordchance.com

 

Nielsen Holdings N.V.

     Our ref: TK/TB/55-4007752   

Diemerhof 2

     Direct Dial: +31 20711 9146   

1112 XL Diemen

     E-mail: Tineke.kothe@cliffordchance.com   

The Netherlands

  
     19 June 2013   

Dear Sirs,

Nielsen – USD 800,000,000 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2020 Indenture

We have acted as legal counsel ( advocaat ) in The Netherlands on the instructions of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. (the “ Issuers ”) for the purpose of rendering a legal opinion as to certain matters of Dutch law in connection with the replacement of the USD 800,000,000 4.5% Senior Notes Due 2020 which were issued under an indenture dated 2 October 2012, containing a guarantee in Section 10 ( Guarantee ) granted by, amongst others, the Dutch Guarantors (as defined below) for the benefit of each holder of a note, and made between the Issuers, the Dutch Guarantors, and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York as trustee (the “ Indenture ”) and certain other documents in relation thereto listed in Schedule 1 ( Documents and Enquiries ) hereto.

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

1.1 Defined terms and interpretation

In this opinion letter (the “ Opinion Letter ”):

 

  1.1.1 Dutch Guarantors ” means:

 

  (a) The Nielsen Company B.V., registered as a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

     55-40077522

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP IS A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP REGISTERED IN ENGLAND AND WALES UNDER NUMBER 0C323571. THE FIRM’S REGISTERED OFFICE AND PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS AT 10 UPPER BANK STREET, LONDON, E14 5JJ. A LIST OF THE MEMBERS IS OPEN TO INSPECTION AT THIS OFFICE. THE FIRM USES THE WORD “PARTNER” TO REFER TO A MEMBER OF CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP OR AN EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT WITH EQUIVALENT STANDING AND QUALIFICATIONS. CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP IS REGISTERED IN THE NETHERLANDS WITH THE COMMERCIAL REGISTER OF THE CHAMBERS OF COMMERCE UNDER NUMBER 34360401.

 


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands having its seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Haarlem, The Netherlands, with the trade register ( handelsregister ) of the Dutch Chambers of Commerce, which registration is administrated by the Chamber of Commerce for Amsterdam (the “ Amsterdam Chamber ”) under number 34036267 (“ Nielsen Company ”);

 

  (b) VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., registered as a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands having its seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Haarlem, The Netherlands, with the trade register ( handelsregister ) of the Dutch Chambers of Commerce, which registration is administrated by the Amsterdam Chamber under number 34250807 (“ VNU Intermediate Holding ”);

 

  (c) Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., registered as a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands having its seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, with the trade register ( handelsregister ) of the Dutch Chambers of Commerce, which registration is administrated by the Amsterdam Chamber under number 34229180 (“ Nielsen H&F ”);

 

  (d) VNU International B.V., registered as a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands having its seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Haarlem, The Netherlands, with the trade register ( handelsregister ) of the Dutch Chambers of Commerce, which registration is administrated by the Amsterdam Chamber under number 34060927 (“ VNU International ”); and

 

  (e) AGB Nielsen Media Research B.V., registered as a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands having its seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Haarlem, The Netherlands, with the trade register ( handelsregister ) of the Dutch Chambers of Commerce, which registration is administrated by the Amsterdam Chamber under number 34151003 (“ AGB Nielsen Media Research ”);

 

  1.1.2 terms defined or given a particular construction in the Indenture have the same meaning in this Opinion Letter unless a contrary indication appears;

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 2 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

 

  1.1.3 headings in this Opinion Letter are for ease of reference only and shall not affect its interpretation; and

 

  1.1.4 references to paragraphs or Schedules are references to the relevant paragraph of or Schedule to this Opinion Letter, unless a contrary indication appears.

 

1.2 Legal review

For the purpose of issuing this Opinion Letter we have reviewed only the documents listed in Schedule 1 ( Documents and Enquiries ) and we have undertaken only the searches and enquiries listed in Schedule 1 ( Documents and Enquiries ).

 

1.3 Applicable law

This Opinion Letter, including all claims and actions arising therefrom or in connection therewith, as well as the opinions given in it, are governed by Dutch law.

 

1.4 The Netherlands

For the purpose of this Opinion Letter, where reference is made to the laws of The Netherlands or to The Netherlands in a geographical sense this should be read as:

 

  (a) a reference to the laws as in effect in that part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands ( Koninkrijk der Nederlanden ) that is located in continental Europe ( Europees gedeelte van Nederland ); and

 

  (b) a reference to the geographical part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands that is located in continental Europe,

excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any overseas nations forming part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands (such as Aruba, Curacao and St. Maarten) and any overseas special public bodies of the Kingdom of The Netherlands (such as Saba, St. Eustatius and Bonaire) and their respective laws and regulations.

 

1.5 Assumptions and reservations

The opinions given in this Opinion Letter are given on the basis of the assumptions set out in Schedule 2 ( Assumptions ) and are subject to the reservations set out in Schedule 3 ( Reservations ). The opinions given in this Opinion Letter are strictly limited to the matters stated in paragraph 2 ( Opinions ) and do not extend to any other matters.

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 3 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

2. OPINIONS

We are of the following opinion:

 

2.1 Corporate existence

Each of the Dutch Guarantors is registered as a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) under Dutch law and has the corporate power to enter into the Indenture and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under the Indenture.

 

2.2 Power and authority

All corporate action required to authorise the execution by each of the Dutch Guarantors of the Indenture and the exercise by it of its rights and the performance by it of its obligations under the Indenture has been duly taken.

 

2.3 Due execution

The Indenture has been duly executed by each Dutch Guarantor.

 

2.4 Legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Dutch Guarantors in the Indenture constitute its legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

2.5 Conflict with Articles of Association and laws

Neither the execution by the Dutch Guarantors of the Indenture nor the performance by each Dutch Guarantor of its obligations thereunder conflicts with (i) their respective Articles of Association or (ii) any law of The Netherlands to which the Dutch Guarantors are subject, which would make the Indenture or parts thereof null and void or subject the Indenture to nullification or avoidance in The Netherlands.

 

3. LIMITS OF OPINION

The opinions set out in this Opinion Letter are given only with respect to Dutch law in force as at the date hereof (excluding unpublished case law), excluding tax law, competition law and the law of the European Union to the extent not directly applicable in The Netherlands, except to the extent expressly opined on herein. We express no opinion on matters of fact or any commercial, accounting or other non-legal matter. Furthermore, we express no opinion in respect of any representations and warranties or other statements contained in the Indenture.

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 4 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

4. ADDRESSEES AND PURPOSE

This Opinion Letter is provided in connection with the Indenture. It may not, without our prior written consent, be relied upon for any other purpose or be disclosed to or relied upon by any other person.

As this Opinion Letter is furnished by us in connection with the filing of the registration statement and we hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the registration statement of the Form S–4 of the Issuers filed with the United Stated Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) and to the references to us in the registration statement. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulation of the SEC thereunder; and, except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, may not be (in whole or in part) used, copied, circulated or relied upon by any party or for any other purpose without our written consent.

Yours faithfully,

/s/ C.J. Kothe

C.J. Kothe

Advocaat

Clifford Chance LLP

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 5 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

Schedule 1

DOCUMENTS AND ENQUIRIES

 

1. INDENTURE

A scanned copy, received by e-mail, of the Indenture.

 

2. CORPORATE DOCUMENTS

 

2.1 Extracts

 

  (a) A copy, received by e-mail, of an extract ( uittreksel ) dated 10 June 2013 from the Amsterdam Chamber relating to the registration of Nielsen Company and confirmed to us by the Amsterdam Chamber by telephone on the date hereof to have remained unaltered since such date (the “ Nielsen Company Extract ”).

 

  (b) A copy, received by e-mail, of an extract ( uittreksel ) dated 10 June 2013 from the Amsterdam Chamber relating to the registration of VNU Intermediate Holding and confirmed to us by the Amsterdam Chamber by telephone on the date hereof to have remained unaltered since such date (the “ VNU Intermediate Holding Extract ”).

 

  (c) A copy, received by e-mail, of an extract ( uittreksel ) dated 10 June 2013 from the Amsterdam Chamber relating to the registration of Nielsen H&F and confirmed to us by the Amsterdam Chamber by telephone on the date hereof to have remained unaltered since such date (the “ Nielsen H&F Extract ”).

 

  (d) A copy, received by e-mail, of an extract ( uittreksel ) dated 10 June 2013 from the Amsterdam Chamber relating to the registration of VNU International and confirmed to us by the Amsterdam Chamber by telephone on the date hereof to have remained unaltered since such date (the “ VNU International Extract ”).

 

  (e) A copy, received by e-mail, of an extract ( uittreksel ) dated 10 June 2013 from the Amsterdam Chamber relating to the registration of AGB Nielsen Media Research and confirmed to us by the Amsterdam Chamber by telephone on the date hereof to have remained unaltered since such date (the “ AGB Nielsen Media Research Extract ”).

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 6 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

2.2 Articles of Association

 

  (a) A copy, received by e-mail, of the articles of association ( statuten ) of Nielsen Company, as, according to the Nielsen Company Extract, they stand since their amendment on 8 February 2007.

 

  (b) A copy, received by e-mail, of the articles of association ( statuten ) of VNU Intermediate Holding, as, according to the VNU Intermediate Holding Extract, they stand since VNU Intermediate Holding’s incorporation.

 

  (c) A copy, received by e-mail, of the articles of association ( statuten ) of Nielsen H&F, as, according to the Nielsen H&F Extract, they stand since their amendment on 4 August 2011.

 

  (d) A copy, received by e-mail, of the articles of association ( statuten ) of VNU International, as, according to the VNU International Extract, they stand since their amendment on 31 May 2006.

 

  (e) A copy, received by e-mail, of the articles of association ( statuten ) of AGB Nielsen Media Research, as, according to the AGB Nielsen Media Research Extract, they stand since their amendment on 19 December 2008.

The documents referred to in paragraphs 2.2 (a) up to and including 2.2 (e) of this Schedule are together referred to as the “ Articles of Association ”.

 

2.3 Resolutions and Powers of Attorney

Management Board Resolutions

 

  (a) signed written resolutions of the board of managing directors of Nielsen Company, received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, the entering into the Indenture by Nielsen Company and the transactions contemplated thereby and granting power of attorney to each of Mr. H. Black, Mr. J. Cuminale, Mr. M. Elias and Mr. M.J.B. Rutte (the “ Attorneys ”, and each of them an “ Attorney ”), acting individually, inter alia , to sign, execute and deliver, amongst others, the Indenture (the “ Nielsen Company Board Resolutions ”);

 

  (b) signed written resolutions of the board of managing directors of VNU Intermediate Holding, received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, the entering into the Indenture by VNU Intermediate Holding and the transactions contemplated thereby and granting power of attorney to each of the Attorneys, acting individually, inter alia , to sign, execute and deliver, amongst others, the Indenture (the “ VNU Intermediate Holding Board Resolutions ”);

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 7 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

  (c) signed written resolutions of the board of managing directors of Nielsen H&F, received on 28 September 2012 (the “ Nielsen H&F Board Resolutions ”), approving, amongst others, the entering into the Indenture by Nielsen H&F and the transactions contemplated thereby and granting power of attorney to each of the Attorneys, acting individually, inter alia , to sign, execute and deliver, amongst others, the Indenture (the “ Nielsen H&F Board Resolutions ”);

 

  (d) signed written resolutions of the board of managing directors of VNU International, received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, the entering into the Indenture by VNU International and the transactions contemplated thereby and granting power of attorney to each of the Attorneys, acting individually, inter alia , to sign, execute and deliver, amongst others, the Indenture (the “ VNU International Board Resolutions ”);

 

  (e) signed written resolutions of the board of managing directors of AGB Nielsen Media Research, received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, the entering into the Indenture by AGB Nielsen Media Research and the transactions contemplated thereby and granting power of attorney to each of the Attorneys, acting individually, inter alia , to sign, execute and deliver, amongst others, the Indenture (the “ AGB Nielsen Media Research Board Resolutions ”);

Supervisory Board Resolutions

 

  (f) minutes of a meeting dated 18 September 2012 of the board of supervisory directors of Nielsen Company, received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, (a) the entering into of, amongst others, the Indenture and the transactions contemplated thereby and (b) the Nielsen Company Board Resolutions; (the “ Nielsen Company Supervisory Board Resolutions ”);

Shareholders Resolutions

 

  (g) signed written resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders of Nielsen Company received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, (a) the entering into of, amongst others, the Indenture and the transactions contemplated thereby and (b) the Nielsen Company Board Resolutions; (the “ Nielsen Company Shareholders Resolutions ”);

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 8 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

 

  (h) signed written resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders of VNU Intermediate Holding, received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, (a) the entering into of, amongst others, the Indenture and the transactions contemplated thereby and (b) the VNU Intermediate Holding Board Resolutions; (the “ VNU Intermediate Holding Shareholders Resolutions ”);

 

  (i) signed written resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders of Nielsen H&F, received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, (a) the entering into of, amongst others, the Indenture and the transactions contemplated thereby and (b) the Nielsen H&F Board Resolutions; (the “ Nielsen H&F Shareholders Resolutions ”);

 

  (j) signed written resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders of VNU International, received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, (a) the entering into of, amongst others, the Indenture and the transactions contemplated thereby and (b) the VNU International Board Resolutions; (the “ VNU International Shareholders Resolutions ”); and

 

  (k) signed written resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders of AGB Nielsen Media Research, received on 28 September 2012, approving, amongst others, (a) the entering into of, amongst others, the Indenture and the transactions contemplated thereby and (b) the AGB Nielsen Media Research Board Resolutions; (the “ AGB Nielsen Media Research Shareholders Resolutions ”)

The documents referred to under 2.3 (a) up to and including 2.3 (k) are jointly referred to as the “ Resolutions ”. The powers of attorney granted in the documents referred to under 2.3 (a) up to 2.3 (e) are jointly being referred to as the “ Powers of Attorney ”.

The documents referred to under paragraph 2.1 up to and including 2.3 of this Schedule are also referred to as the “ Corporate Documents ”.

 

3. ENQUIRIES

 

  (a) An enquiry by telephone was made at the Amsterdam Chamber on the date hereof at 09:37 hours (CET) in respect of each Dutch Guarantor.

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 9 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

  (b) An enquiry by telephone was made at the bankruptcy chamber of the civil law section ( Sector Civiel Recht ) of the relevant courts of first instance on the date hereof at 09:42 hours (CET) in respect of each Dutch Guarantor.

 

  (c) An online enquiry was made at the website of the EU Insolvency register ( EU Insolventieregister ) maintained with the court of first instance of The Hague on the date hereof at 09:45 hours (CET) in respect of each Dutch Guarantor.

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 10 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

Schedule 2

ASSUMPTIONS

The opinions in this Opinion Letter have been given on the following assumptions:

 

1. ORIGINAL AND GENUINE DOCUMENTATION

 

  (a) All signatures are genuine, all original documents are authentic and all copy documents are complete and conform to the originals.

 

  (b) The Indenture and Corporate Documents have been executed on the date specified in those documents by all parties to it in the form examined by us.

 

2. PARTIES OTHER THAN THE DUTCH GUARANTORS

 

  (a) Each party to the Indenture (other than the Dutch Guarantors) is duly incorporated and validly existing and has the capacity to enter into and to exercise its rights and to perform its obligations under the Indenture to which it is expressed to be a party and there is nothing under applicable laws that would prevent this.

 

  (b) Each party to the Indenture (other than the Dutch Guarantors) has duly executed the Indenture.

 

3. CORPORATE AUTHORITY OF THE DUTCH GUARANTORS

 

  (a) The Resolutions of each Dutch Guarantor were duly adopted in accordance with the Articles of Association of the relevant Dutch Guarantor and at the date hereof the Corporate Documents are accurate, have not been amended or rescinded, are in full force and effect and all matters stated therein are true.

 

  (b) None of the managing directors of the Dutch Guarantors has a conflict of interests with the relevant Dutch Guarantors in respect of the Indenture that would preclude them from validly representing the Dutch Guarantors. Although not providing conclusive evidence this assumption is supported by the confirmation in the relevant Board Resolution that the managing directors do not have a conflict of interest.

 

  (c) The Indenture has been executed on behalf of the Dutch Guarantors by Mr. M.J.B. Rutte acting individually as attorney of the Dutch Guarantors pursuant to the Powers of Attorney.

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 11 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

 

  (d) Under the laws governing the existence and extent of the Powers of Attorney towards third parties (as determined pursuant to the rules of the The Hague Convention on the Laws Applicable to Agency of 14 March 1978 (as may be amended)), if other than Dutch law, such Powers of Attorney authorised the relevant attorney to create binding obligations for the relevant Dutch Guarantor towards the parties with whom such attorney will act or has acted.

 

  (e) All of the requirements of the Dutch Works Council Act ( Wet op de ondernemingsraden ) have been complied with. Although not providing conclusive evidence this assumption is supported by the confirmation contained in the Board Resolutions that there are no works councils with jurisdiction over the transactions as contemplated by the Indenture.

 

  (f) The centre of main interests (as referred to in Regulation (EC) No. 1346/2000 of the Council of 29 May 2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (as may be amended) (the “ EU Insolvency Regulation ”)) of each of the Dutch Guarantors is located in The Netherlands and none of the Dutch Guarantors has or will have an “establishment” (as defined in the EU Insolvency Regulation) in any other member state of the European Union.

 

  (g) Each Dutch Guarantor is in compliance with the Dutch Act on the Financial Supervision ( Wet op het financieel toezicht ) (the “ AFS ”) and any regulations issued pursuant thereto.

 

  (h) None of the Dutch Guarantors has been dissolved ( ontbonden ), granted a suspension of payments ( surseance van betaling verleend ), granted a preliminary suspension of payments ( voorlopige surseance van betaling verleend ) or declared bankrupt ( failliet verklaard ). Although not constituting conclusive evidence thereof, this assumption is supported by the searches and enquiries undertaken by us as listed in Schedule 1 ( Documents and Enquiries ).

 

  (i) All parties entered into the Indenture for bona fide commercial reasons and the terms of the Indenture are bona fide arms’ length commercial terms.

 

4. INDENTURE

 

  (a) The Indenture constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of all parties thereto (including the Dutch Guarantors) enforceable in accordance with its terms under the laws by which it is expressed to be governed and any other relevant laws (except for Dutch law).

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 12 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

 

  (b) The choice of law contained in the Indenture is a valid and binding selection and the submission by the Dutch Guarantors in the Indenture to the courts named therein is valid and binding under the laws by which the Indenture is expressed to be governed and any other relevant laws (except for Dutch law).

 

  (c) Insofar as any obligation of a Dutch Guarantor under the Indenture falls to be performed in any jurisdiction outside The Netherlands, such performance will not be illegal or ineffective under the laws of that jurisdiction.

 

5. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  (a) Save for those documents listed in Schedule 1 ( Documents and Enquiries ), there is no other agreement, instrument or other arrangement between any of the parties to the Indenture which modifies or supersedes the Indenture.

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 13 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

Schedule 3

RESERVATIONS

The opinions in this Opinion Letter are subject to the following qualifications.

 

1. LIMITATIONS ARISING FROM INSOLVENCY LAW

The opinions set out in this Opinion Letter are subject to any limitations arising from bankruptcy ( faillissement ), suspension of payments ( surseance van betaling ), preliminary suspension of payments ( voorlopige surseance van betaling ), voidable preference (Pauliana ) and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors or secured creditors generally.

 

2. ENFORCEABILITY

 

  (a) The terms “ enforceable ”, “ enforceability ”, “ valid ”, “ legal ”, “ binding ” and “ effective ” (or any combination thereof) where used above, mean that the obligations assumed by the relevant party under the relevant document are of a type which Dutch law generally recognises and enforces; they do not mean that these obligations will necessarily be enforced in all circumstances in accordance with their terms. In particular, enforcement before the courts of The Netherlands will in any event be subject to:

 

  (i) the degree to which the relevant obligations are enforceable under their governing law (if other than Dutch law);

 

  (ii) the nature of the remedies available in the Dutch courts (and nothing in this Opinion Letter must be taken as indicating that specific performance or injunctive relief would be available as remedies for the enforcement of such obligations);

 

  (iii) the acceptance of such courts of jurisdiction and the power of such courts to stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere;

 

  (iv) prescription or limitation periods (within which suits, actions or proceedings must be brought); and

 

  (v) the availability of defences such as, without limitation, set-off (unless validly waived), fraud, duress, error, force majeure , unforeseen circumstances, misrepresentation, undue influence, abatement and counter-claim.

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 14 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

 

  (b) The validity and enforceability of the obligations of each Dutch Guarantor under the Indenture may be successfully contested by such Dutch Guarantor (or its receiver in bankruptcy ( faillissement )) on the basis of article 2:7 Dutch Civil Code ( Burgerlijk Wetboek ), if both (i) the execution of the Indenture is not within the scope of the objects of the relevant Dutch Guarantor ( doeloverschrijding ) and (ii) the counterparty of the relevant Dutch Guarantor under the Indenture knew or ought to have known (without enquiry) of this fact.

 

  (c) The validity and enforceability of the obligations of each Dutch Guarantor under the Indenture may be successfully contested by its creditors if such obligation is prejudicial to the interests of such creditors (and the other requirements for voidable preference ( Pauliana ) are met).

 

  (d) To the extent that any assets owned by the Dutch Guarantors have a public utility function, seizure of these assets is prohibited by virtue of articles 436 and 703 Dutch Code of Civil Procedure ( Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering ). No attachments may be made on books with records required for a Dutch Guarantor’s business.

 

  (e) Dutch substantive law does not have a concept or doctrine identical to the Anglo-American concept of “trust”. This may have adverse consequences in relation to any provision in the Indenture requiring a Dutch Guarantor to hold property or money on trust in The Netherlands. Nevertheless, any trust validly created under its governing law by the Indenture will be recognised by the courts of The Netherlands in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of the The Hague Convention on the Law Applicable to Trusts and on their Recognition of 1 July 1985 (as may be amended).

 

3. POWER OF ATTORNEY

Under Dutch law, each power of attorney or mandate, whether or not irrevocable, granted by a Dutch Guarantor in the Indenture and Corporate Documents, will terminate by operation of law and without notice upon the bankruptcy ( faillissement ) of such Dutch Guarantor and can only be effectively exercised with the co-operation of the court-appointed administrator ( bewindvoerder ) in the event of such being granted a suspension of payments ( surseance van betaling verleend ) or a preliminary suspension of payments ( voorlopige surseance van betaling verleend ). This qualification would also apply to the extent that the appointment by the Dutch Guarantors of a process agent were to constitute a power of attorney or a mandate.

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 15 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

 

4. REGULATORY

 

  (a) If a party to the Indenture is controlled by or otherwise connected with a person, organisation or (is itself resident in) a country, which is the subject of sanctions of the United Nations or the European Community, or the subject of sanctions of The Netherlands implemented or effective under the Dutch Sanction Act 1977 ( Sanctiewet 1977 ), the Dutch Economic Offences Act ( Wet op de economische delicten ), the Dutch General Customs Act ( Algemene Douanewet ) or the AFS, or is otherwise the target of any such sanctions, then the obligations of the Dutch Guarantors to that party, or if that party is a Dutch Guarantor, the obligations of that Dutch Guarantor, under the Indenture may be unenforceable, void or otherwise affected.

 

  (b) Each of the Dutch Guarantors may be appointed by, and in such case obliged to comply with all notification and registration requirements of, the Dutch Central Bank ( De Nederlandsche Bank N.V. ) in connection with all payments to be made by the Dutch Guarantors under the Indenture to or from non–residents of The Netherlands in accordance with the General Reporting Instructions 2003 ( Rapportagevoorschriften betalingsbalansrapportages 2003 ) pursuant to the External Financial Relations Act 1994 ( Wet financiële betrekkingen buitenland 1994 ), although a failure to perform any of these formalities will not adversely affect the validity, effectiveness, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Indenture or any payment made or to be made thereunder.

 

5. DUTCH COURT PROCEEDINGS

 

  (a) Notwithstanding a contractual provision to the contrary, a competent court in The Netherlands may assume jurisdiction (i) pursuant to article 254 Dutch Code of Civil Procedure ( Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering ) in urgent matters, when, in view of the interests of the parties, provisional measures are required, (ii) in the context of an attachment against any of the Dutch Guarantors or any of their assets, and (iii) if the defendant enters appearance and does not contest the jurisdiction prior to defences relating to the merits and, if Section 1 ( eerste afdeling ) Title 1 Book 1 of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure applies, there is a reasonable ground for jurisdiction of such Dutch court.

 

  (b)

Pursuant to Rome I, the relevant court in The Netherlands (i) may give effect to mandatory provisions (i.e. provisions the respect for which is regarded as crucial for a country for safeguarding its public interests, such as its political,

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 16 -    55-40077522


LOGO

  

CLIFFORD CHANCE LLP

ADVOCATEN SOLICITORS NOTARIS

BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

  social or economic organisation, to such an extent that they are applicable to any situation falling within their scope, irrespective of the law otherwise applicable to the Indenture (article 9 subsection 1 Rome I)) of the law of the country where the obligations arising out of the Indenture have to be or have been performed, insofar as those overriding mandatory provisions render the performance of the contract unlawful (article 9 subsection 3 Rome I), (ii) may apply the overriding mandatory provisions of Dutch law; (iii) may refuse to apply the choice of law in the Indenture if such application is manifestly incompatible with the public policy of The Netherlands (article 21 Rome I) and (iv) shall have regard to the law of the country in which performance takes place in relation to the manner of performance and the steps to be taken in the event of defective performance (article 12 subsection 2 Rome I).

 

  (c) The enforcement of the Indenture and of any foreign judgments in The Netherlands will be subject to the rules of civil procedure as applied by the courts in The Netherlands.

 

  (d) A Dutch court may decline jurisdiction if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

 

 

92955-3-225-v3.0

  - 17 -    55-40077522

Exhibit 5.3

 

LOGO   

CLIFFORD CHANCE

2-4 PLACE DE PARIS

B.P. 1147

L-1011 LUXEMBOURG

GRAND-DUCHÉ DE LUXEMBOURG

 

TEL +352 48 50 50 1

FAX +352 48 13 85

 

www.cliffordchance.com

 

 

CLIFFORD CHANCE OPINION LETTER

(LUXEMBOURG LAW)

GUARANTEE PROVIDED BY THE NIELSEN

COMPANY (LUXEMBOURG) S.À R.L. IN RELATION

TO USD 800,000,000 4.500% SENIOR NOTES DUE

2020 ISSUED BY NIELSEN FINANCE LLC AND

NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

 

 

 


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page
1.   Introduction    1
2.   Opinions    3
3.   No Insolvency Proceedings    4
4.   Scope of Opinion    4
5.   Addressees And Purpose    5
Schedule 1 Definitions    6
Schedule 2 Luxembourg Guarantor    8
Schedule 3 Documents    9
Schedule 4 Assumptions    10
Schedule 5 Reservations    13

 

- i -


   

Our reference: 55-4007522

Claudie.Grisius@cliffordchance.com

 

To:   Nielsen Finance LLC

Nielsen Finance Co.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

 

19 June 2013

Together the “ Addressees ” or the “ Issuers

Dear Sirs

Guarantee provided by The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. in relation to USD 800,000,000 4.500% Senior Notes due 2020 issued by Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co.

We have acted as Luxembourg legal advisers of The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. (the “ Luxembourg Guarantor ”) in relation to the filing of the Form S-4 Registration Statement by the Issuers with the SEC in connection with the offer to exchange the current USD 800,000,000 4.500% Senior Notes due 2020 (together the “ Current Notes ” and each individually a “ Current Note ”), which were issued by the Issuers on 2 October 2012 pursuant to the Indenture and guaranteed by the Guarantors (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, the Luxembourg Guarantor) in accordance with article 10 thereof, with new notes (the “ Exchange Notes ”) to be issued under the existing Indenture with the same terms and conditions as the Current Notes (the “ Transaction ”).

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

  1.1 Document

The opinions given in this opinion letter (the “ Opinion Letter ”) relate to the following document entered into in connection with the Transaction (the “ Transaction Document ”):

 

  1.1.1 an executed copy of an indenture dated 2 October 2012 in relation to the issuance by the Issuers of the Current Notes entered into by and between the Issuers, the Guarantors (as such term is defined therein and which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, the Luxembourg Guarantor) and the Trustee, whereby pursuant to article 10 thereof the Guarantors, jointly and severally, unconditionally granted to each Holder of a Current Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee, and its successors and assigns, a guarantee with respect to the payment of principal, interest, premium and Additional Interest on the Current Notes (the “ Indenture ”).

 

- 1 -


19 June 2013

 

  1.2 Defined terms and Interpretation

Terms defined in the Transaction Document shall have the same meaning in this Opinion Letter, unless otherwise defined herein (and in particular in paragraph 1.1 ( Documents ) and in Schedule 1 ( Definitions )).

Headings in this Opinion Letter are for ease of reference only and shall not affect its interpretation.

In this Opinion Letter, Luxembourg legal concepts are expressed in English terms and not in their original French terms. The concepts concerned may not be identical to the concepts described by the same English terms as they exist under the laws of other jurisdictions. This Opinion Letter may therefore only be relied upon under the express condition that any issues of interpretation arising thereunder will be governed by Luxembourg law.

 

  1.3 Legal review

We have not reviewed any documents other than the Transaction Document and the Corporate Documents, and this Opinion Letter does not purport to address any legal issues that arise in relation to such other documents that may be or come into force between the Parties, even if there is a reference to any such documents in the Transaction Document or the Corporate Documents or on the impact such documents may have on the opinions expressed in this Opinion Letter.

 

  1.4 Applicable law

The opinions given in this Opinion Letter are confined to and given on the basis of Luxembourg law as currently applied by the Luxembourg courts as evidenced in published case-law. We have made no independent investigation of any other laws for the purpose of this Opinion Letter and do not express or imply any opinion in relation to any such laws. In particular, as Luxembourg qualified lawyers we are not qualified nor in a position to assess the meaning and consequences of the terms of the Transaction Document governed by or subject to a law other than Luxembourg law under the relevant foreign governing or applicable law and we have made no investigation into such laws as a basis for the opinions expressed hereafter and do not express or imply any opinion thereon, including in relation to any implied terms, statutory provisions referred to therein or any other consequences arising from the entry into or performance under such Transaction Document under such laws. Accordingly, our review of the Transaction Document (other than any documents governed by Luxembourg law) has been limited to the terms of such documents as they appear on the face thereof without reference to their respective governing laws or any other applicable law (other than Luxembourg law).

 

- 2 -


19 June 2013

 

The opinions given in this Opinion Letter are given on the basis that it is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Luxembourg and will be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of Luxembourg.

 

  1.5 Assumptions and reservations

The opinions given in this Opinion Letter are given on the basis of our understanding of the terms of the Transaction Document and the assumptions set out in Schedule 4 ( Assumptions ) and are subject to the reservations set out in Schedule 5 ( Reservations ) to this Opinion Letter. The opinions given in this Opinion Letter are strictly limited to the matters stated in paragraph 2 ( Opinions ) and do not extend to any other matters.

 

2. OPINIONS

We are of the opinion that:

 

  2.1 Corporate existence

The Luxembourg Guarantor is a company incorporated and existing in Luxembourg as a private limited liability company ( société à responsabilité limitée ).

 

  2.2 Capacity and Authorisation

 

  2.2.1 The Luxembourg Guarantor has the capacity and power to enter into of the Transaction Document and to perform its obligations under the Transaction Document.

 

  2.2.2 All necessary corporate action has been taken to enable the Luxembourg Guarantor validly to enter into and to perform their obligations under the Transaction Document.

 

  2.3 Due execution

The Transaction Document has been executed on behalf of the Luxembourg Guarantor by two of its Authorised Signatories and thus the Luxembourg Guarantor has validly executed the Transaction Document to which it is a party.

 

  2.4 No conflict

Neither the execution nor the delivery by the Luxembourg Guarantor of the Transaction Document nor the performance by the Luxembourg Guarantor of its obligations under the Transaction Document constitute a violation of its Constitutional Documents and the provisions of the Law on Commercial Companies applicable to it.

 

- 3 -


19 June 2013

 

  2.5 Legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Luxembourg Guarantor in the Transaction Document would, if analysed by a Luxembourg court in proceedings commenced in Luxembourg, be recognised by a Luxembourg court as its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

3. NO INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS

According to the Negative Certificate, no Judicial Decision opening Judicial Proceedings (including in particular bankruptcy ( faillite ), controlled management ( gestion contrôlée ), suspension of payments ( sursis de paiement ), arrangement with creditors ( concordat préventif de la faillite ) and judicial liquidation ( liquidation judiciaire ) proceedings) against the Luxembourg Guarantor has been registered with the RCS on the date stated therein. The Negative Certificate does not indicate whether a Judicial Decision has been taken or Judicial Proceedings have been opened. The registration of a Judicial Decision must be requested by the legally determined persons at the latest one month after the Judicial Decision has been rendered. As a consequence a delay exists between the moment where the event rendering the registration with the RCS necessary occurs and the actual registration of the Judicial Decision in the RCS. It may furthermore not be excluded that no registration has occurred during the legally prescribed period of one month if no request for registration has been made. As a consequence the Negative Certificate is not conclusive as to the opening and existence or not of Judicial Decisions or Judicial Proceedings and should not be relied upon as such. The Negative Certificate does, for the avoidance of doubt, not purport to indicate whether or not a petition or order for any of the Judicial Proceedings has been presented or made.

 

4. SCOPE OF OPINION

We have not been responsible for advising any party to the Transaction other than the Luxembourg Guarantor and the delivery of this Opinion Letter to any person other than the Luxembourg Guarantor does not evidence an existence of any such advisory duty on our behalf to such person.

We express no opinion as to any taxation matters generally or liability to tax which may arise or be suffered as a result of or in connection with the Transaction Document or the Transaction other than as mentioned in paragraph 2.10 ( Registration and documentary duties ) or on the impact which any tax laws may have on the opinions expressed in this Opinion Letter.

No opinion (except to the extent expressly opined upon herein) is expressed or implied in relation to the accuracy of any representation or warranty given by or concerning any of the parties to the Transaction Document or whether such parties or any of them have complied with or will comply with any covenant or undertaking given by them or any obligations binding upon them.

 

- 4 -


19 June 2013

 

This Opinion Letter does not contain any undertaking to update it or to inform the Addressees of any changes in the laws of Luxembourg or any other laws which would affect the content thereof in any manner.

 

5. ADDRESSEES AND PURPOSE

This Opinion Letter is provided in connection with the Transaction and is addressed to and is solely for the benefit of the Addressees.

As this Opinion Letter is furnished by us in connection with the filing of the registration statement and we hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S–4 Registration Statement of the Issuers filed with the SEC and to the references to us in the registration statement. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulation of the SEC thereunder; and, except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, may not be (in whole or in part) used, copied, circulated or relied upon by any party or for any other purpose without our written consent.

 

Yours faithfully,
CLIFFORD CHANCE
/s/ Claudie Grisius
Claudie Grisius
Avocat à la Cour

 

- 5 -


19 June 2013

 

SCHEDULE 1

DEFINITIONS

Authorised Signatories ” means the persons defined as such under the heading Board Resolutions in paragraph 2 of Schedule 3 ( Documents ).

Board Resolutions ” means the board resolutions listed under the heading Board Resolutions in paragraph 2 of Schedule 3 ( Documents ).

Constitutional Documents ” means the constitutional documents listed under the heading Constitutional Documents in paragraph 2 of Schedule 3 ( Documents ).

Corporate Documents ” means the documents listed in paragraph 2 of Schedule 3 ( Documents ).

Excerpt ” means the excerpt listed under the headings Excerpt in paragraph 2 of Schedule 3 ( Documents ).

Form S-4 Registration Statement ” means the registration statement on Form S-4 filed by the Issuers with the SEC in relation to the Exchange Notes.

Issuers ” means Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co.

Judicial Decision ” means any judicial decision opening Judicial Proceedings.

Judicial Proceedings ” means one of the judicial proceedings referred to in article 13, items 2 to 11 of the RCS Law, including in particular, bankruptcy ( faillite ), controlled management ( gestion contrôlée ), suspension of payments ( sursis de paiement ), arrangement with creditors ( concordat préventif de la faillite ) and judicial liquidation ( liquidation judiciaire ) proceedings.

Law on Commercial Companies ” means the Luxembourg law dated 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended.

Lugano Convention ” means the Lugano Convention of 30 October 2007 on jurisdiction and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters.

Luxembourg ” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Negative Certificate ” means all negative certificates listed under the heading Negative Certificates in paragraph 2 of Schedule 3 ( Documents ).

Other Party ” means each party to the Transaction Document other than the Luxembourg Guarantor.

Parties ” means all of the parties to the Transaction Document.

 

- 6 -


19 June 2013

 

RCS ” means the Luxembourg register of commerce and companies.

RCS Law ” means the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 relating to the register of commerce and companies as well as the accounting and the annual accounts of companies, as amended.

Regulation 1346/2000 ” means Council Regulation (EC) No 1346/2000 of 29 May 2000 on insolvency proceedings.

Regulation 44/2001 ” means Council Regulation (EC) No 44/2001 of 22 December 2000 on jurisdiction and the recognition and enforcement of judgements in civil and commercial matters.

Rome I Regulation ” means Council Regulation (EC) No 593/2008 of 17 June 2008 on the law applicable to contractual obligations.

Rome II Regulation ” means Council Regulation (EC) No 864/2007 of 11 July 2007 on the law applicable to non-contractual obligations.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Trustee ” means Law Debenture Trust Company of New York.

 

- 7 -


19 June 2013

 

SCHEDULE 2

LUXEMBOURG GUARANTOR

The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. , a private limited liability company ( société à responsabilité limitée ) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg with a share capital of USD 16,433.75, having its registered office at 65, Boulevard Grande-Duchesse Charlotte, L-1331 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the RCS under number B 155.591.

 

- 8 -


19 June 2013

 

SCHEDULE 3

DOCUMENTS

We have reviewed only the following documents for the purposes of this Opinion Letter.

 

1. TRANSACTION AND ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS

 

  (a) An executed copy of the Transaction Document.

 

2. CORPORATE DOCUMENTS

 

  (a) Constitutional Documents

A copy of its coordinated articles of association dated 22 December 2010.

 

  (b) Board Resolutions

A copy of the minutes of the meeting of its board of managers held on 27 September 2012 and during which its board of managers has adopted resolutions approving and ratifying the terms of the Transaction Document and authorising each Manager and any of Harris Black, and/or James Cuminale, and/or Michael Elias, each acting individually (the “ Authorised Signatories ”) to execute the Transaction Document on its behalf.

 

  (c) Excerpt

An excerpt from the RCS dated 19 June 2013.

 

  (d) Negative Certificate

A certificate from the RCS dated 19 June 2013 stating that as of 18 June 2013, no Judicial Decision has been registered with the RCS by application of article 13, items 2 to 11 and 13 and article 14 of the RCS Law, according to which the Luxembourg Guarantor would be subject to Judicial Proceedings.

 

- 9 -


19 June 2013

 

SCHEDULE 4

ASSUMPTIONS

The opinions expressed in this Opinion Letter have been made on the following assumptions which are made both on the date of this Opinion Letter and on the date where the Transactions Document has been entered into and for any time period in between such dates.

 

1. ORIGINAL AND GENUINE DOCUMENTATION

 

  (a) All signatures are genuine, all original documents are authentic and all copy documents are complete and conform to the originals.

 

  (b) Any document listed in Schedule 3 ( Documents ) has been duly executed on the date specified in that document by all parties to it.

 

  (c) The Transaction Document has been executed in the form of the execution copies reviewed by us.

 

2. OTHER PARTIES

 

  (a) Each Other Party is duly incorporated or organised and validly existing.

 

  (b) Each Other Party has validly entered into the Transaction Document to which it is a party.

 

3. FOREIGN LAWS

 

  (a) All obligations under the Transaction Document are valid, legally binding upon, validly perfected where required, and enforceable against, the Parties as a matter of all relevant laws (other than, but only to the extent opined upon herein, the laws of Luxembourg), most notably the expressed governing law, and the choice of such governing law is valid and enforceable as a matter of that governing law and all other laws (other than, but only to the extent opined upon herein, Luxembourg law), and there is no provision of the laws of any relevant jurisdiction (other than, but only to the extent opined upon herein, Luxembourg) that would have a bearing on the foregoing.

 

  (b) All acts, conditions or things required to be fulfilled, performed or effected in connection with the Transaction Document under the laws of any jurisdiction other than Luxembourg have been duly fulfilled, performed and effected.

 

  (c) There are no provisions of the laws of any jurisdiction other than Luxembourg that would adversely affect the opinions expressed in this Opinion Letter.

 

- 10 -


19 June 2013

 

4. CORPORATE MATTERS

 

  (a) There have been no amendments to the Constitutional Documents.

 

  (b) The Excerpt is true, accurate and up to date both on the date of this Opinion and on the date on which the Board Resolutions have been adopted.

 

  (c) The Negative Certificate is correct and up-to-date and all decisions and acts, the publication of which is required by applicable laws (including the RCS Law and the Law on Commercial Companies) have been duly registered within the applicable legal time periods with the RCS.

 

  (d) The Board Resolutions have been validly taken and all statements made therein are true, accurate and up-to-date.

 

  (e) The Board Resolutions have not been amended or rescinded and are in full force and effect.

 

  (f) The Luxembourg Guarantor is not subject to bankruptcy ( faillite ), controlled management ( gestion contrôlée ), suspension of payments ( sursis de paiement ), arrangement with creditors ( concordat préventif de la faillite ), court ordered liquidation ( liquidation judiciaire ) or reorganisation, voluntary dissolution or liquidation ( dissolution ou liquidation volontaire ) or any similar procedure affecting the rights of creditors generally, whether under Luxembourg or any other law.

 

  (g) The place of the central administration ( siège de l’administration centrale ) and the centre of main interests of the Luxembourg Guarantor is located at its registered office ( siège statutaire ) in Luxembourg and the Luxembourg Guarantor does not have an establishment outside Luxembourg (each such terms as defined respectively in the Regulation 1346/2000 or domestic Luxembourg law).

 

  (h) There is no abuse of trust or abuse of corporate assets in connection with the Transaction Document.

 

  (i) The entry into, the execution of and the performance under the Transaction Document is in the corporate interest of the Luxembourg Guarantor.

 

  (j) The Parties entered into the Transaction Document with bona fide commercial intent, at arm’s length and without any fraudulent intent or any intention to deprive of any benefit any other persons or parties (including creditors) or to breach or circumvent any applicable mandatory laws or regulations of any jurisdiction.

 

- 11 -


19 June 2013

 

5. NO OTHER DOCUMENTS

Save for those listed in Schedule 3 ( Documents ), there is no other agreement, instrument or other arrangement between any of the Parties which modifies or supersedes any of the Transaction Document.

 

- 12 -


19 June 2013

 

SCHEDULE 5

RESERVATIONS

The opinions expressed in this Opinion Letter are subject to the following reservations.

 

1. LIMITATIONS ARISING FROM INSOLVENCY LAW

The rights and obligations of the Parties under the Transaction Document may be limited and the opinions expressed in this Opinion Letter may be affected by general principles and specific provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, reconstruction or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally. In particular, but without limitation, it is to be noted that:

 

  (a) during a gestion contrôlée (controlled management) procedure under the Grand-Ducal decree dated 24 May 1935 on the procedure of gestion contrôlée , the rights of secured creditors are frozen until a final decision has been taken by the court as to the petition for controlled management and may be affected thereafter by any reorganisation order given by the competent court. Furthermore, declarations of default and subsequent acceleration (such as an acceleration upon the occurrence of an event of default) will not be enforceable against reorganisation or liquidation orders given by a court, subject in each case to any exceptions established under Regulation 1346/2000 where applicable;

 

  (b) the effects of Luxembourg insolvency proceedings opened over the Luxembourg Guarantor by a Luxembourg court would apply to all assets wherever situated, including assets located or deemed to be located outside Luxembourg, (except insofar Regulation 1346/2000 establishes any exceptions) and as a matter of Luxembourg law, the Luxembourg bankruptcy receiver appointed by the Luxembourg court would be empowered to take control over all assets of the Luxembourg Guarantor wherever situated, including property located abroad, upon the conditions and to the extent provided for under Luxembourg insolvency laws and, with respect to the scope of Regulation 1346/2000, upon the terms thereof;

 

  (c) the powers of any receivers appointed by virtue of any of the Transaction Document would not be recognised by Luxembourg courts; and

 

  (d) any power of attorney and mandate, as well as any other agency provisions granted and all appointments of agents made by the Luxembourg Guarantor (including any appointments made by way of security), explicitly or by implication, will terminate by law and without notice upon the Luxembourg Guarantor’s bankruptcy ( faillite ) or judicial winding-up ( liquidation judiciaire ), and become ineffective upon the Luxembourg Guarantor entering controlled management and suspension of payments ( gestion contrôlée et sursis de paiement ) (in both cases except in very limited circumstances).

 

- 13 -


19 June 2013

 

2. ENFORCEABILITY OF CLAIMS

 

  (a) The rights and obligations of the Parties under the Transaction Document may be limited by general principles of criminal law, including but not limited to criminal freezing orders.

 

  (b) Periods of grace for the performance of its obligations may be granted by the courts to a debtor who has acted in good faith.

 

  (c) Rights may not be exercised in an abusive manner, and a Party may be denied the right to invoke a contractual right if so doing was abusive.

 

  (d) Specific creditors benefit from privileged rights by virtue of Luxembourg law and may take precedence over the rights of other secured or unsecured creditors. For instance, the Luxembourg tax authorities, the Luxembourg social security institutions and the salaried employees benefit from a general privilege over movables in relation to specific claims determined by law; this general privilege in principle takes precedence over the privilege of any other secured creditors.

 

  (e) The remuneration of an agent or intermediary may be subject to review and reduction by a Luxembourg court if considered excessive in light of the circumstances.

 

  (f) Whilst, in the event of any proceedings being brought in a Luxembourg court in respect of a monetary obligation expressed to be payable in a currency other than Euro, a Luxembourg court would have power to give judgement expressed as an order to pay a currency other than Euro, enforcement of the judgement against any party in Luxembourg would be available only in Euro and for such purposes all claims or debts would be converted into Euro.

 

  (g) A contractual provision conferring or imposing a remedy, an obligation or penalty consequent upon default may not be fully enforceable if it were construed by a Luxembourg court as constituting an excessive pecuniary remedy.

 

  (h) Limitation of liability clauses will not be enforceable in case of willful default or gross negligence, or where the obligation that has been improperly performed was the central obligation ( obligation essentielle ) of the person protected by the limitation of liability clause.

 

  (i) Insofar as the laws of Luxembourg are concerned, provisions in the Transaction Document relating to the transfer or assignment of rights and obligations may require the execution of further documentation in order to be fully effective, as well as to ensure the transfer of any security interests attaching to the rights or obligations to be transferred or assigned.

 

- 14 -


19 June 2013

 

  (j) The enforcement of the Transaction Document and the rights and obligations of the parties thereto will be subject to the general statutory principles of Luxembourg law; remedies such as specific performance, the issue of an injunction or the termination for breach of contract are discretionary. Notwithstanding any agreement purporting to confer the availability of any remedy, such remedy may not be available where damages instead of specific performance or specific performance instead of termination for breach of contract are considered by the court to be an adequate alternative remedy. The enforcement of rights and obligations in an action before the Luxembourg courts is subject to Luxembourg rules of civil and commercial procedure.

 

  (k) Provisions of the Transaction Document providing for interest being payable in specified circumstances on due and payable interest may not be enforceable against a Luxembourg Guarantor before a Luxembourg court even if they are valid under the respective governing law.

 

  (l) Claims may become barred under the statute of limitations or may be or become subject to defences of set-off or counterclaim.

 

  (m) We express no opinion on the validity or enforceability of waivers granted for future rights or claims.

 

  (n) Any power of attorney (including if granted by way of security) expressed to be irrevocable and granted by or on behalf of the Luxembourg Guarantor may as a matter of Luxembourg law (which a court may also apply to powers granted by the Luxembourg Guarantor under foreign law), be subject to revocation or termination by or on behalf of the grantor despite its being expressed to be irrevocable, which causes the withdrawal of all powers to act on behalf of the grantor of the power of attorney.

 

  (o) The right of a party to recover attorney’s fees or other fees relating to the exercise or defence of its rights may be subject to limitations or may not be enforceable in accordance with its terms before a Luxembourg court or in Luxembourg court or enforcement proceedings.

 

  (p) Luxembourg courts may refuse to recognise the validity and enforceability of the powers of any receiver appointed by virtue of any of the Transaction Document or of any action taken by such receiver on behalf of the Luxembourg Guarantor.

 

- 15 -


19 June 2013

 

  (q) Non-petition clauses will not be recognized as valid and enforceable. According to Belgian legal writing, to which Luxembourg courts may turn for the analysis of the validity of non-petition covenants in the framework of the (potential) opening of Luxembourg insolvency proceedings, non-petition covenants could be considered null and void as being contrary to principles of public policy. There is currently no published case-law on this point under Luxembourg law.

 

3. TAXATION

In case of court proceedings in a Luxembourg court, or the presentation of the Transaction Document to an autorité constituée in Luxembourg, such court or autorité constituée may require registration of the Transaction Document or any agreements referred to therein, in which case such agreements and any agreement referred to therein will be subject to (depending on the nature of the agreements) ad valorem (such as for instance a registration duty of 0.24% calculated on the amounts mentioned in those agreements) or fixed (such as for instance a fixed duty of 12€ for a pledge) registration duties, such duties being payable by the party being ordered to register them.

 

4. CORPORATE MATTERS

By application of Article 203 of the Law on Commercial Companies, a company not respecting any provision of Luxembourg criminal law or the Luxembourg law applicable to commercial companies may be put into judicial dissolution and liquidation upon the application of the public prosecutor.

 

5. GOVERNING LAW

 

  (a) The Luxembourg courts would not apply a chosen foreign law if:

 

  (i) the choice was not made bona fide , or

 

  (ii) the foreign law was not pleaded and proved, or

 

  (iii) if pleaded and proved, such foreign law would be contrary to the mandatory rules of Luxembourg law or manifestly incompatible with Luxembourg public policy or public order.

 

  (b) A Luxembourg court may refuse to apply the chosen governing law in the following cases:

 

  (i) where all other elements relevant to the situation at the time that the Transaction Document was entered into are located in a country other than the country of the chosen governing law, to the extent the parties’ choice of governing law affects the application of the provisions of the law of that other country which cannot be derogated from by agreement, which the court may then apply;

 

- 16 -


19 June 2013

 

  (ii) if the overriding mandatory provisions ( lois de police ) of the law of the country where the obligations arising out of the Transaction Document have to be or have been performed, render the performance of the Transaction Document unlawful in such country, in which case it may apply such overriding mandatory provisions taking into account (in deciding such application) the nature and object of such laws, as well as the consequences of its application or non-application;

 

  (iii) regarding the means of enforcement and measures to be taken by a creditor in case of a default in performance, it may apply the law of the country in which performance is taking place; or

 

  (iv) if a party is subject to insolvency proceedings, in which case it would apply the insolvency laws of the jurisdiction in which such insolvency proceedings have been regularly opened to the effects of such insolvency except to the extent any exceptions are established by Regulation 1346/2000.

 

  (c) We express no opinion on any choice of law provisions in the Transaction Document relating to contractual obligations that do not fall within the scope of the Rome I Regulation and to non-contractual obligations that do not fall within the scope of the Rome II Regulation.

 

  (d) The determination of the governing law and the recognition of trusts by Luxembourg courts (whether or not one or more elements of the trust relationship or trust assets are located in Luxembourg) will be made in accordance with the Convention dated 1 July 1985 on the law applicable to trusts and their recognition (ratified by a law dated 27 July 2003 on trusts and fiduciary contracts) (the “ Hague Trusts Convention ”), to the extent the relevant trust comes within the scope thereof. The law chosen by the parties will in principle be recognised as governing law, and the effects of the trust (in particular the segregation of trust assets) will be recognised in accordance with the Hague Trusts Convention, subject to the exceptions established therein, including the non-recognition of the chosen governing law if the situation has a closer link with another jurisdiction which does not recognise trusts, the application of mandatory laws of Luxembourg and other jurisdictions in the matters referred to in Article 15 of the Hague Trusts Convention and the general exception of public order. In relation to the provision of any Transaction Document providing that a Luxembourg Guarantor shall hold on trust a certain assets received, the non-recognition of the trust under Luxembourg law would cause the purported beneficiaries to only have an unsecured claim against the Luxembourg Guarantor, which claim will rank pari passu with the claims of other unsecured creditors of the Luxembourg Guarantor.

 

- 17 -


19 June 2013

 

6. JURISDICTION

 

  (a) A Luxembourg court may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

 

  (b) Designation of jurisdiction of courts in the interest of one Party or one group of Parties only will not prevent those parties from bringing actions in any other court of competent jurisdiction or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction.

 

  (c) Jurisdiction clauses would not be enforceable in or binding on a Luxembourg court in relation to actions brought for non-contractual claims.

 

  (d) A final judgment (each, a “ New York Judgement ”) obtained in any New York State court or U.S. Federal court sitting in the State of New York (each, a “ New York Court ”) will be recognised and enforced by the courts of Luxembourg in accordance with general provisions of Luxembourg procedural law for the enforcement of foreign judgments originating from countries which are not bound by the Regulation 44/2001 or which are not signatories to the Brussels or the Lugano Convention on jurisdiction and the enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Pursuant to such rules, an enforceable judgment rendered by any New York Court based on contract would not directly be enforceable in Luxembourg. However, a party who obtains a judgment in a New York Court may initiate enforcement proceedings in Luxembourg ( exequatur ), by requesting enforcement of the New York Judgement from the District Court ( Tribunal d’Arrondissement ), pursuant to Section 678 of the New Luxembourg Code of Civil Procedure ( nouveau code de procedure civile ). The District Court will authorise the enforcement in Luxembourg of the New York Judgement, without re-examination of the merits, if it is satisfied that the following conditions are met:

 

  (i) the New York Judgement is enforceable ( exécutoire ) in New York;

 

  (ii) the jurisdiction of the New York Court is founded according to Luxembourg private international law rules and to the applicable domestic U.S. federal or State jurisdiction rules;

 

  (iii) the New York Court has applied to the dispute the substantive law which would have been applied by Luxembourg courts;

 

  (iv) the principles of natural justice have been complied with; and

 

  (v) the New York Judgement does not contravene Luxembourg international public policy.

 

- 18 -


19 June 2013

 

7. OTHER MATTERS

 

  (a) A contractual provision allowing the service of process against the Luxembourg Guarantor or any other third party appointed to such effect could be overridden by Luxembourg statutory provisions allowing the valid service of process against the Luxembourg Guarantor in accordance with applicable laws at their registered office. A provision allowing any other party to appoint a replacement process agent instead of the Luxembourg Guarantor would most likely not be enforceable in or the effects thereof recognised by a Luxembourg court.

 

  (b) We express no opinion on any notification obligation to the Banque Centrale de Luxembourg for statistical purposes which may arise from any payments under the Transaction Document.

 

  (c) The admissibility as evidence of the Transaction Document before a Luxembourg court or public authority to which the Transaction Document is produced will require that the Transaction Document be accompanied by a complete or partial translation into French or German and a Luxembourg court may always require that the parties produce the original of a Transaction Document on the basis of which a claim is made.

 

  (d) A discretion established in favour of one party by any of the Transaction Document will have to be exercised in a reasonable manner.

 

  (e) With respect to provisions under which determination of circumstances or certification by any party is stated or implied to be conclusive and binding upon each of the Luxembourg Guarantor, a Luxembourg court would be authorised to examine whether such determination occurred in good faith and may nevertheless request a party to provide further evidence.

 

  (f) All rights and obligations arising under the Transaction Document involving (i) the government of any country which is currently the subject of United Nations, the European Union or any other applicable sanctions (an “ Affected Country ”), (ii) any person or body resident in, incorporated in or constituted under the laws of any Affected Country, (iii) any person or body controlled by any of the foregoing, (iv) any person or body exercising public functions in any Affected Country or (v) any person or body being itself subject of United Nations, the European Union or any other applicable sanctions may be subject to restrictions pursuant to such sanctions as implemented in Luxembourg law.

 

  (g) A severability clause may be ineffective if a Luxembourg court considers that the illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause was a substantive or material clause.

*        *

*

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 5.4

 

our ref | JGA/ACB 01407186    your ref |    date | 19 June 2013

 

The Nielsen Company Finance (Ireland) Limited
14 Riverwalk
National Digital Park
Citywest Business Campus
Dublin 24
Ireland

 

(the Company )   
Dear Sirs,   
We have acted on your behalf in connection with an exchange by Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. (the Issuers ) of USD 800,000,000 4.500% Senior Notes due 2020 pursuant to an Indenture dated 2 October 2012 between the Issuers, the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the other Guarantors named therein (the Indenture ) and the entry by the Company into documentation in connection therewith pursuant to which the Company would, amongst other things, guarantee repayment of the notes owing under the Indenture (the Transaction ).   
1.    We have examined copies of:   
   1.1.    The Indenture; and   
   1.2.    a corporate certificate (the Certificate ) of the Company dated 19 June 2013 attaching:   
      1.2.1.    copies of the certificate of incorporation, the certificates on change of name and memorandum and articles of association of the Company;   
      1.2.2.    a copy of an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the board of directors of the Company held on 27 September 2012;   
      1.2.3.    a copy of the written resolution of the sole shareholder of the Company passed on 27 September 2012; and   
      1.2.4.    a copy of the power of attorney of the Company dated 1 October 2012,   
   and such other documents as we have considered necessary or desirable to examine in order that we may give this opinion.   
   Terms defined in the Indenture have the same meaning in this opinion letter.   
2.    For the purpose of giving this opinion we have assumed:   
   2.1.    the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the completeness and conformity to the originals of all copies of documents of any kind furnished to us;   


   2.2.    that the copies produced to us of minutes of meetings and/or of resolutions are true copies and correctly record the proceedings of such meetings and/or the subject-matter which they purport to record and that any meetings referred to in such copies were duly convened and held and that all resolutions set out in such minutes were duly passed and are in full force and effect;    LOGO
   2.3.    the genuineness of the signatures and seals on all original and copy documents which we have examined;   
   2.4.    that the memorandum and articles of association of the Company are correct and up to date;   
   2.5.    the accuracy and completeness as to factual matters of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in the Indenture and the accuracy of all certificates provided to us by the Company;   
   2.6.    that there are no agreements or arrangements in existence which in any way amend or vary the terms of the Transaction as disclosed by the Indenture;   
   2.7.    without having made any investigation, that the terms of the Indenture are lawful and fully enforceable under the laws of the State of New York and any other applicable laws other than the laws of Ireland;   
   2.8.    the Company is not, by entering into the Indenture or performing its obligations thereunder, providing financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase or subscription of its shares or those of its holding company which would be prohibited by section 60 of the Companies Act 1963 (as amended);   
   2.9.    the accuracy and completeness of all information appearing on public records; and   
   2.10.    that the Company has entered into the Transaction in good faith, for its legitimate business purposes, for good consideration, and that it derives commercial benefit from the Transaction commensurate with the risks undertaken by it in the Transaction.   
3.    We express no opinion as to any matters falling to be determined other than under the laws of Ireland and, without reference to provisions of other laws imported by Irish private international law, in Ireland as of the date of this letter. Subject to that qualification and to the other qualifications set out herein, we are of the opinion that:   
   3.1.    the Company is a company duly incorporated under the laws of Ireland and is a separate legal entity, subject to suit in its own name. Based only on searches carried out in the Irish Companies Registration Office and the Central Office of the High Court on 19 June 2013, the Company is validly existing under the laws of Ireland and no steps have been taken or are being taken to appoint a receiver, examiner or liquidator over it or to wind it up;   
   3.2.    the Company has the necessary power and authority, and all necessary corporate and other action has been taken, to enable it to execute, deliver and perform the obligations undertaken by it under the Indenture, and the implementation by the Company of the foregoing will not cause:   
      3.2.1.    any limit on it or on its directors (whether imposed by the documents constituting the Company or by statute or regulation) to be exceeded; or   

 

2


      3.2.2.    any law or order to be contravened; and   
   3.3.    the Indenture has been duly executed on its behalf.    LOGO
4.    The opinions set forth in this opinion letter are given subject to the following qualifications:   
   4.1.    this opinion is strictly confined to the matters expressly stated herein and is not to be read as extending by implication or otherwise to any other matter; and   
   4.2.    we express no opinion on whether the obligations on the part of the Company under the Indenture are valid and legally binding on and are in a form capable of enforcement against the Company or on any taxation matters.   
This opinion is addressed only to the Company and may be relied upon only by the Company for its sole benefit in connection with the Transaction and may not be relied on by any assignees of any such person or any other person. As this opinion is furnished by us in connection with the filing by the Issuers of a registration statement on the Form S–4 (the Registration Statement ) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC ) we hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to us in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder; and, except as provided in this paragraph, this opinion may not be (in whole or in part) used, copied, circulated or relied upon by any party or for any other purpose without our written consent.   

Yours faithfully,

/s/ A&L Goodbody

 

3

Exhibit 5.5

 

   

LOGO

 

   

James W. Cuminale

Chief Legal Officer

June 19, 2013

Nielsen Finance LLC

Nielsen Finance Co.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I am the Chief Legal Officer of the Nielsen Company B.V., a company organized in the Netherlands (the “Company”). The Company, Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (together with Nielsen Finance LLC, the “Issuers”), and the subsidiary guarantors listed therein (the “Guarantors”), have filed a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to which the Issuers are issuing pursuant to an exchange offer up to $800 million in aggregate principal of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Exchange Notes”) and the Guarantors are issuing guarantees with respect to the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Note Guarantees”). The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Note Guarantees will be issued under an indenture dated as of October 2, 2012 (as amended through the date hereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the guarantors listed therein and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

I have examined the Registration Statement and the Indenture, which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

In rendering the opinions contained herein, I have relied upon my examination or the examination by members of our legal staff or outside counsel (in the ordinary course of business) of the original or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of the charter, bylaws or other governing documents of the subsidiaries named in Schedule I hereto (the “Schedule I Subsidiaries”), resolutions and written consents of their respective boards of directors, general partners, managers and managing members, as the case may be, statements and certificates from officers of the Schedule I Subsidiaries and such other documents and records relating to the Schedule I Subsidiaries as we have deemed appropriate. I, or a member of my staff, have also examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such corporate and other records, agreements, documents and other instruments of all the

 

   

 

The Nielsen Company

40 Danbury Road, Wilton, CT 06897

tel 203-563-3155 fax 203-563-2876

james.cuminale@nielsen.com


    LOGO

 

registrants and have made such other investigations as I have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, I have relied upon certificates or comparable documents or statements of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company, the Issuers, and the Schedule I Subsidiaries.

In rendering the opinions set forth below, I have also assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to me as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to me as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, I am of the opinion that the Exchange Note Guarantees have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Schedule I Subsidiaries.

This opinion letter is given as of the date hereof and I assume no obligation to update or supplement this opinion letter to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to my attention or any change in laws that may hereafter occur.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.5 to the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ James W. Cuminale
James W. Cuminale


    LOGO

 

Schedule I

Guarantors Incorporated or Formed in Jurisdictions other than the Netherlands,

Luxembourg or Ireland, or the States of New York, Delaware or California

 

Subsidiary

  

State of Incorporation or Formation

The Cambridge Group, Inc.    Illinois
Marketing Analytics, Inc.    Illinois
The Perishables Group, Inc.    Illinois

Exhibit 12.1

Computation of Ratio Earnings to Fixed Charges

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

(IN MILLIONS)    Three
Months
Ended March
31, 2013
     Year Ended
December
31, 2012
     Year Ended
December
31, 2011
     Year Ended
December
31, 2010
     Year Ended
December
31, 2009
    Year Ended
December
31, 2008
 

Fixed Charges

                

Interest expense

   $ 81       $ 390       $ 456       $ 660       $ 644      $ 617   

Interest capitalized

     —           —           —           —           1        2   

Appropriate portion of rental expense representative of the interest factor

     7         29         32         32         36        36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

   $ 88       $ 419       $ 488       $ 692       $ 681      $ 655   

Earnings

                

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income/(loss) of affiliates

     67         444         129         103         (599     (183

Fixed charges per above

     88         419         488         692         681        655   

Amortization of capitalized interest

     —           —           —           —           1        2   

Dividends received from affiliates

     1         9         11         11         11        11   

Income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —           —           2         2         2        —     

Interest capitalized

     —           —           —           —           (1     (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earnings

   $ 156       $ 872       $ 630       $ 808       $ 95      $ 483   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     1.8         2.1         1.3         1.2         (a     (a
   $ 68       $ 453       $ 142       $ 116       ($ 586   ($ 172

 

(a) Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $586 million and $172 million, respectively.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 22, 2013, except for Note 19 as to which the date is June 19, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of The Nielsen Company B.V. in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related Prospectus of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. for the registration of $800,000,000 of their 4.50% senior notes due 2020.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

June 19, 2013

Exhibit 25.1

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

x CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

 

 

LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

New York   01-0622605

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or

organization if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

400 Madison Avenue,

4th Floor, New York, N.Y.

  10017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

NIELSEN FINANCE LLC

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   20-5172894
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or Organization)
 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

85 Broad Street
New York, New York
  10004
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   20-5172975

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

85 Broad Street

New York, New York

  10004
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)


ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS

 

Guarantor

  

State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization

  

Address of Registrants’ Principal
Executive Offices

  

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number

A. C. Nielsen (Argentina) S.A.

   Delaware   

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

   36-2722599

A. C. Nielsen Company, LLC

   Delaware   

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

   36-1549320

ACN Holdings Inc.

   Delaware   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   52-2294969

ACNielsen Corporation

   Delaware   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   06-1454128

ACNielsen eRatings.com

   Delaware   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   06-1561730

AGB Nielsen Media Research B.V.

   The Netherlands   

Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

   None


Guarantor

  

State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization

  

Address of Registrants’ Principal
Executive Offices

  

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number

ART Holding, L.L.C.

   Delaware   

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

   None

Athenian Leasing Corporation

   Delaware   

801 West Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

(302) 254-1004

   94-3156553

The Cambridge Group, Inc.

   Illinois   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   36-2836077

CZT/ACN Trademarks, L.L.C.

   Delaware   

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

   None

G4 Analytics, Inc.

   Delaware   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   52-2322670

Marketing Analytics, Inc.

   Illinois   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   36-3810861

NetRatings, LLC

   Delaware   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   77-0461990


Guarantor

  

State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization

  

Address of Registrants’ Principal
Executive Offices

  

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number

Neurofocus, Inc.

   California   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   65-1279908

The Nielsen Company B.V.

   The Netherlands   

Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

   None

The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.

   Luxembourg    65 Boulevard
Grande Duchesse
Charlotte
L-1331 Luxembourg
Grand-Duchy of
Luxembourg
   None

The Nielsen Company Finance (Ireland) Limited

   Ireland   

14 Riverwalk

National Digital Park
Citywest Business
Campus Dublin 24,
Ireland

   None

The Nielsen Company (US), LLC

   Delaware   

150 N. Martingale Rd.

Schaumburg, IL 60173

(847) 605-5000

   04-3721439

Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V.

   The Netherlands   

Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

   None


Guarantor

  

State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization

  

Address of Registrants’ Principal
Executive Offices

  

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number

Nielsen Mobile, LLC

   Delaware   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   91-1911335

Nielsen National Research Group, Inc.

   California   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   95-3194285

NMR Investing I, Inc.

   Delaware   

801 West Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

(302) 254-1004

   06-1450569

NMR Licensing Associates, L.P.

   Delaware   

801 West Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

(302) 254-1004

   51-0380964

The Perishables Group, Inc.

   Illinois   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   36-4357762

TNC (US) Holdings, Inc.

   New York   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   22-2145575

Vizu Corporation

   Delaware   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   20-2469250


Guarantor

  

State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization

  

Address of Registrants’ Principal
Executive Offices

  

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number

VNU Intermediate Holding B.V.

   The Netherlands   

Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

   None

VNU International B.V.

   The Netherlands   

Diemerhof 2

1112 XL Diemen

The Netherlands

+31 20 39 88777

   None

VNU Marketing Information, Inc.

   Delaware   

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

(646) 654-5000

   13-3836156

 

 

4.50% Senior Notes due 2020

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 


General information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

  

Address

Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York

  

One State Street, New York, N.Y.

10004-1417 and One Commerce

Plaza, Albany, NY 12257

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the articles of association of the trustee as now in effect. (see Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-127469, which is incorporated by reference).

 

  2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business, if not contained in the articles of association. (see Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-127469, which is incorporated by reference).

 

  3. A copy of the existing bylaws of the trustee, or instruments corresponding thereto. (see Exhibit 3 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-127469, which is incorporated by reference).

 

  4. The consents of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. (see Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement 333-133414, which is incorporated by reference).

 

  5. A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 13th day of June, 2013.

 

LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By   /s/ Frank Godino
  /s/ Frank Godino
  Vice President


Consolidated Report of Condition (attached as Exhibit 5 hereto) of

LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

of 400 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017,

a limited purpose trust company (“LDTC-NY”) and U.S. subsidiary of Law Debenture Corporation plc, London, England (“Law Debenture”), at the close of business December 31, 2012, published with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council/Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and in accordance with Chapter 2 of the Consolidated Laws of the State of New York Banking Department license granted on May 8, 2002.

I, Kevin T. O’Brien, Chief Executive Officer of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with instructions issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate the 13th day of June, 2013.

 

/S/ Kevin T. O’Brien
Kevin T. O’Brien
Chief Executive Officer
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York

I, James D. Heaney, Managing Director of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, do hereby attest that the signature set forth above is the true and genuine signature of Kevin T. O’Brien, Chief Executive of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York.

 

Attested by:   /S/ James D. Heaney
Its:   Managing Director


Law Debenture Trust Company of New York   

FFIEC 041     Exhibit A

PAGE RC-10

13

Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial

and State-Chartered Savings Banks for December 31, 2012

All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherwise indicated,

report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the quarter.

Schedule RC—Balance Sheet

 

Dollar Amounts in Thousands

     RCON      Bil    Mil      Thou         

ASSETS

                 

1.      Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):

         

              

a.      Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin 1

          

     0081            1         446         1.a.   

b.      Interest-bearing balances 2

          

     0071            3         511         1.b.   

2.      Securities:

                 

a.      Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)

         

     1754                  2.a.   

b.      Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)

         

     1773                  2.b.   

3.      Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

         

              

a.      Federal funds sold

         

     B987                  3.a.   

b.      Securities purchased under agreements to resell 3

          

     B989                  3.b.   

4.      Loans and lease financing receivables (from Schedule RC-C)

         

              

a.      Loans and leases held for sale

        5369                  4.a.   

b.      Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     B528                     4.b.   

c.      LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     3123                     4.c.   

d.      Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance (item 4.b minus 4.c)

         

     B529                  4.d.   

5.      Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D)

         

     3545                  5.   

6.      Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

         

     2145               23         6.   

7.      Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M

         

     2150                  7.   

8.      Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

         

     2130                  8.   

9.       Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures

          

     3656                  9.   

10.    Intangible assets:

                 

a.      Goodwill

         

     3163                  10.a.   

b.      Other intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M)

         

     0426                  10.b.   

11.    Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)

       

     2160            1         768         11.   

12.    Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)

       

     2170            6         748         12.   

 

1

Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.

2

Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.

3

Includes all securities resale agreements, regardless of maturity.


  

FFIEC 041

PAGE RC-11

14

Schedule RC—Continued

 

Dollar Amounts in Thousands

     RCON      Bil    Mil      Thou         

LIABILITIES

                 

13.    Deposits:

                 

a.      In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E)

         

     2200                  13.a.   

(1)    Noninterest-bearing 1

     6631                     13.a. (1) 

(2)    Interest-bearing

     6636                     13.a. (2) 

b.      Not applicable

                 

14.    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

                 

a.      Federal funds purchased 2

          

     B993                  14.a.   

b.      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 3

          

     B995                  14.b.   

15.    Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)

       

     3548                  15.   

16.    Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) (from Schedule RC-M)

        

     3190                  16.   

17.    and 18.      Not applicable

                 

19.    Subordinated notes and debentures 4

        

     3200                  19.   

20.    Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)

       

     2930            2         696         20.   

21.    Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20)

       

     2948            2         696         21.   

22.     Not applicable

                 

EQUITY CAPITAL

                 

Bank Equity Capital

                 

23.    Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

       

     3838                  23.   

24.    Common stock

       

     3230               1         24.   

25.    Surplus (excludes all surplus related to preferred stock)

       

     3839            3         376         25.   

26.    a.       Retained earnings

       

     3632               675         26.a.   

b.      Accumulated other comprehensive income 5

          

     B530                  26.b.   

c.      Other equity capital components 6

          

     A130                  26.c.   

27.    a.       Total bank equity capital (sum of items 23 through 26.c)

        

     3210            4         052         27.a.   

b.       Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries

          

     3000                  27.b   

28.     Total equity capital (sum of items 27.a and 27.b)

        

     G105            4         052         28.   

29.     Total liabilities and equity capital (sum of items 21 and 28)

        

     3300            6         748         29.   

Memoranda

To be reported with the March Report of Condition.

 

1.      Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent external auditors as of any date during 2011

           

   RCON    Number   
           M.1.   

 

1 =   Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the bank

 

2 =   Independent audit of the bank’s parent holding company conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the consolidated holding company (but not on the bank separately)

 

3 =   Attestation on bank management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the bank’s internal control over financial reporting by a certified public accounting firm

  

 

4 =   Directors’ examination of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm (may be required by state chartering authority)

 

5 =   Directors’ examination of the bank performed by other external auditors (may be required by state chartering authority)

 

6 =   Review of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors

 

7 =   Compilation of the bank’ financial statements by external auditors

 

8 =   Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)

 

9 =   No external audit work

          

         

        

        

        

        

To be reported with the March Report of Condition.

     RCON       MM    DD   

2.      Bank’s fiscal year-end date

     8678               M.2.   

 

1

Includes total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and savings deposits.

2

Report overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances in Schedule RC, item 16, “Other borrowed money.”

3

Includes all securities repurchase agreements, regardless of maturity.

4

Includes limited-life preferred stock and related surplus.

5

Includes net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, and minimum pension liability adjustments.

6  

Includes treasury stock and unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares.

Exhibit 99.1

NIELSEN FINANCE LLC

NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

Offer to Exchange

$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, pursuant to the prospectus dated                     , 2013

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated                     , 2013 (as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Prospectus”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. (the “Companies”) to exchange $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof (the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any and all outstanding unregistered 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof (the “Old Notes”) issued on October 2, 2012, upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus. The Exchange Offer for the Old Notes is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Companies contained in the Registration Rights Agreements, dated October 2, 2012 relating to the Old Notes, by and among the Companies and the Initial Purchasers named therein.

This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Old Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Old Notes may only be made by us as the holder of record and pursuant to your instructions.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Old Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus.

Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the Old Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on ,                      2013, unless extended by the Companies (such time and date, as the same may be extended, the “Expiration Date”). Any Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

Your attention is directed to the following:

 

  1. The Exchange Offer is for any and all Old Notes.

 

  2. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the Prospectus in the section captioned “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

 

  3. Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Old Notes from the holder to the Companies will be paid by the Companies, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus.

 

  4. The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on                     , 2013, unless extended by the Company.

If you wish to have us tender your Old Notes, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of this letter.


INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. with respect to their Old Notes.

This will instruct you to tender the Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

The aggregate principal amount of Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amounts, as applicable):

$        4.50% Senior Notes due 2020

With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):

 

  ¨ To TENDER                 of Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Old Notes to be tendered (if any)).

 

  ¨ NOT to TENDER any Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Prospectus that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations that (i) the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any such other person is participating in, intends to participate in or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of Old Notes or New Notes, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any such other person is an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Companies, and (iv) neither the undersigned nor any such other person is acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations and warranties. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be exchanged for the New Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.


SIGN HERE

Dated:                      , 2013

Signature(s):                                                                                                                                

Print name(s) here:                                                                                                                     

Print Address(es):                                                                                                                       

Area Code and Telephone Number(s):                                                                                       

Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):                                                                      

None of the Old Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific contrary instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Old Notes held by us for your account.

Exhibit 99.2

NIELSEN FINANCE LLC

NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

Offer to Exchange

$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof,

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all of our 4.50% Senior Notes due

2020 and the guarantees thereof, pursuant to the prospectus dated                     , 2013

THE EXCHANGE OFFER EXPIRES AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2013, UNLESS

EXTENDED BY THE COMPANIES.

                    , 2013

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,

Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

We are offering, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus, dated , 2013 (as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Prospectus”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. (the “Companies”) to exchange $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof, (the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any and all outstanding unregistered 4.50% Senior Notes due 2020 and the guarantees thereof (the “Old Notes”) issued on October 2, 2012, upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus. The Exchange Offer for the Old Notes is being made in order to satisfy certain of our obligations contained in the Registration Rights Agreements, dated October 2, 2012 by and among the Companies and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). As set forth in the Prospectus, the terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the Old Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not be subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and will not contain certain provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate thereon under the circumstances set forth in the Registration Rights Agreements and as described in the Prospectus. Old Notes may be tendered in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” in the Prospectus.

Enclosed herewith for your information and forwarding to your clients are copies of the following documents:

 

  1. the Prospectus, dated                     , 2013;

 

  2. a form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you hold Old Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer;

Your prompt action is requested. Please note the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on                     , 2013, unless extended. Please furnish copies of the enclosed materials to those of your clients for whom you hold Old Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee as quickly as possible. The Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the related expiration times.


In all cases, exchanges of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent (as defined in the Prospectus) of (a) a book-entry confirmation (as defined in the Prospectus), as the case may be and (b) any other required documents.

Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and who cannot deliver an agent’s message and any other documents required by the Prospectus to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on , 2013 (unless extended) must tender their Old Notes according to the procedures set forth under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” in the Prospectus.

We are not making the Exchange Offer to, nor will we accept tenders from or on behalf of, holders of Old Notes residing in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance of tenders would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.

We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons for soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. We will, however, upon request, reimburse you for customary clerical and mailing expenses incurred by you in forwarding any of the enclosed materials to your clients. We will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes payable on the transfer of Old Notes to us, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus.

Questions and requests for assistance with respect to the Exchange Offer or for copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the exchange agent at its numbers and address set forth in the prospectus.

 

Very truly yours,
NIELSEN FINANCE LLC
NIELSEN FINANCE CO.

Nothing contained in this letter or in the enclosed documents shall constitute you or any other person our agent or the agent of any of our affiliates or of the Exchange Agent, or authorize you or any other person to make any statements or use any document on behalf of any of us in connection with the Exchange Offer other than the enclosed documents and the statements contained therein.